HomeMy WebLinkAboutSUNBELT STRUCTURES BROAD STREET BUS TERMINAL
BROAD STREET BUS TERMINAL IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT NUMBER: N/A
Tables of Contents
Section
Pages
Invitation to Bid
Instruction to Bidders
IB-I thru IB-3
Georgia Prompt Pay Act
PP A - I
Special Conditions
SPI-SP2
Addendum(s)
Agreement
A -I thru A-4
Contractor's Statements:
Conflict of Interest Statement .......................
Contractor's Statement of N on- Discrimination .......................
Contractor's Affidavit and Agreement Statement .......................
Subcontractor's Affidavits .......................
Non -collusion Affidavit of Bidder/Offeror .......................
Non-collusion Affidavit of Subcontractor .......................
Good Faith Efforts - Subcontractor & Supplier Contact Form .............
LSB Subcontractor/Supplier Utilization Plans .......................
Monthly Subcontractor/Supplier Utilization Report .......................
Contractor's Bid Bonds/Power of Attorney
General Conditions
GCI thru GC26
Proposal
P -I thru P - 2
General Notes
G-I thru G-15
Technical Specification Index
GDOT Special Provisions -Traffic Control
Water System Project - Measurements & Payments
Water Distribution System (Section 14A)
Water Quality Monitoring
TCI thru TC44
I thru 4
I thru 47
I thru 4
Invitation To Bid
Sealed bids will be received at this office until 3:00 p.m., Tuesday, May 12, 2009 for furnishing
Bid Item #09-107 Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements for Engineering Department
Bids will be received by Augusta, GA Commission hereinafter referred to as the OWNER at the offices of:
Geri A. Sams
Procurement Department
530 Greene Street - Room 605
Augusta, Georgia 30901
706-821-2422
Bid documents may be examined at the office of the Augusta, GA Procurement Department, 530 Greene
Street - Room 605, Augusta, GA 30901. Plans and specifications for the project shall be obtained by all
prime, subcontractors and suppliers exclusively from Digital Blue Print. The fees for the plans and
specifications which are non-refundable is $50.00.
Documents may also be examined during regular business hours at the Augusta Builders Exchange, 1262
Merry Street, Augusta, GA 30904; F. W. Dodge Plan Room, 1281 Broad Street, Augusta, GA 30901. It is the
wish of the Owner that all businesses are given the opportunity to submit on this project. To facilitate this
policy the Owner is providing the opportunity to view plans online (www.di!=lblueprint.com) at no charge
through Digital Blue Print (706 821-0405) beginning Thursday, April 2, 2009. Bidders are cautioned that
submitting a package without Procurement of a complete set are likely to overlook issues of construction
phasing, delivery of goods or services, or coordination with other work that is material to the successful
completion of the project. Bidders are cautioned that sequestration of documents through any other source is
not advisable. Acquisition of documents from unauthorized sources places the bidder at the risk of receiving
incomplete or inaccurate information upon which to base his qualifications.
A Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held on Friday, April 24, 2009 @ 10:00 a.m. in the Procurement
Department - Room 605. All questions must be submitted in writing to the office of the Procurement
Department by fax at 706-821-2811 or by mail. No bid will be accepted by fax, all must be received by
mail or hand delivered, All questions are to be submitted in writing by Tuesday, April 28, 2009 by 3:00
p.m,
No Bid may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after time has been called on the date of opening. A 10%
Bid bond is required to be submitted in a separate envelope so marked along with the bidders'
qualifications; a 100% performance bond and a 100% payment bond will be required for award,
Bidders will please note that the number of copies requested; all supporting documents including financial
statements and references and such other attachments that may be required by the bid are material
conditions of the package. Any package found incomplete or submitted late shall be rejected by the
Procurement Office. Any bidder allegedly contending that he/she has been improperly disqualified from
bidding due to an incomplete bid submission shall have the right to appeal to the appropriate committee of the
Augusta Commission. Please mark Bid number on the outside of the envelope.
GERI A. SAMS, Procurement Director
Publish:
Augusta Chronicle
Metro Courier
cc: Tameka Allen
Abie Ladson
Hameed Malik
April 2, 9, 16, 23, 2009
April 8, 2009
Interim Deputy Administrator
Engineering
Engineering
SECTION IB
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
IB-Ol
GENERAL
All proposals must be presented in a sealed envelope, addressed to the
Owner. The proposal must be filed with the Owner on or before the time stated in the
invitation for bids. Mailed proposals will be treated in every respect as though filed in
person and will be subject to the same requirements.
Proposals received subsequent to the time stated will be returned
unopened. Prior to the time stated any proposal may be withdrawn at the discretion of
the bidder, but no proposal may be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days after bids
have been opened, pending the execution of contract with the successful bidder.
IB-02
EXAMINATION OF WORK
Each bidder shall, by careful examination, satisfy himself as to the nature
and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and
quantity of the facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work,
the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the
work or the cost thereof under the contract. No oral agreement or conversation with any
officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of the
contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations therein.
IB-03
ADDENDA AND INTERPRET A TIONS
No interpretation of the meaning of plans, specifications or other pre bid
documents will be made to any bidder orally.
Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to the
Purchasing Department, 530 Greene Street, Augusta, Georgia, 30911 and to be given
consideration must be received at least ten working days prior to the date fixed for the
opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will
be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be sent to
the Augusta-Richmond County Purchasing Director at least five working prior to
the date fixed for the opening of bids. The Purchasing Director shall send by
certified mail with return receipt requested to all prospective bidders (at the respective
addresses furnished for such purposes), not later than three working days prior to the
date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or
interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as
submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents.
IB-l
AED - Broad Street Hils Terminallmnrovements
IB-04
PREP ARA TION OF BIDS
Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided and must be signed by the
bidder or his authorized representative. Any corrections to entries made on bid forms
should be initialed by the person signing the bid.
Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the bid forms, unless
specific directions in the advertisement, on the bid form, or in the special specifications
allow for partial bids. Failure to quote on all items may disqualify the bid. When
quotations on all items are not required, bidders shall insert the words "no bid" where
appropriate.
Alternative bids will not be considered unless specifically called for.
Telegraphic bids will not be considered. Modifications to bids already
submitted will be allowed if submitted by telegraph prior to the time fixed in the
Invitation for Bids. Modifications shall be submitted as such, and shall not reveal the
total amount of either the original or revised bids.
Bids by wholly owned proprietorships or partnerships will be signed by all
owners. Bids of corporations will be signed by an officer of the firm and his signature
attested by the secretary thereof who will affix the corporate seal to the proposal.
NOTE: A 10% Bid Bond is required in all cases.
IB-05
BASIS OF A WARD
The bids will be compared on the basis of unit prices, as extended, which
will include and cover the furnishing of all material and the performance of all labor
requisite or proper, and completing of all the work called for under the accompanying
contract, and in the manner set forth and described in the specifications.
Where estimated, quantities are included in certain items of the proposal,
they are for the purpose of comparing bids. While they are believed to be close
approximations, they are not guaranteed. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to
check all items of construction. In case of error in extension of prices in a proposal, unit
bid prices shall govern.
IB-2
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Imorovements
IB-06
BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
No proposal will be received from any bidder unless he can present
satisfactory evidence that he is skilled in work of a similar nature to that covered by the
contract and has sufficient assets to meet all obligations to be incurred in carrying out the
work. He shall submit with his proposal, sealed in a separate envelope, a FINANCIAL
EXPERIENCE AND EQUIPMENT STATEMENT, giving reliable information as to
working capital available, plant equipment, and his experience and general qualifications.
The owner may make such investigations as are deemed necessary to determine the
ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to him all such
additional information and data for this purpose as may be requested. The Owner
reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by the bidder or investigation
of him fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the
obligations of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Part of the
evidence required above shall consist of a list of the names and addresses of not less than
five (5) firms or corporations for which the bidder has done similar work.
IB-07
PERFORMANCE BOND
At the time of entering into the contract, the Contractor shall give bond to
the owner for the use of the owner and all persons doing work or furnishing skill, tools,
machinery or materials under or for the purpose of such contract, conditional for the
payment as they become due, of all just claims for such work, tools, machinery, skill and
terms, for saving the owner harmless from all cost and charges that may accrue on
account of the owner performing the work specified, and for compliance with the laws
pertaining thereto. Said bond shall be for the amount of the contract satisfactory to the
owner and authorized by law to do business in the State of Georgia.
Attorneys-in-fact who sign bonds must file with each copy thereof, a
certified and effectively dated copy of the power of attorney.
IB-08
REJECTION OF BIDS
These proposals are asked for in good faith, and awards will be made as
soon as practicable, provided satisfactory bids are received. The right is reserved,
however to waive any informalities in bidding, to reject any and all proposals, or to
accept a bid other than the lowest submitted if such action is deemed to be in the best
interest of the Owner.
IB-3
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
GEORGIA PROMPT PAY ACT
This Agreement is intended by the Parties to, and does, supersede any and all provisions of the
Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A. Section 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provision of this
Agreement is inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act, the provision of this
Agreement shall control.
All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising
out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be decided in the Superior Court
of Richmond County, Georgia. The Contractor, by executing this Agreement, specifically
consents to venue in Richmond County and waives any right to contest the venue in the Superior
Court of Richmond County, Georgia.
Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no interest shall
be due Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to this Agreement and Contractor
specifically waives any claim to same.
NOTICE
All references in this document, which includes all papers, writings, drawings, plans or
photographs to be used in connection with this document, to "Richmond County Board of
Commissioners" shall be deemed to mean "Augusta Richmond County Commission-Council and
all references to "Chairman" shall be deemed to mean "Mayor".
DISPOSALS
Prior to any material from this project being wasted or otherwise disposed of outside the project
limits the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of written permission, signed by the
property owner (or his authorized agent) describing the estimated amount and type of material to
be placed on said property. If any portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete, wood or other
such materials are to be wasted on the property, a copy of the owner's inert landfill permit,
issued by the Environmental Protection Division shall be furnished to the Engineer prior to any
such waste being removed from the project.
In all cases, regardless of the material being wasted, a grading permit issued by Augusta
Richmond County must be furnished to the Engineer.
PP A-I
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
BROAD STREET BUS TERMINAL IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT NUMBER: N/A
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
SCOPE:
Includes Reconfiguring the Broad Street Bus Terminal Parking Lot including resurfacing,
adding curb and gutter and all the work shown in the plans.
TERMINI AND LENGTH:
N/A
INCIDENTAL CONSTRUCTION ITEMS:
All work and materials without a specific pay item shall be considered incidental to related pay
items, this is to include (but not limited to), all removals and disposals, borrow if needed, remove
and reset fences, remove and reset ornamental shrubs, bushes and sod, and the obtaining,
maintaining and restoration of any required borrow and/or waste pits.
DRIVEWAYS:
All driveways shall be in conformance with GDOT standards.
ASPHAL T PLANS:
The asphalt index shall apply in accordance with GDOT guidelines.
PROJECT SIGN:
The Contractor will furnish and install two (2) project sign on the construction site. The sign will
carry in a prominent manner the names of the project, the Owner, the Engineer, the Contractor,
and a 24-hour phone number for the Contractor in 4-inch letters. The sign shall be constructed
and erected on wood posts in a substantial manner 8 feet above the ground. The full size stencil
shall be approved along with colors before fabrication. The Contractor shall include the cost of
the project signs in the lump sum bid item for Lump Sum Construction.
RECORD DRAWINGS:
The Contractor will maintain in his office one complete set of drawings (including any
supplemental sketches) pertaining to the project upon which, at the end of each day's work any
deviations from the construction lines shown thereon and all changes ordered by the Engineer
will be shown accurately in red pencil. If necessary, supplemental drawings will be made to
show details of deviations or changes, and these will be kept with the marked set. The drawings
will be available to the Engineer for inspection during construction. Satisfactory progress toward
SP- 1
Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
the preparation of the record drawings shall be a condition of approval of monthly payment
estimates. At the completion of construction, prior to submitting his estimate for final payment,
and as a condition for payment thereof, three copies of the record drawings, satisfactorily
completed, will be transmitted to the Engineer.
BASIS OF PAYMENT:
As explained in the section "Instructions to Bidders", payment for all items of construction will
be made at the total of the actual number of units installed at the unit prices stated in the Bid
Schedule to the Proposal. The partial payments described in the Agreement will be made based
on the actual number of units of work completed during the month and in-place at the unit prices
stated in the Bid Schedule.
DISPUTES:
All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising
out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be decided in the Superior Court
of Richmond County, Georgia. The Contractor, by executing this Agreement, specifically
consents to venue in Richmond County and waives any right to contest the venue in the Superior
Court of Richmond County, Georgia.
INTEREST NOT EARNED ON RETAINAGE:
Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no interest shall
be due to the Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to this Agreement and Contractor
specifically waives any claim to same.
SP- 2
Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
~L~~:1-L~
G# 0 A,R G I A
TO: // ." All Bidders
Phyllis Mills, Quality Assurance Analyst
Abie Ladson. Engineering Department
,
FROM: Geri Sams nut...\.
Procurement Director
DATE
SUBJ:
BID ITEM:
tY~-h"/",,.yI/ ~"""m,.yll'
,5;f;(; 8ftn' "Hid, M'RWd.'
May 5, 2009
Responses to Vendor Questions/Clarifications to Specifications
09-107 Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
BID DATE Tuesday, May 12, 2009 at 3:00 P.M.
ADDENDUM NO.1
THE FOllOWING RESPONSES ARE PROVIDED TO VENDOR QUESTIONS:
Question:
Response:
Question:
Response:
Question:
Response:
Question
Response:
Question:
Response:
Question:
Response:
Question:
Response:
Question:
Response:
Question
Response:
How demolition / construction will be scheduled?
Bus entries and exits to be opened at all times - no exceptions. Demolition shall be in
two stages to keep entrance open (see attached Figure captioned "Proposed Demolition
Stage'') Construction will also be in two stages - first to construct new entrance and a
section of pavement with exception of curb area (see attached Figure captioned
Proposed Construction Stages). Open the newly constructed entrance and start
demolition/construction at stage 2 demolition/construction areas,
Stage 2 demolition/construction shall be completed in seven (7) calendars days.
Removal of EXisting Sign
For bid pricing include reinstallation of this sign at the new entrance (exact location to be
determined in field during construction)
What is thickness of existing pavement?
For bid pricing assume 8" to 10" thick reinforced concrete pavement.
Who will be responsible for material testing?
Contractor will be responsible to conduct all required tests and provide copies to Augusta
Engineering Department.
What type of license IS required to bid?
The bidder shall have Georgia General Contractor or Utility Contractor License.
What is minimum curing time?
Wait seven (7) days before allowing traffic on it [less time will be needed if contractor opt
to use high-early-strength concrete],
Existing Structures and Utilities
The contractor shall coordinate with all utility companies through an appropriate method
to locate and avoid damage to all utilities that may affect or be affected by the contactor's
work, The existence of structure and underground utilities on the plans are not granted
and shall be investigated and verified by the contractor
Bid documents do not require a GA, General Contractor L.C. etc or required?
The bidder shall have Georgia General Contractor or Utility Contractor license.
Plans are not clear if the curb & gutter along St Sebastian and Broad SI. are included in
the bid.
These are not included. Curb and Gutter inside the silt fence marking (shown on the
plans) is included.
Please acknowledge addendum in your submittal
END ADDENDUM
Room 605 - :'\30 Grcenc Street Augusta G<:.,orgia 30911
(706) 821-2422 - Fa.>. (706) &21-2811
\\, \\ \\..., ,;'iU'i!US taf1~i,uq\:
Register at \\wwdemandst~-;::~o~~~!;~~~T.;~-;~)~ auwrnatic bId notificaf'lBWlOdum 1 Bid Item#09-107
p-1of
"\
l~
I; -
.
'.\
.
.
. .
\, '0nl "----,
.\ '\ . '~..".,'-",._'._..-"._,~
.'
.'
...##
\.
\
o
-c
r
~
I;
U
~fl
~~~
ht _
L--
/
(! .
..~ !, i
I~I ~ > !
~i~ \ ~,l
I;lHl 1:
f.-_-. ~ i
~f l.
, .
~ ;
~ "
~ :
... b~ ' ? I
~... n > 1
i~! l ,J
~h """ (
) !
,
!
.
:
.
.
.
:
1"'"'
......
::J.
<~.
!..
~
~:~q$
",~.-",
~
S'-?o 0~
'? Iv 1- t.c
o
\Yo Iv
,z, '<" S'-?~~~.
~ "
'?oo '?0
-('<"{)
.
'D
~
~
~
It
~
"
. =1
~~
ll.
. i!
II
. )
M
Q)
t\O
ro
.jJ-+oJ
V\Q)
Q)
~
-+oJ
V')
-c
cu
o
~
Q)
N
Q)
t\O
ro
.jJ
V\
m
'-I-
o
P-2
'....
ii:~: 9
CO: ~
.... - .
tj,C- ~
~;~ ~
Gg-
2(r
iJ
::J
.....
\
~E: ~
~..~~~~l
~ ~ " ~'l
~"":''',''J
f""'-,
~ ;:-
w~
-,,*{
"",10($ S
') J>.:
~ 'V J>.:
o
\YO J>,.
~l.,.<' 1oS'/)
~-{9
'?OV '?~
Vo
o
~
\"\
.,("'".,
\~
/'
1~
~-
.
I :
! :
I .
~~ !
~~ .
~~ :
...._~ :
!-:~ :
~~ !
~~ :
~ "
~q \ ~~~
i I ~~~
\ . ,
'--~v
.
.
,
t:4('
':
.
.
.
.
.
.
~
.
l~
i'! '"'
I~~
~ ~
~~\
,/ ./'\ )
//'..1.
l
rl
Q)
0.0
ro
......
V')
I~~
,
,
j
I
.~
,
I
,
:.....,
; OJ
l OJ
: ~
; ....,
: V')
, '"0
: res
I 0
: ~
ice
I
,
I
.
,
,
I
t
I
4_t
. ,
. ,
't
I t
: :
· t
· i
' :.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
t :
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
I.
I. .
. .
, .
'.
. .
.
.
.
..
1'4
Q)
tl.C
ro
......
V')
I
i:
I
I
,
I
...
m
P-3 of
>
~1ii
.~ "")
(/iF
U
c..':::J
5!?E
Zv'l
V'
"""
''''-4
'11'
~...
'!~
'...
,.
.s
\
"
~,
~~
6VJ..-
~ "'&
O~ ~"
~O '?J..-
D 7
-(
'" ()
o
~
,'".,
, ..
",,'"
"
~ .
~~~"!
h~~~
~~~~:
1J~~t...~
\l~~. ",.~
""
'\
, *\
"
\
\~ '
~
,
""
.:
..
'-1.1
z!
\
......~.... ..._.....,~
~ .
, .
~
,
.
,
f
,
M
........
o
:Y1
{+-'
t OJ
. f ~
IV'!
I
.
I
I
I
\
l=
I
,
f'@
..
/1
n~ '!
":~~
~& .
i :
~~~::J-'--
l"--
.
,
.
,
.
,
f- ."
.
.
.
I
~ i
j ('
~ I
.... I
~
I
.
.
.
.
,
.
I
l~
j
__m_1
.
i
.
.
i I
I ,
.
.
.
~\
~-l '
.-\
· ;t-'
=-=i ~ ~
. ~ '-
i ~~
-._-,.~.
-.".-i
~
I'
!
I::
~I~I
~~~~
~""
~U~
-~
~}
P-4 of
SECTION A
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made on the _ day of
, 2009 by and between the
City of AU2usta
party of the first part, hereinafter called the OWNER, and SUNBEL T STRUCTURES. INC
party of the second part, hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and the Owner, for the considerations hereinafter names,
agree as follows:
ARTICLE I - SCOPE OF THE WORK:
The Contractor hereby agrees to furnish all of the materials and all of the equipment and labor
necessary, and to perform all of the work shown on the plans and described in the specifications
for the project entitled:
BROAD STREET BUS TERMINAL IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT NUMBER: N/A
And in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as defined in
the General and Special Conditions hereto attached, which are hereby made a part of this
agreement.
ARTICLE II - TIME OF COMPLETION - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:
The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within 10 calendar days after
the date of written notice by the Owner to the Contractor to proceed. All work shall be
completed within 60 calendar days with such extensions of time as are provided for in the
General Conditions.
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the contractor and the Owner, that
the date of beginning, rate of progress and the time for completion of the work to be done
hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this contract. Contractor agrees that said work
shall be executed regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will insure
full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and
between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for completion of the work described herein
is a reasonable time for completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic
range and construction conditions prevailing in this locality.
A-I
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
ONCE MOBILIZED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT STOP MAJOR
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES FOR MORE THAN 14 DAYS, UNLESS APPROVED
BY THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT. IN THE EVENT THAT UNAPPROVED
MAJOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE CEASED FOR MORE THAN 14 DAYS,
A TOTAL OF TWO THOUSAND DOLLARS ($2.000) SHALL BE PAID TO THE
OWNER FOR EACH AND EVERY CALENDAR DAY THE CONTRACTOR DOES
NOT COMMENCE MAJOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. MAJOR
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT.
IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT , FAIL, OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE
WORK WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED, then the contractor does hereby agree,
as a part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the Owner the sum of Two
Thousand Dollars $2.000 not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract
as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the contractor shall be in default
after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work.
The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because
of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the
Owner would, in such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from time to time by the
Owner from current periodical estimates.
It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and the
specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed for the additional
time is allowed for the completion of work, the new time limit fixed by extension shall be the
essence of this contract.
ARTICLE III - PAYMENT:
(a) The Contract Sum
The owner shall pay to the Contractor for the performance of the contract the amount as
stated in the Proposal and Schedule of Items. No variations shall be made in the amount
except as set forth in the specifications attached hereto.
(b) Progress Payment
No later than the fifth day of every month, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's/
Engineer, an estimate covering the percentage of the total amount of the contract which has
been completed from the start of the job up to and including the last working day of the
proceeding month, together with such supporting evidence as may be required by the Owner
and/or the Engineer. This estimate shall include only the quantities in place and at the unit
prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule.
On the vendor run, following approval of the invoice for payment, the owner shall after
deducting previous payments made, pay to the Contractor 90% of the amount of the estimate
on units accepted in place. The 10% retained percentage may be held by the Owner until the
final completion and acceptance of all work under the Contract.
A-2
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
ARTICLE IV - ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT:
(a) Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection
acceptance, the Engineer or designee shall within 10 days, make such inspection
and when he finds the work acceptable under the contract and the contract fully
performed, he will promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature,
stating that the work required by this Contract has been completed and is accepted
by him under the terms and conditions thereof, and the entire balance found to be
due the Contractor, excluding the retained percentage, shall be paid to the
Contractor by the owner within 15 days after the date of said final certificate.
(b) Upon completion of final inspection and acceptance of work by the Engineer,
fifty percent (50%) of the retainage shall be released. The remainder of retainage
shall be release at satisfactory completion of warranty period.
(c) Before final payment is due, the Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory to
the Engineer that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness connected
with work have been paid, except that in case of disputed indebtedness of liens of
evidence of payment of all such disputed amounts when adjudicated in cases
where such payment has not already been guaranteed by surety bond.
(d) The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all
claims by the Owner, other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty
work appearing within 12 months after final payment, from requirements of the
specifications, or from manufacturer's guarantees. It shall also constitute a
waiver of all claims by the contractor except those previously made and still
unsettled.
(e) If after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is
materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, and the Engineer, so
certifies, the Owner shall upon certification of the Engineer, and without
terminating the contract, make payment of the balance due, excluding retained
amount, for that portion of the work fully completed and accepted.
(f) Notwithstanding any provision of the General Conditions, there shall be no
substitution of materials or change in means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction that are not determined to be equivalent to those
indicated or required in the Contract Document, without an Amendment to the
Contract.
Each payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final
payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
A-3
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in three (3)
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first mentioned
above.
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
COMMISSION-COUNCIL
(Owner)
By:
c!LC6<, ~
_..."",~,
_'~CBMON~'\\
- ",to: ......... Co 'a.
"'~... .. ...... "A
1II.::l .. e. <:::.. ".II
,,~ ......- ..''';1. ''''
J.:;;;, · .... "'- If.
~At \ . ~
ur . Z_~
'~.P ",. :~iJ!
I '.4~_ '~-~'-.j~
I l' ..
" I
r
~JH1 ~..u~
Witness /
Su.~B€L-r S-,n,ucruJLtS/ /~C.
~ r~
rpltL'/ lJE4Jr
SEAL
By:
Title:
Address:
~,O.BD)l 3t?
fV1~cen, GA-. 3cA:?BS
.
Attest
/YJ1~ 4. w......
~71ti1/LxlZd/
Witness
A-4
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
CONFLICT OF INTEREST:
It shall be unethical for any City of Augusta business or participant directly or indirectly in a procurement contract
when the employee or official knows that:
(a) the employee or official or any member of the employee's or official's immediate family has a
substantial interest or Financial interest pertaining to the procurement contract, except that the
purchase of goods and services from businesses which a member of the Commission or other City of
Augusta employee has a financial interest is authorized as per O.C.GA 36-1-14, or the procurement
contract is awarded pursuant to O,C.G.A. 45-10-22 and 45-10-24, or the transaction is excepted from
said restrictions by Q,C.GA 45-10-25;
(b) Any other person, business, or organization with whom the employee or official of any member of an
employee's or Official's immediate family is negotiating or has an arrangement concerning prospective
employment is involved in the procurement contract.
Any employee or official or any member of an employee's or official immediate family who holds a
substantial interest or financial interest in a disclosed blind trust shall notbe deemed to have a conflict
of interest with regard to matters pertaining to that substantial interest or financial interest.
I, (vendor) <3'Lu,IB€L~'r St'j!>,i,1c;r~{!1)f.,.S; //.,! C. have read and understand the information
contained in the bid specifications. '
Vendor Name:
e;n J .?">~, ~",.
() l.-fV, 0." vi
cr.vl !LE5, lir (. ,
Address:
"'71) 1'< ~ :'~?!)
J' . ;.;Oi. ~ ,,. !
City & State:
~'A ""/">' ,'j
J;,,!CU,!'pfi,.
EOr1l51n B
<;
Signature:
/)<,,; 1 'F) ~) Q
Ph 0 n e #\I!tJo) \..1 :ycj- ~ i tj :Ji
(~) , vOL' 1 {',. I).'f} '",?
\ )#JC Ci/lt~~\ \:'), ~t;f~<::'\ lr/l'Yl'I1.:) ,
Fax # (110)
739J739b
ii,
Date: (1l/)&/ ! 1:.1';41
J
'200'1
Bid Item Number and Name:
"1:< lln~l/..[J"\ c:.:";~i'L' i) "'r~ 'K1.,e
,D.! ''''+,; 'f=" Y';/:_'-'"""~"'----"'" :h-3'''''~
j~
This form MUST be submitted with bid package. NO Exception(s) will be granted
.-----'
I
I.---'
L~
STATEMENT OF NON-DISCRIMINATION
The undersigned understands that it is the policy of Augusta-Richmond County to promote full and
equal business opportunity for all persons doing business with Augusta-Richmond County. The undersigned
covenants that we have not discriminated, on the basis of race, religion, gender, national origin or ethnicity,
with regard to prime contracting, subcontracting or partnering opportunities.
The undersigned covenants and agrees to make good faith efforts to ensure maximum practicable
participation of local small businesses on the bid or contract awarded by Augusta-Richmond County. The
undersigned further covenants that we have completed truthfully and fully the required forms regarding good
faith efforts and local small business subcontractor/supplier utilization.
The undersigned further covenants and agrees not to engage in discriminatory conduct of any type
against local small businesses, in conformity with Augusta-Richmond County's Local Small Business
Opportunity Program. Set forth below is the signature of an officer of the bidding/contracting entity with the
authority to bind the entity.
The undersigned acknowledge and warrant that this Company has been made aware of understands
and agrees to take affirmative action to provide such companies with the maximum practicable opportunities
to do business with this Company;
That this promise of non-discrimination as made and set forth herein shall be continuing in nature and
shall remain in full force and effect without interruption;
That the promises of non-discrimination as made and set forth herein shall be and are hereby deemed
to be made as part of and incorporated by reference into any contract or portion thereof which this Company
may hereafter obtain and;
That the failure of this Company to satisfactorily discharge any of the promises of nondiscrimination as
made and set forth herein shall constitute a material breach of contract entitling the City of Augusta to declare
the contract in default and to exercise any and all applicable rights remedies including but not limited to
cancellation of the contracC termination of the contract, suspension and debarment from future contracting
opportuniti~?~, and withholding and or forfeiture of compensation due and owing on a contract.
17\ t 'rP" f,Pt:,1 I F\, rn
, ,,,.IUM\ ..f,J '.' 1,) .lIly. I
1 ,\.If;'_,",,,vff '~',c," V'\4"","/-'\
Signatur~'A~esting p~~y
Title of Attesting Party
('
Subscribed and sworn to before me ,c;
this 12rrt day of (() fH) , 20 t~7
My commission expires
SEAL
~E L PUOCru
NOTA,'1Y flUiUC, ctX.~8 CCiJNTY
GEOAGlA
MY COMWSSiON EX,'1l1ES FE,sA!,IAjiY 17. ~m
Notary Signature
Notary Public
This form lV1UST be submitted with bid package. NO Exception(.c;) will be granted
BidiRFP/RFQ #
CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT AND AGREEMENT
By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. 13-10-91,
stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is contracting with Augusta Richmond
County Board of Commissioners has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization
program* [any of the electronic verification of work authorization programs operated by the United States
Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the
United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant
to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (lRCA), P.L. 99-603], in accordance with the
applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A 13-10-91.
The undersigned further agrees that, should it employ or contract with any subcontractor( s) in connection
with the physical performance of services pursuant to this contract with Augusta Richmond County Board
of Commissioners, contractor will secure from such subcontractor(s) similar verification of compliance with
O.C.G.A 13-10-91 on the Subcontractor Affidavit provided in Rule 300-10-01-.08 or a substantially similar
form. Contractor further agrees to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such
verification to the Augusta Richmond County Board of Commissioners at the time the subcontractor( s) is
retained to perform such service.
B ,0 ?~'(1
Please Check On)}'
500 or More _ 100 or more ~ 100 or less
Number of Employees
E-Verify * User Identification Number
<~j J!..}l~(f;;'>~ ~'r~=-~ _ _ ~, A /7 ,? ,y~ J F~
_ .L.,d \p~ ;'"~ L';~","4"~?,j . !'Jfrl/~,j'1--~~t""~ff I,i,) '5# 0
Company~arne
( \l !~-~ II:, ljlO:~-") r 9,J ~1f)?\ft
\ )Jrtl{ (;Vl ~-Si' ~'\ \",;" VV';fL'{e#\ 1 t~:~,'~i
BY: Auth~rized Offi6er or Agent
(Contractor Signature)
P,/l.//$ {
Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor
{Yll>
Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent
Date:
1
\l
,'''''; J;;).('1 l/'fu /} tD ,09
, II r, j I ,",d , l~ ;
:
.; Vendor with 100 employees or more - must
have an E-Verify * User Identification Number
./ Vendor with less than 100 employees - check
100 or less box, fill out the form and return with
your submittal. (Georgia Law requires you to
have an E-Verify*User Identification ~~umber on or
after July 1,2009.)
200 t]
SEAL
My Commission Expires
. ... )M("OO,E L PiJRCRt
MClt\H), FiJ~JC, OEMLS CCUNft
GeCffGJA
MY CO~ISSiC+I ~"!f'~S Ft8RU^lW 17 ~""1'\
- -' .,.' ""'." -\
MUST BE RETURNED WiTH YOUR SUBMiTTAL
Bid/RFP/RFQ #
SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT
By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. 13-10-91,
stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of
services under a contract with ~.J I A on behalf of Augusta Richmond County
Board of Commissioners has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program""
[any of the electronic verification of work authorization programs operated by the United States
Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the
United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant
to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 ([RCA), P.L. 99-603], in accordance with the
applicability provisions and deadlines established in O. C. G. A 13-10-91.
E-Verify .. User Identification Number
Please Check One
500 or More 100 or more 100 or less
Number of Employees
'"
--=-=--='-"-~
^ Date:
II
(
'!--..,
'oJ';; f'\
C", .
~ )1
~ :>'.:,T... ,:"-.'t: =r
\1\\ G ;'"\ Cc;
Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of C6ntractor
y/
Vendor with 100 employees or more - must
have an E-Verify .. User Identification Number
'!-
('''-''.
i
\'__J l .,~~' _ \,~~>'J r). ,:t=:~>--~~j",\~:- 4; "'_~J
Printed Name of Authorized Officl3r or Agent ----
I \ .,
./
Vendor with less than 100 employees - check
100 or less box, fill out the form and retum with
your submittal. (Georgia Law requires you to
have an E-Verify*User Identification Number on
or after July 1, 2009.)
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN
BEFORE ME ON THIS THE"
- '-~ :---~ DAY OF .j \i\':--2~,'
---r\:" \
i " , ) "', .'y.. /'
1.__._:," _ ~-<,' -~'."" _-<"' ~" \ \ \ _ ''-.. __\ '- '.--:--t.:....
Notary PubllJ:;- \C~'\/, +::['1
My Commission Expires:
. 200_~~.L
i~J
'''".j'-'-
MJTHONY S, HArrAWAY
NOTARY PUBLIC
SOUTH CAFlOLli\iA
MUST BE RETURNED WITH YOUR SUBMITTAL
If there are no subcontracting opportunities: p~ease fHI oui the form (~Jrite i\UA; sign, date and notarize),
/""-
I
A
In accordance with the Laws of Georgia, the following affidavit is required by all vendors
NON~COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF BIDDERlOFFEROR
tY'J I'"~ 'k",~~ r, "'l,t JI'I/I' " .
I, ,It,fj rl'~....> !~fA; ~G" r ~~ certify that this bid or proposal is made without prior understanding,
agreement or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a bid for the same work, labor or service to
be done or the supplies, materials or equipment to be furnished and is in all respects fair and without collusion or
fraud. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of state and federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences
and civil damages awards. I agree to abide by all conditions of this bid or proposal and certify that I am authorized to
sign this bid or proposal for the bidder.
Affiant furt.her states that pursuant to O.C.G.A. Section 36-91-21 (d) and (e),
fYl1Crt~L G.l,,)IU..!mvh ,p\(C"jj'-l8a"i SJ}'l",,~iC;;1..1 ~.AS,/;f?' has not, by itself or with others, directly or indirectly,
prevented or attempted'to prevent competition in such bidding or proposals by any means whatsoever. Affiant further
states that (s)he has not prevented or endeavored to prevent anyone from making a bid or offer on the project by any
means whatever, nor has Affiant caused or induced another to withdraw a bid or offer for the work.
Affiant further states that the said offer of "6"ivJl*.C( S!lI.A...jC;rl.4f~1 C' is bona fide, and that no one has gone
to any supplier and attempted to get such person or company to furnish the materials to the bidder only, or if
furnished ~ny other bidder ~ ~hat the material shall be at a higher price.
Ii \' , 8. 0./1 I } "JIl'. 1',/
L}ttUAIJ t""\ 0, vtl1i'{ I CW..i~
j
Signature of Attesting 'Party
P !\-eh.! D €4J""f-
Title of Attesting Party
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 11:]}1_ day of
1
, 200--<-.
Notary Signature
Notary Public:
(Affix corporate seal here, if a corporation)
County:
.. ~L~.
Commission Expires: NOTARYP'JllllC,~couNrY _ SEAL
. ~p,:Bf\U~J-1Y 11,4012 , . . .
Failure to properly exec~\l~~a\j1tmust be conSidered grounds for rejecting vendor submittal
In accordance with the Laws of Georgia, the following affidavit is required by all vendors
~
R ';Gel A
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR
, \ 1 i\
I, j'''"' I r-" certify that this bid or proposal is made without prior understanding,
agreement or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a bid for the same work, labor or service to
be done or the supplies, materials or equipment to be furnished and is in all respects fair and without collusion or
fraud. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of state and federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences
and civil damages awards. I agree to abide by all conditions of this bid or proposal and certify that I am authorized to
sign this bid or proposal for the bidder.
Affiant further states that pursuant to O.C.GA Section 36-91-21 (d) and (e),
has not, by itself or with others, directly or indirectly,
prevented or attempted to prevent competition in such bidding or proposals by any means whatsoever. Affiant further
states that (s)he has not prevented or endeavored to prevent anyone from making a bid or offer on the project by any
means whatever, nor has Affiant caused or induced another to withdraw a bid or offer for the work.
Affiant further states that the said offer of is bona fide, and that no one has gone
to any supplier and attempted to get such person or company to furnish the materials to the bidder only, or if
furnished t~./;.the~ bidder, th~t t~e material shall be at a higher price.
Sign~~ Att~ting p;.:::----
.-
~) FAi to,,! frUX7/r.. i /!/b>rVf~ ?-'tj/(
Title of Attesting 'Party
S(<'Yorl\;\to and ~(jb'pc;i~~d beforp me this
\\ \ <l\, /;/,,, \\ .\)~t~\=~\ C:L.~ "
N~t;a~ S~nature (\ ( --\\
-\ - ,~,:.+\....-.-:~ ....... j
')~"",-
~" day of
,\(\
l V '\ C~,,;
,200''1.
Notary Public:
(Affix corporate seal here, if a corporation)
County:
ANTHONY S, HAnAWAY
NOTARY PUBliC
S EA:tOUTH CAROLINA
Commission Expires:
Failure to properly execute the above affidavit must be considered grounds for rejecting vendor submittals
if there am no subcontracting opportunities, please fill out the form (write N/A, sign, date and notarize).
I~
....
u
ro
1:
o
II
"""
o
~
::l
'"
<l>
n::
~
ro
(j)
(j)
Q)
U
Q)
C
(j)
ro
(j)
-al
Q)
L
(j)
ro
c
~
I
_L__
~
C
I..
::l
.....
Q)
I..
2
~
o
o
0:::
a..
~
:it
31
co
"0
C
eil
Q)CO
t;~
"O"t
. I
c'"""
.~&;
(j)(Q
~;2
:2 "
Q) >(
:!:t1:
&~~
~:;\O
uQ)o
ro~"t
.;t: Q B ';l
.F;- ~ ClI N
J~ ...oxco
..c::Q)~
:<:::ClI(Q
~.c;:::
a5ti':-:"
;t:: ::l Q)
'E E.S:2
.QE~
::J ... I
CI) 0
Q) .... ;::...
.QQ).b
Q) I- J:: c::
~ CI).... r~
ro :::> ~'-'
Q ~ E ~
t: C c::
'- :::l ~
<21:>-
o
.~ Q.. oj
~ Q.~
0.....
OJU
C~
:;::; c::
u 0
~()
....
c "
o i3
~2
::l CI)
(j) Q)
o ::J
cO
Q)
....
(\j
(j)
....
Q)
.t:.
~
o
o..z
o c:
1Xl 0
CI'J:Z
..J r:
u-
n:: .~
<( OJ
<l>
e:::
u
u
ro
Q)
(j)
::,)
z
:;) t5
I- Q)
0::: . 2'
o Q.
a.. 2'~
a.. 0::::S
o 0 OJ
CJ) u..,~
CJ) f- 1::
w ~ ~
Z f- ~
- (/,)z u
U)f-O Q)
:Jo:::O t)
COOo::: ro
....J u.. W C
...J u.. - 0
<(We: ~
:2: ~ a.. Q)
,^ -:) :::
u~ <( (/,)
....Ju..~ ro
<(00::: oS
U 00 ~
o 0 f- .92
...J <.9 U 0..
?: ~ g-
Z ~ ~
:;) 0 ~
o u 0
U ~ t)
Q (f) ~
Z C
o 8
~ .g
:r:: if)
u
0:::
<i:
I-
CJ)
:;)
(!)
:J
<(
-I
'9
<:A ~
t=-~O
~.,. ~
'::J \
~ ""'4t"""-J
1'''
lA
~
'5
~
~"l-
=1;-
III '"
E '"
rn <l>
_ c:
'" '-
u '"
o ::l
..l1Xl
1--
..'&::
...
o
~al
"- ....
o '(3
<l)=
0..0
Ofll
u
(fI
~~
{J::.
.r
C,
I
___.L____
Qj
E
t1l
Z
....
f..)
(!)
.......
o
r...
a..
o
ro u '" I;- 0
u;-g~3::z
5,o,~~5
::l E ::l c.> lfl
<(~!l:l:J~
~_._-- 1
-_.~--
<i ....
E <l)
",.0
Z E '
... ::l
.!!! Z
Ci.<l>
o..C
::l 0
(fI.b
_0..
10 '0
.... C
g ro
.... If>
c: ~
o ...
u'O
.0'0
~<(
(1J
UJ
:.J
.;..;
c:
Q)
c:
o
g.
'-
~
l..;
{5
-0
as
c:
o
'-
.....
c:
OJ
.....
.....
<:l::
:::::
OJ
I..
:::l
....
ro
c
rn
cj
(j)
'Q
'-
0...
(j)
:5
C
-0
(j)
rf)
::J
~ (j)
.0
~ .8
Ul
C!) Q5
0 :;:::
~ '-
(j)
c.. 5:
r: .2
OJ
C
Z -0
:J ::J
(3
I- .~
O:::z
0<1: rii
'-
a.....l .92
a..Cl. D..
05 D..
::J
Ul
(j)- .......
(j)~ Ul
'-
0
w_ tl
Z...l ro
-i= '-
(j)::J C
:J~ 0
(J
COw .0
::J
...J- Ul
...J...l
<t& tIl
tIl
2::J Q)
.5
(j)~ tIl
...J~ ='
<to co
(,)1- ro
Ot> E
...J~ en
~~ ro
(J
ZO 0
:Jt> ...J
"0
O~ Q)
....
(,)cn Q)
.....
eal .!:!J
Z~ Ol
Q)
0 ~
2.: u
:J: a-::
(,) .<t
2 =
ro
I ~
<t:
l- -1
en .;..;
:J c:
(j)
(!) c:
:,) 0
<t Q.
e
~
l..;
(j)
"t1
"t1
m
c:
.2
.....
c:
Q)
.....
"-'
'::(
~-
ro
(5
f-....
..... I:
o :J
0
~~
1:-0
Ql .-
uOJ
...
Ql
a.
eo~ ~I-
... <ll ...
"" :J 0
~(;i~
0>
.- --- --- --
-0
I:
"" Ql
a.. 'ro
o~o
i}3 I: 5
-l 0._
u~e
CI:: ;.:; '0,
<c~ Jj
<ll
0::
-
III
III
Ql ('0 0
.= III Z
III '" ...
:J I: 0
aJ ~ '"
U'- <II
~..J>-
~-
..>:
0 -0
~ Q) E
o .a ...
<ll o,g
c.....
o <ll
U 0-
(j)
l I ----- I
IJl I
IJl
<ll ...
... <ll
-0.0 I
~ E
. :J
<llZ
E Q)
"" I:
Z 0
>...: !
1:0-
rn-o
0..1:
E ""
0
u
...
.22
?i
0.
:J
~
...
0
u
e
c :::.~~
0
u
.0 '2
::l
(j)
4-
0
'"
E
:;t:
:E
co
Tl
"~
\l
:r
~
\",8
..... ",-:lbo,
.J C>
~\). :t
l-""
~.~. ~.J
~
i""" ,
v) $:"
~;:
f~.
~l f
ehJ-
\1",
Q;
E
C'il
z
....
u
Q)
......
o
....
Cl.
Q)
E
C'il
z
>-
C
C'il
0-
E
o
~
c
'-
::l
.....
Q)
....
(l)
....
C'il
Cl
"ClCO
C0.j
C'il0.j
(l)"t
..... I
C'il'<--
"00.j
.co
~<o
._0
tilt'--.
<()<
- ctl
ZLL
Q)2.....
Ol';: 0
ctl~<O
~-o
l)-o"t
ctl(l)0.j
Q..... I
:og~
.Q~CO
;s@(Q'
~.8~
-0....-
Q) tIl '.
...... ::l Q)
:::::El)
E !t:
.QEO
::J .... I
CI) .g ;::....
Q)Q).b
.Q..t:t::
.........(1)
CI):fi(9
;:):;::;(1)
~ .- t::
c: t::
t:" :l 0
Et::::,.
-2 &. >-
CI) Q. .
'- 0 CI)
~ O'l~
c:-
._ l)
..... ctl
u_
ro t::
.... 0
cO
o
(J '.
..aU)
::l t::
tIl.Q
ot)
c: ~
(j) -->
~o
(j)
....
(j)
::
"'"
:<:::::
Q)
....
::l
....
III
c:
,21
:2:
~
(.9
o
0:::
0..
>-1-
1-0:::
zO
::Ja.
I-W
0:::0:::
Oz
0.0
0.-
~~
t/)-
W::::!
zl-
en::J
::JO:::
COW
-l::::i
....Ja.
<(a.
~::J
t/)t/)
....JD::
<cO
ul-
OU
....J<C
,0:::
>-1-
I-Z
zO
::Ju
Om
u::J
at/)
z>-
0....J
~~
:r:z
uO
022:
.J:
l-
(/)
::J
(9
:J
<(
....
U
l!l
'0'
...
0.
(fj
:E
.....
t:
o
"0
l!l
(fj
:::l
(!)
.0
o
....
ti
...
(!)
:;:; 0
Qj Z
~ I-
..2 u
Ol UJ
C -,
-c 0
:::l a::.:
(3 a.
.S I
~ ~ <::>
~ ~ N
0. .'"
0.. .:..iJ
:J -,rct
~ ,~
o
.....
U
f':I
E ~
o -~
u .;;:;
-g .~ 0
r/) ,") I-
= f~
ro ,j"\
..... :;;r
.~{:!":i
....J
yt
o
ro z
UJ 0
(/) i=
~ ~
::i
1=
:::>
co
(j)
....J
Cl
UJ
(/)
o
ll..
o
0:::
a..
UJ
2
<(
Z
l-
t)
UJ
J
o
tv'
T' -r-
1---+--. 1-- t~
I 1 I ·
II I I
I I
I I I
---i-L _L_1--1 i ~ ~
I l-
I
,0
0'
I
__L
I
2
o
0:::
l.l..
a
o
0:::
UJ
0..
I-
c:::
o
c..
III
Ul
...l
~
o
f-
-d
OJ
i:I
...
W ro
~ ~
Cl .~
o '0
f- :0
Cl ...
UJ l!l
f- ~
W ro
...J >-
0.. ...J
~2: :::c
o I-
U Z
I- 0
U a:
~ i,
I- c
Z 0
o ...
w u 0
0:: ...J '0
:.J <( c
I- I- l!l
<( 0 >
Z I- .E
~ u.. I/>
Cii 0 gs
Cl W u
W ~ u
N <( :::l
I- (/)
~ Z l!l
o w :5
:r: u >.
I- 0:: .0
:.J W "0
<( 0.. l!l
C
....
:::l
.....
(j)
....
(j)
.0
o
...-
.~
E
....
-8
.~
..c:
f-
o
Z
f-
(()
W
::l
o
w
a:::
>-
".,.
~
o
l-
t.)
<(
a:::
I-
z
(j
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
AlA Document A31 0
Bid Bond
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Sunbelt Structures, Inc.
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)
4635 North Royal Atlanta Drive, Tucker, Georgia 30084
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Western Surety Company
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)
CNA Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60685
a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of South Dakota
as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Augusta-Richmond County
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)
Commission, 530 Greene Street, Augusta, Georgia 30901
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Ten Percent (10%) of Amount of Bid --------------
_________________________________________________________----------------------------------------------------DolIars ($ 100/0 of Bid),
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal' and the said Surety, bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for
(Here insert full name, address and description of project)
Bid Item #09-107 for Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements for Engineering Department,
Augusta, Georgia
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the
Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contact
Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contact and for the prompt payment of labor and
material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such
bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount
specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the
Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this 12th day of May, 2009.
if;} "
tl(t. l,-~,4
.L(. (Witne~./_.)
7",'7 '-~'" .\ .'
// \ I
, \ /
( 1 ,] .+._;'_.._.~ / / WESTERN SURETY COMPANY ,
\~ . r(~~.~:;cl-.(i2/z;f <t />---7~~L_-~~~~~J2C_--_.Sg (S.")
;J / \,[O.S."BhR Williams (,itJi) Attorney-in-Fact
c~
EL T STRUCTURES INC.
. (,Pi .,r (prilfl,cipa,/) ,_
./ IJ 1,\') ff,I,'{Jf), \.../
vl l.,Vll&' '. (d - !/V9 { a.y~ l>
Michael G. Williams (Tit/e) President
(Seal)
AlA r"\r"\"'" UI.Jlr--.IT ^"..." _ ^'^ tS'\ ... Cr::CCIIl\OV 1Q7f"'l ~n . TJ-U= ar.J1I=PIr.ahl
Western Surety Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby
make, constitute and appoint
Janice W Brickner, Annette Wisong, Joseph R Williams, Individually
of Atlanta, GA, its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds,
undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts -
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confLrmed.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affixed on this 16th day of February, 2009.
~"\~R'Et):'
,t~+ ~..:~.........., (\~1.
f t!/~..' Ofl",;\'1{."\
1=\(1 ~}=j
\\~..~ (: ,. "./ ~
"'v....,.. ....~.."
'.'';;':/'Ij""iiii\l.~'"
""'IJIMlI~
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
r:?L~A"
Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President
State of South Dakota
County of Minnehaha
} ss
On this 16th day of February, 2009, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that
he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and
which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was
so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
November 30, 2012
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+
: D. KRELL :
~ ~
:~NOTARY PUBLIC~:
~ SOUTH DAKOTA ~s
~ ~
+""r..,c.,.l:ot""~~c.,Cotllot""c.,~c.,c.,,,,,Gtc.,c.,c.,,,,,r.,c., +
~
~~bli'
My commission expires
CERTIFICATE
I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this 12 day of May 2009
~''''\\~R'Er~'''1.
,.,,~ ~..."-'"..~ C'~
It:!/~.,.'Ofl,,,},~
i:'J{fJ CI'}~j
\\\~(: A"/~l
">:Oii~-"-";'f$-."'~
~~'~H~"""\~
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
Cf
~u-n/
L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary
Form F4280-09-06
BOND NO. 929474225
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
AlA Document A312
Performance Bond
Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
CONTRACTOR (Name and Address):
Sunbelt Structures, Inc.
4635 North Royal Atlanta Drive
Tucker, Georgia 30084
OWNER (Name and Address):
City of Augusta
530 Greene Street
Augusta, Georgia 30911
SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business):
Western Surety Company
CNA Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60685
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Date: ,2009
Amount: One Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Three Hundred Twenty and 25/100 ($157,320.25)
Description: Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
Augusta, Georgia
BOND:
Date: , 2009
Amount: One Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Three Hundred Twenty and 25/100 ($157,320.25)
Modifications to this Bond: [ X] None
[ } See Page 3
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company:
SUNBELT STRUCTURES, INC.
(Corporate Seal)
Signature: t"/'n~ d. ~:---
Name and Title: Mark A. Williams, Vice President
(Any additional signatures appear on page 3)
(FOR INFORMATION ONLY-Name, Address and Telephone)
AGENT OR BROKER:
Wells Fargo Insurance Services USA, Inc.
4401 Northside Parkway, Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30327
770.850.0050
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or
other party):
City of Augusta
530 Greene Street
Augusta, Georgia 30911
706.821.2422
AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. .AIA@
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987
A312-1984 1
1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally,
bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance
of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated
herein by reference.
2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract,
the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation
under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as
provided in Subparagraph 3.1.
3 If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation
under this Bond shall arise after:
3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the
Surety at its address described in Paragraph 10 below
that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor
Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a
conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be
held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such
notice to discuss methods of performing the Construc-
tion Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the
Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reason-
able time to perform the Construction Contract, but
such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right, if
any. SUbsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and
3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and
formally terminated the Contractor's right to complete
the contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be de-
clared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor and
the Surety have received notice as provided in Sub-
paragraph 3.1; and
3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the
Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the
terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor
selected to perform the Construction Contract in accor-
dance with the terms of the contract with the Owner.
4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Para-
graph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's ex-
pense take one of the following actions:
4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the
Owner, to perform and complete the Construction
Contract; or
4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construc-
tion Contract itself. through its agents or through inde-
pendent contractors; or
4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from
qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a
contract for performance and completion of the Con-
struction Contract, arrange for a contract to be pre-
pared for execution by the Owner and the contractor
selected with the Owner's concurrence, to be secured
with performance and payment bonds executed by a
qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the
Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the
amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in ex-
cess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the
Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or
4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete. arrange
for completion. or obtain a new contractor and with
reasonable promptness under the circumstances:
.1 After investigation. determine the amount for
which it. may be liable to the Owner and. as
soon as practicable after the amount is deter-
mined, tender payment therefor to the
Owner; or
.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the
Owner citing reasons therefor.
5 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph
4 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed
to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an
additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety
demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under
this Bond. and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any
remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as
provided in Subparagraph 4.4. and the Owner refuses the
payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability. in
whole or in part. without further notice the Owner shall be
entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner.
6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right
to complete the Construction Contract, and if the Surety
elects to act under Subparagraph 4.1. 4.2, or 4.3 above.
then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall
not be greater than those of the Contractor under the
Construction Contract. and the responsibilities of the
Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the
Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit of the
amount of this Bond. but subject to commitment by the
Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of
costs and damages on the Construction Contract. the Sure-
ty is obligated without duplication for:
6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correc-
tion of defective work and completion of the Construc-
tion Contract;
6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay
costs resulting from the Contractor's Default, and re-
sulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety
under Paragraph 4; and
6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages
are specified in the Construction Contract, actual dam-
ages caused by delayed performance or non-perfor-
mance of the Contractor.
7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for
obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Con-
struction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price
shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such
unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on
this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or
its heirs, executors. administrators or successors.
8 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change. includ-
ing changes of time. to the Construction Contract or to
related subcontracts. purchase orders and other obliga-
tions.
9 Any proceeding. legal or equitable. under this Bond
may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in
the location in which the work or part of the work is located
and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor
Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased
working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails
to perform its obligations under this Bond. whichever oc-
curs first. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or
prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation avail-
2
AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AIA@
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. NW.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987
A312- 1984
able to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit
shall be applicable.
10 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall
be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the sig-
nature page.
11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a
statutory or other legal requirement in the location where
the construction was to be performed, any provision in this
Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement
shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con-
forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall
be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this
Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a
common law bond.
12 DEFINITIONS
12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount
payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the
Construction Contract after all proper adjustments
have been made, including allowance to the Con-
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: None
tractor of any amounts received or to be received by
the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims
for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, re-
duced by all valid and proper payments made to or on
behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Con-
tract.
12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between
the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig-
nature page, including all Contract Documents and
changes thereto.
12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor,
which has neither been remedied nor waived, to per-
form or otherwise to comply with the terms of the
Construction Contract.
12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has
neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con-
tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to
perform and complete or comply with the other terms
thereof.
(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
N/A
SURETY
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
N/A
AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AIA@
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987
A312-1984
3
BOND NO. 929474225
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
AlA Document A312
Payment Bond
Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
CONTRACTOR (Name and Address):
Sun belt Structures, Inc.
4635 North Royal Atlanta Drive
Tucker, Georgia 30084
OWNER (Name and Address):
City of Augusta
530 Greene Street
Augusta, Georgia 30911
SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business):
Western Surety Company
CNA Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60685
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Date: , 2009
Amount: One Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Three Hundred Twenty and 25/100 ($157,320.25)
Description (Name and Location): Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
Augusta, Georgia
BOND
Date: ,2009
Amount: One Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Three Hundred Twenty and 25/100 ($157,320.25)
Modifications to this Bond: [] None
[ X} See Page 6
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company:
SUNBELT STRUCTURES, INC.
(Corporate Seal)
Signature: /""71?~ (1. cJ/-
Name and Title: Mark A. Williams, Vice President
(Any additional signatures appear on page 6)
(FOR INFORMATION ONLY-Name, Address and Telephone)
AGENT OR BROKER:
Wells Fargo Insurance Services USA, Inc.
4401 Northside Parkway, Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30327
770.850.0050
SURETY
Company: .....-.,-
we-Fety camp,
Signatu~.
Name and Title: J
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or
other party):
City of Augusta
530 Greene Street
Augusta, Georgia 30911
706.821.2422
AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987
A312-1984 4
1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally,
bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor,
materials and equipment furnished for use in the perfor-
mance of the Construction Contract, which is incorpo-
rated herein by reference.
2 With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be
null and void if the Contractor:
2.1 Promptly makes payment. directly or indirectly,
for all sums due Claimants, and
2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the
Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any
person or entity whose claim, demand, lien or suit is
for the payment for labor, materials or equipment fur-
nished for use in the performance of the Construction
Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified
the Contractor and the Surety (at the address
described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands,
liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims
demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the
Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default.
3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be
null and void if the Contractor promptly makes pay-
ment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due.
4 The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants
under this Bond until:
4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct
contract with the Contractor have given notice to the
Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and
sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating
that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with
substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim.
4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract
with the Contractor:
.1 Have furnished written notice to the Con-
tractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to
the Owner, within 90 days after having last
performed labor or last furnished materials or
equipment included in the claim stating, with
substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim
and the name of the party to whom the
materials were furnished or supplied or for
whom the labor was done or performed; and
.2 Have either received a rejection in whole or
in part from the Contractor, or not received
within 30 days of furnishing the above no-
tice any communication from the Contractor
by which the Contractor has indicated the
claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and
.3 Not having been paid within the above 30
days, have sent a written notice to the Surety
(at the address described in Paragraph 12) and
sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner,
stating that a claim is being made under this
Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous
written notice furnished to the Contractor.
5 If a notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the
Owner to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is suffi-
cient compliance.
6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of
Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the
Surety's expense take the following actions:
6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to
the Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim,
stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis
for challenging any amounts that are disputed.
6.2 Payor arrange for payment of any undisputed
amounts.
7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the
amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be
credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety.
8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under
the Construction Contract shall be used for the perfor-
mance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims,
if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By
the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this
Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor
in the performance of the Construction Contract are
dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and
the Surety under this Bond, SUbject to the Owner's prior-
ity to use the funds for the completion of the work.
9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants
or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelat-
ed to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be
liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claim-
ant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obli-
gations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or
otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond.
10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change,
including changes of time, to the Construction Contract
or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other
obligations.
11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant
under this Bond other than in a court of competent juris-
diction in the location in which the work or part of the
work is located or after the expiration of one year from the
date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by
Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last
labor or service was performed by anyone or the last mate-
rials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Con-
struction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the
provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law,
the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a
defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable.
12 Notice to the Surety the Owner or the Contractor
shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the
signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the
Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall
be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the
address shown on the signature page.
13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a
statutory or other legal requirement in the location where
the construction was to be performed, any provision in this
Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement
shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con-
forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall
be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this
AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AIA@
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING . MARCH 1987
A312-1984
5
Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a
common law bond.
14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a
potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall
promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy
to be made.
15 DEFINITIONS
15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct
contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of
the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equip-
ment for use in the performance of the Contract. The
intent of this Bond shall be to include without limita-
tion in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that
part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil. gasoline,
telephone service or rental equipment used in the
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: None
Paragraph 4 is amended to insert sub-paragraph 4.3 which states:
Construction Contract, architectural and engineering
services required for performance of the work of the
Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and
all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be
asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials
or equipment were furnished.
15.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between
the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig-
nature page, including all Contract Documents and
changes thereto.
15.3 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has
neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con-
tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to
perform and complete or comply with the other terms
thereof.
4.3.1 Claimant has furnished to Surety proof of claim duly sworn to by Claimant with adequate
supporting documentation proving the amount claimed is due and payable.
Paragraph 5 shall be amended to delete the word "or" and insert the word "and" in its place.
Paragraph 6 and its sub-paragraphs 6.1 and 6.2 shall be deleted in their entirety.
(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
N/A
SURETY
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
N/A
AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AIA@
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987
A312-1984
6
Western Surety Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN-FACT
Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby
make, constitute and appoint
Janice W Brickner, Annette Wisong, Joseph R Williams, Individually
of Atlanta, GA, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds,
undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts -
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affixed on this 16th day of February, 2009.
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
-I2L~A'
Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President
State of South Dakota
County of Minnehaha
} ss
On this 16th day of February, 2009, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that
he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and
which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was
so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
November 30,2012
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+
$ D. KRELL $
s s
$~NOTARY PUBLIC~:
s SOUTH DAKOTA s
s s
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+
~
~P'bli'
My commission expires
CERTIFICATE
I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this day of 2009
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
c;
~~
L. Nelson, ASSistant Secretary
Form F4280-09-06
f~~=-=~
Client#. 18183
SUNBSTR2
ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE (MMIDDNYYY)
08/17/2009
PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
Wells Fargo Insurance Services USA, Inc ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
4401 Northside Pkwy, Suite 400 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Atlanta, GA 30327-3078
770 850-0050 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC#
INSURED INSURER A: The Travelers Indemnity Company 25658
Sun belt Structures, Inc. INSURER B: American Guarantee & Liability Ins C 26247
P.O. Box 327 INSURER C: The Travelers Indemnity Company of A 25666
Tucker, GA 30085 INSURER D: Fireman's Fund Insurance Company 21873
INSURER E: Travelers Property Casualty Co of Am 25674
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
LTR NSRI TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER PJ>.k~~~ri~~68tWE P~~fl,~'1f,~w..N LIMITS
A ~NERAL LIABILITY VTKC05787N226 04/01/09 04/01110 EACH OCCURRENCE $1 000 000
X- 3MERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY e~tt~~UO RENTED $300 000
- CLAIMS MADE ~ OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $5 000
X- PD Ded:5.000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1 000000
f-- GENERAL AGGREGATE $2 000 000
n'L AGGREfii LIMIT APPlS PER: PRODUCTS-COM~OPAGG $2 000 000
POLICY X P,~R;: LOC
E ~OMOBILE LIABILITY VT JCAP5787B226 04/01109 04/01110 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
.!.. ANY AUTO (Ea accident) $1,000,000
- ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
(Per person) $
- SCHEDULED AUTOS
- HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
(Per accident) $
- NON-QWNED AUTOS
- PROPERTY DAMAGE $
(Per accident)
R~GE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $
ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $
AUTO ONLY: AGG $
B ~ESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY AUC534554604 04/01/09 04/01/10 EACH OCCURRENCE $20 000.000
X OCCUR 0 CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $20.000 000
$
~ DEDUCTIBLE $
X RETENTION $0 $
C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND VTC2HUB3674C742 04/01109 04/01/10 X I T~~J"[~J.~;, I IOJ~-
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $500.000
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE $500,000
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
If yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $500.000
SPECIAL PROVISIONS below
D OTHER
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Project Name: Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements.
City of Augusta is included as Additional Insured as respects General
Liability coverage, but only as required by written contract with the
Named Insured.
COVERAGES
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
City of Augusta DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL -30- DAYS WRITTEN
530 Greene Street NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL
Augusta, GA 30901 IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR
REPRESENTATIVES.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
~."../. '" ~I -
AC
ACORD 25 (2001/08) 1 of 2
#S1507718/M1461834
JT002
@ ACORD CORPORATION 1988
SUNBSTR2
ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
Client#: 18183
PRODUCER
Wells Fargo Insurance Services USA, Inc
4401 Northside Pkwy, Suite 400
Atlanta, GA 30327-3078
770 850-0050
DATE (MM/DDNYYY)
08/17/2009
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Sunbelt Structures, Inc.
P.O. Box 327
Tucker, GA 30085
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURER A: The Travelers Indemnity Company
INSURER B: American Guarantee & Liability Ins C
INSURER C: The Travelers Indemnity Company of A
INSURER D: Fireman's Fund Insurance Company
INSURER E: Travelers Property Casualty Co of Am
NAIC#
25658
26247
25666
21873
25674
INSURED
COVERAGES
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
II~:: ~~: TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER PJ>l-~~1:~rJ8tW\E Pg~fJti,X:tb~~N LIMITS
A GENERAL LIABILITY VTKC05787N226 04/01109 04/01110 EACH OCCURRENCE $1.000 000
f-- DAMAGE TO RENTED
,lL COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY $300.000
r-- tJ CLAIMS MADE ~ OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $5.000
~ PD Ded:5,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1.000000
r-- GENERAL AGGREGATE $2.000.000
n'LAGGRE~E ~~~ APPlS PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $2.000 000
POLICY X JECT LOC
E ~TOMOBILE LIABILITY VT JCAP5787B226 04/01/09 04/01/10 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000
~ ANY AUTO (Ea accident)
ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
f-- (Per person) $
SCHEDULED AUTOS
f--
HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
f-- (Per accident) $
NON-OWNED AUTOS
,..--
f-- PROPERTY DAMAGE $
(Per accident)
GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $
RANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $
AUTO ONLY: AGG $
B 0ESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY AUC534554604 04/01/09 04/01/10 EACH OCCURRENCE $20 000 000
X OCCUR D CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $20 000 000
$
~ DEDUCTIBLE $
..
X RETENTION $0 $
C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND VTC2HUB3674C742 04/01/09 04/01/10 X T WCSTATU- I IOJ,I;'-
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY $500,000
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $500 000
If yes, desctibe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $500,000
SPECIAL PROVISIONS below
D OTHER
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Project Name: Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements.
City of Augusta is included as Additional Insured as respects General
Liability coverage, but only as required by written contract with the
Named Insured.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
CANCELLATION
City of Augusta
530 Greene Street
Augusta, GA 30901
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ---30.... DAYS WRITTEN
NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL
IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR
REPRESENTATIVES.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
9~"../. ~.~
ACORD 25 (2001/08) 1 of 2
#S1507718/M1461834
JTH07
@ ACORD CORPORATION 1988
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement
on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may
require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate
holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
DISCLAIMER
The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between
the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it
affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
ACORD 25-5 (2001/08) 2 of 2
#S1507718/M1461834
BOND NO. 929474225
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
AlA Document A312
Performance Bond
Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
CONTRACTOR (Name and Address):
SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business):
Sunbelt Structures, Inc.
4635 North Royal Atlanta Drive
Tucker, Georgia 30084
Western Surety Company
CNA Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60685
OWNER (Name and Address):
City of Augusta
530 Greene Street
Augusta, Georgia 30911
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Date: , 2009
Amount: One Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Three Hundred Twenty and 25/100 ($157,320.25)
Description: Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
Augusta, Georgia
BOND:
Date: , 2009
Amount: One Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Three Hundred Twenty and 25/100 ($157,320.25)
Modifications to this Bond: [ X] None
[ } See Page 3
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company:
SUNBELT STRUCTURES, INC.
(Corporate Seal)
SURETY
Company:
Western Sure
Signature: I?""'?~ do tJ,"..,,--
Name and Title: Mark A. Williams, Vice President
(Any additional signatures appear on page 3)
(FOR INFORMATION ONLY-Name, Address and Telephone)
AGENT OR BROKER:
Wells Fargo Insurance Services USA, Inc.
4401 Northside Parkway, Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30327
770.850.0050
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or
other party):
City of Augusta
530 Greene Street
Augusta, Georgia 30911
706.821.2422
AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AIA@
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING . MARCH 1987
A312-1984 1
1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally,
bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance
of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated
herein by reference.
2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract,
the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation
under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as
provided in Subparagraph 3.1.
3 If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation
under this Bond shall arise after:
3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the
Surety at its address described in Paragraph 10 below
that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor
Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a
conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be
held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such
notice to discuss methods of performing the Construc-
tion Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the
Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reason-
able time to perform the Construction Contract. but
such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right. if
any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and
3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and
formally terminated the Contractor's right to complete
the contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be de-
clared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor and
the Surety have received notice as provided in Sub-
paragraph 3.1; and
3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the
Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the
terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor
selected to perform the Construction Contract in accor-
dance with the terms of the contract with the Owner.
4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Para-
graph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's ex-
pense take one of the following actions:
4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the
Owner, to perform and complete the Construction
Contract; or
4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construc-
tion Contract itself, through its agents or through inde-
pendent contractors; or
4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from
qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a
contract for performance and completion of the Con-
struction Contract, arrange for a contract to be pre-
pared for execution by the Owner and the contractor
selected with the Owner's concurrence, to be secured
with performance and payment bonds executed by a
qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the
Construction Contract. and pay to the Owner the
amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in ex-
cess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the
Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or
4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange
for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with
reasonable promptness under the circumstances:
.1 After investigation, determine the amount for
which it may be liable to the Owner and, as
soon as practicable after the amount is deter-
mined, tender payment therefor to the
Owner; or
.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the
Owner citing reasons therefor.
5 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph
4 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed
to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an
additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety
demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under
this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any
remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as
provided in Subparagraph 4.4, and the Owner refuses the
payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in
whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be
entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner.
6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right
to complete the Construction Contract. and if the Surety
elects to act under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above,
then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall
not be greater than those of the Contractor under the
Construction Contract. and the responsibilities of the
Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the
Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit of the
amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by the
Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of
costs and damages on the Construction Contract, the Sure-
ty is obligated without duplication for:
6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correc-
tion of defective work and completion of the Construc-
tion Contract;
6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay
costs resulting from the Contractor's Default. and re-
sulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety
under Paragraph 4; and
6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages
are specified in the Construction Contract. actual dam-
ages caused by delayed performance or non-perfor-
mance of the Contractor.
7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for
obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Con-
struction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price
shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such
unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on
this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or
its heirs, executors, administrators or successors.
8 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, includ-
ing changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to
related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obliga-
tions.
9 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond
may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in
the location in which the work or part of the work is located
and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor
Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased
working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails
to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever oc-
curs first. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or
prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation avail-
2
AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AIA@
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING . MARCH 1987
A312-1984
able to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit
shall be applicable.
10 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall
be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the sig-
nature page.
11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a
statutory or other legal requirement in the location where
the construction was to be performed, any provision in this
Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement
shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con-
forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall
be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this
Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a
common law bond.
12 DEFINITIONS
12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount
payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the
Construction Contract after all proper adjustments
have been made, including allowance to the Con-
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: None
tractor of any amounts received or to be received by
the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims
for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, re-
duced by all valid and proper payments made to or on
behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Con-
tract.
12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between
the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig-
nature page, including all Contract Documents and
changes thereto.
12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor,
which has neither been remedied nor waived, to per-
form or otherwise to comply with the terms of the
Construction Contract.
12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has
neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con-
tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to
perform and complete or comply with the other terms
thereof.
(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
N/A
SURETY
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
N/A
AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AIA@
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING . MARCH 1987
A312-1984
3
BOND NO. 929474225
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
AlA Document A312
Payment Bond
Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
CONTRACTOR (Name and Address):
Sunbelt Structures, Inc.
4635 North Royal Atlanta Drive
Tucker, Georgia 30084
OWNER (Name and Address):
City of Augusta
530 Greene Street
Augusta, Georgia 30911
SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business):
Western Surety Company
CNA Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60685
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Date: , 2009
Amount: One Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Three Hundred Twenty and 25/100 ($157,320.25)
Description (Name and Location): Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
Augusta, Georgia
BOND
Date: , 2009
Amount: One Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Three Hundred Twenty and 25/100 ($157,320.25)
Modifications to this Bond: [] None
[ X} See Page 6
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company:
SUNBELT STRUCTURES, INC.
(Corporate Seal)
Signature: /'Y??~ (1. ~:
Name and Title: Mark A. Williams, Vice President
(Any additional signatures appear on page 6)
(FOR INFORMATION ONLY-Name, Address and Telephone)
AGENT OR BROKER:
Wells Fargo Insurance Services USA, Inc.
4401 Northside Parkway, Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30327
770.850.0050
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or
other party):
City of Augusta
530 Greene Street
Augusta, Georgia 30911
706.821.2422
AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987
A312-1984 4
1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally,
bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor,
materials and equipment furnished for use in the perfor-
mance of the Construction Contract, which is incorpo-
rated herein by reference.
2 With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be
null and void if the Contractor:
2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly,
for all sums due Claimants, and
2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the
Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any
person or entity whose claim, demand, lien or suit is
for the payment for labor, materials or equipment fur-
nished for use in the performance of the Construction
Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified
the Contractor and the Surety (at the address
described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands,
liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims
demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the
Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default.
3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be
null and void if the Contractor promptly makes pay-
ment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due.
4 The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants
under this Bond until:
4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct
contract with the Contractor have given notice to the
Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and
sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating
that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with
substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim.
4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract
with the Contractor:
.1 Have furnished written notice to the Con-
tractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to
the Owner, within 90 days after having last
performed labor or last furnished materials or
equipment included in the claim stating, with
substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim
and the name of the party to whom the
materials were furnished or supplied or for
whom the labor was done or performed; and
.2 Have either received a rejection in whole or
in part from the Contractor, or not received
within 30 days of furnishing the above no-
tice any communication from the Contractor
by which the Contractor has indicated the
claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and
.3 Not having been paid within the above 30
days, have sent a written notice to the Surety
(at the address described in Paragraph 12) and
sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner,
stating that a claim is being made under this
Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous
written notice furnished to the Contractor.
5 If a notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the
Owner to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is suffi-
cient compliance.
6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of
Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the
Surety's expense take the following actions:
6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to
the Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim,
stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis
for challenging any amounts that are disputed.
6.2 Payor arrange for payment of any undisputed
amounts.
7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the
amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be
credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety.
8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under
the Construction Contract shall be used for the perfor-
mance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims,
if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By
the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this
Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor
in the performance of the Construction Contract are
dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and
the Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner's prior-
ity to use the funds for the completion of the work.
9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants
or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelat-
ed to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be
liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claim-
ant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obli-
gations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or
otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond.
10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change,
including changes of time, to the Construction Contract
or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other
obligations.
11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant
under this Bond other than in a court of competent juris-
diction in the location in which the work or part of the
work is located or after the expiration of one year from the
date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by
Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last
labor or service was performed by anyone or the last mate-
rials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Con-
struction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the
provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law,
the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a
defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable.
12 Notice to the Surety the Owner or the Contractor
shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the
signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the
Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall
be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the
address shown on the signature page.
13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a
statutory or other legal requirement in the location where
the construction was to be performed, any provision in this
Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement
shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con-
forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall
be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this
AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987
A312-1984
5
Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a
common law bond.
14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a
potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall
promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy
to be made.
15 DEFINITIONS
15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct
contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of
the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equip-
ment for use in the performance of the Contract. The
intent of this Bond shall be to include without limita-
tion in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that
part of water, gas, power, light. heat. oil, gasoline,
telephone service or rental equipment used in the
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: None
Paragraph 4 is amended to insert sub-paragraph 4.3 which states:
Construction Contract. architectural and engineering
services required for performance of the work of the
Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and
all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be
asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials
or equipment were furnished.
15.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between
the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig-
nature page, including all Contract Documents and
changes thereto.
15.3 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has
neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con-
tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to
perform and complete or comply with the other terms
thereof.
4.3.1 Claimant has furnished to Surety proof of claim duly sworn to by Claimant with adequate
supporting documentation proving the amount claimed is due and payable.
Paragraph 5 shall be amended to delete the word "or" and insert the word "and" in its place.
Paragraph 6 and its sub-paragraphs 6.1 and 6.2 shall be deleted in their entirety.
(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
N/A
SURETY
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
N/A
AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING . MARCH 1987
A312-1984
6
Western Surety Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby
make, constitute and appoint
Janice W Brickner, Annette Wisong, Joseph R Williams, Individually
of Atlanta, GA, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds,
undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts-
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY CaMP ANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affixed on this 16th day of February, 2009.
~>>iE't'i:-
~+~ ~:..!:l-~~
I......... 0 ........0.,
i~ro<f.9 q-1~\'t\
~::\~ "'j:i
~~~:"'''I:A'''/li
....-.
ot,1i;'D~~
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
A?L~A:'
Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President
State of South Dakota
County of Minnehaha
} ss
On this 16th day of February, 2009, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that
he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY CaMP ANY described in and
which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was
so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
November 30, 2012
tc""a"tc"....ct........."a....c,,...""..ltit.....,.... +
~ D. KRELL ~
I I
$~NOTARY PUBLIC~~
I SOUTH DAKOTA I
I I
t"'.."'.."'................................"'..+
~
~~bb'
My commission expires
CERTIFICATE
I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this day of 2009
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
g' ~{~,~s=-
Form F4280-Q9-06
GC
GENERAL CONDITIONS
INDEX TO ARTICLES OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section Page No.
GC-O 1. Definitions...........................................................................................................................3
GC-02. Additional Instructions and Detail Drawings.... ........ ......... ...... ........ ................ ...... ......... ....5
GC-03. Schedules, Reports and Records .... ............... ............... ..... .......... ........ ...... ........... ..... ..........5
GC-04. Notice to Proceed.............................. .......................................... ..... .... ........ .... .... ...... .........6
GC-05. Drawings and Specifications......... ............. .................. ............................. .... ............ ..........6
GC-06. Design Alteration ........................................... .......... ................ .......... .... ... ...... ...... ........ ......7
GC-07. Incidental Construction Items ............. ................. .... ...... ... .............. ...... ......... ....... ..... .........7
GC-O 8. Shop Drawings.................................................................................................................... 8
GC-09. Materials, Services and Facilities....... ....... ........................................... .............. ........ .........8
GC-I0. Inspection and Testing ....................... ............ ..... ...................... ............. ........ .......... ...........8
GC-ll. Test Rolling.......................................................................................................................l 0
GC-12. Substitutions...................... ............. ...................................... ....... ..... ........................ ...... ...1 0
GC-13. Patents. .......... .............. ...................... ...................... ............................... ................ ........ ...1 0
GC-14. Surveys, Permits and Regulations....................... ............... ............. ................ ................ ..1 0
GC-15. Protection of Wark, Property and Persons...................................................................... ..11
GC-16. Supervision by Contractor.... ............. ......... ....... ................................. ........... .... ...... .........12
GC-17. Changes in the Work....... ...... ...................... ............ ............................ ...... ............. ..... ... ...12
GC-18. Changes in Contract Price................................................................................................ .12
GC-19. Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages.................... .... ...... ..... ........... ......... ...... ...13
GC-20. Correction of Work........... ............. ................................... .............. .......................... ........13
GC-21. Subsurface Conditions............................ .... ....................................................... ........... ....14
GC-22. Suspension of Work, Termination and Delay..... ................... ... ............ ..... ...... ........ ....... ..14
GC-23. Payn1ents to Contractor............................... ......... ........................................... ... ...... ........ .16
GC-24. Acceptance of Final Payn1ent as Release......................................................................... .17
GC-25. Insurance ......................................................... ............................................................ ..... .17
GC-26. Contract Security......................... ...... ..................................................................... ........ ...19
GC-27. Assignments.............................. ................................................... ................. ..... ............ ...20
GC-28. Indemnification ........................ ........................................ ......................................... ..... ...20
GC 10f26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
GC-29. Separate Contracts.... .... ...... ....... .......... ....... ......... ..... ....... ....... ....... ............ ..... .... ..... ...... ... .20
GC- 30 . Subcontracting ................................................................................................................. .21
GC- 31. Engineer's Authority........................................................................................................ .21
GC-32. Land and Rights-of-Way................. .... .... .......... ........ ................... ........ ................ ......... ....22
GC- 33. Guarantee......................................................................................................................... .22
GC- 34 . Taxes................................................................................................................................ .22
GC-35. Work Adjacent to Railway or Other Property ..................................................................23
GC-36. Order and Discipline ..... ......... ......... .... ............. ...... ..... ....... .............. ............. ................ ....23
GC-37. Warning Devices and Signs ..............................................................................................23
GC- 38. Special Restrictions.......................................................................................................... .23
GC- 39 . As-Built Drawings........................................................................................................... .23
GC-40. Contractor Not to Hire Employees of the Owner .............................................................23
GC-41. Drawings........ ... ...... .................... ..................... ........... ..... ........... ......... ........... .......... ....... .24
GC-42. Field Office Facilities....................................................................................................... .24
GC-43 . Rights-of-Way...... .............. ...... ... .............. ...... ..... .... .................. ..... ......... ...... .... .., ......... ...24
GC-44. Estimate of Quantities................. ..... .............................. ......... ..... ............ ............. ......... ...24
GC-45. Existing Structures and Utilities..................................................................................... ..25
GC-46. Contractor's Breakdown of Lump Sum Payment Items....................................................25
GC-47. Prior Use by Owner..... .... ......... ........ .................. ...... ...... ............. ........... ..................... ......25
GC-48. Cleaning Up .................................................................................................................... ..25
GC-49. Salvage Materials ............ ........ ........................ ................... ............. ......... ....... ..... .......... ...25
GC-50. Maintenance of Traffic..... .................................. ...... ....... ................ ................ ................. .25
GC-51. Maintenance of Access..... ......................... ................. ......................... ................. ........... .26
GC-52. Erosion Control and Restoration of Property................................................................... .27
GC-53. Bypassing Sewage........................................................................... ..... ................. .......... ..27
GC-54. Safety and Health Regulations................... ........................... ......... ...................... .............27
GC-55. Pre-Construction Conference...................... .... ....................... .............. ........... ................. .27
GC2of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
GC-Ol.
DEFINITIONS:
Wherever used in the Contract Documents, the following terms shall have the meanmgs
indicated which shall be applicable to both the singular and plural thereof.
1. ADDENDA: Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the execution of the
Agreement which modify or interpret the Contract Documents, Drawings and
Specifications, by addition, deletion, clarifications or corrections.
2. BID: The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth
the prices for the work to be performed.
3. BIDDER: Any person, firm or corporation submitting a bid for the work.
4. BONDS: Bid, Performance and Payment Bonds and other instruments of security
furnished by the Contractor and his Surety in accordance with the Contract Documents.
5. CHANGE ORDER: A written order to the Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion
or revision in the work within the general scope of the Contract Documents or
authorizing an adjustment in the contract price or contract time.
6. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The contract including Advertisement for Bids,
Information for Bidders, Proposal, Bid Bond, Notice of award, Agreement, Performance
Bond, Payment Bond, Notice to Proceed, Change Order, General Conditions,
Supplemental General Conditions, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications,
Drawings and Addenda.
7. CONTRACT PRICE: The total monies payable to the Contractor under the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents.
8. CONTRACT TIME: The number of calendar days stated in the Contract Documents for
the completion of the work.
9. LIFE OF THE CONTRACT: The total duration of the contract from Notice to Proceed
to completion of all the work.
10. CONTRACTOR: The person, firm or corporation with whom the Owner has executed
the Agreement.
11. DRAWINGS: The part of the Contract Documents which show the characteristics and
scope of the work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by the
Engineer.
12. ENGINEER: The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Contract Documents.
13. FIELD ORDER: A written order effecting a change in the work not involving an
adjustment in the contract price or an extension of the contract time issued by the
Engineer to the Contractor during construction.
GC3of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
14. NOTICE OF AWARD: The written notice of the acceptance of the Bid from the Owner
to the successful Bidder.
15. NOTICE TO PROCEED: Written communication issued by the Owner to the Contractor
authorizing him to proceed with the work and establishing the date of commencement of
the work.
16. OWNER: A public or quasi-public body or authority, corporation, association,
partnership or individual for whom the work is to be performed.
17. PROJECT: The undertaking to be performed as provided in the Contract Documents.
18. RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE: The authorized representative of the
Owner who is assigned to the project site or any part thereof.
19. SHOP DRAWINGS: All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules, and
other data which are prepared by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, Manufacturer, Supplier
or Distributor, which illustrate how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated or
installed.
20. SPECIFICATIONS: A part of the Contract Documents consisting of written descriptions
of a technical nature or materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and
workmanship.
21. SUBCONTRACTOR: An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with
the Contractor or any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the work at the
site.
22. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: That date as certified by the Engineer when the
construction of the project or a specified part can be utilized for the purposes for which it
is intended.
23. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: Modifications and/or additions to the
General Conditions of a specific nature generally aimed at the specific contract of which
it is a part.
24. SUPPLIERS: Any person, supplier or organization who supplies materials or equipment
for the work, including that fabricated to a special design, but who does not perform labor
at the site.
25. WORK: All labor necessary to produce the construction required by the Contract
Documents and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in the
proj ect.
26. WRITTEN NOTICE: Any notice to any party of the Agreement relative to any part of
this Agreement in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed,
when posted by certified or registered mail to the said party at his last given address or
delivered in person to said party or his authorized representative on the work.
GC 4 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
GC-02.
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAIL DRAWINGS:
1. The Contractor may be furnished additional instructions and detail drawings, by the
Engineer, as necessary to carry out the work required by the Contract Documents.
2. The additional drawings and instructions thus supplied will become a part of the Contract
Documents. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the additional
detail drawings and instructions.
GC-03. SCHEDULES. REPORTS AND RECORDS:
1. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedule of quantities and costs, progress
schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and other data as the Owner may request
concerning the work performed or to be performed.
2. The contractor shall prepare an overall Time-Logic Schedule that includes all major
utility relocations, proposed utilities, and construction activities. A detail schedule for
utility relocations from all utility companies shall be submitted to the contractor two
weeks prior to the Preconstruction meeting. The Contractor shall submit this schedule to
Augusta Engineering Department seven (7) days prior to preconstruction meeting. The
contractor shall present a copy of this schedule at the Preconstruction meeting for
discussion. The schedule shall consist of the following:
a. The noted Responsible Agency for each activity (e.g., Contractor, Sub-Contractor,
Utility Company)
b. The ES-Early Start, EF-Early Finish, LS-Late Start, LF-Late Finish dates
c. The Project Critical Path
d. Activity Durations
The contactor shall also submit following information with the schedule.
a. List of active construction projects and their projected completion date
b. List of available resources assigned to this project *
c. Name of Project Team (Project Manager, Superintendent, Foreman) assigned to this
project *
d. Subcontractor information such as Company Name, Contact Name and Telephone,
and type of assigned tasks
* Personnel and resources assigned to this project shall not be re-assigned to other projects until after upon approval
from Augusta Engineering Department. Augusta Engineering Department reserves tile right to deny the submitted
project team or parts thereof.
Failure to provide aforementioned schedule and information within specified time will
result in cancellation of Notice to Proceed. If information is not received within thirty
GC 5 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
(30) days from the date of Notice to Proceed cancelation, contract will be terminated
without further notice.
Within seven (7) days after the Preconstruction meeting, the Contractor shall provide a
revised schedule with all issues and concerns addressed to Augusta Engineering
Department. The revised Time-Logic Schedule shall be color coded with respect to
responsibility, and shall be presented on D size paper (24'x36").
The schedule shall be updated on a monthly basis displaying percentage of completion of
all activities. The project base line and current date line shall appear on all updates.
The Schedule shall be using Microsoft Project or Primavera Scheduling software.
3. The Contractor shall also submit a schedule of payments that he anticipates he will earn
during the course of the work.
GC-04. NOTICE TO PROCEED:
There will be two separate Notice to Proceeds given to the Contractor. The first Notice to
Proceed will be to Clear and Grub between the right-of-ways. The specific time to
perform this will be two (2) months. Once the Clearing and Grubbing are near to
completion, a Notice to Proceed will be given to the Utility companies. Upon substantial
completion of utility relocation work, the Second Notice to Proceed will be given to the
Contractor to commence the actual construction activities. This would be the contact time
that is actually shown in the contract.
GC-05.
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS:
1. The intent of the drawings and specifications is that the Contractor shall furnish all labor,
materials, tools, equipment and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the
work in accordance with the Contract Documents and all incidental work necessary to
complete the project in an acceptable manner, ready for us, occupancy or operation by the
Owner.
2. In case of conflict between the drawings and specifications, the specifications shall
govern. Figure dimensions on drawings shall govern over general drawings.
3. Any discrepancies found between the drawings and specifications and site conditions or
any inconsistencies or ambiguities in the drawings or specifications shall be immediately
reported to the Engineer, in writing, who shall promptly correct such inconsistencies or
ambiguities in writing. Work done by the Contractor after his discovery of such
discrepancies, inconsistencies or ambiguities shall be done at the Contractor's risk.
4. All work that may be called for in the specifications and not shown on the drawings, or
shown and not called for in the specifications, shall be executed and furnished by the
Contractor as if described in both these ways and should any work or material be required
which is not detailed in the specifications or drawings, either directly or indirectly, but
which is nevertheless necessary for the proper carrying out of the intent thereof, the
Contractor is to understand the same to be implied and required and shall perform all
such work and furnish any such material as fully as if they were particularly delineated or
GC6of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
described.
5. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor, by careful examination, has satisfied
himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the
character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of
equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work,
the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the
work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or
employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect
or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained.
6. All storm pipes, manholes, junction boxes, catch basins, inlets, misc pre-cast products
and appurtenances shall comply with Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT)
standards and specifications. Storm pipes and other products shall be from current
GDOT approved plants and stamped per GDOT inspection certification requirements.
Submittal of data sheet, issued by the source (plant), containing pipe manufacturing and
inspection data will be required at the time of arrival of material at project site.
GC-06. DESIGN ALTERATION
The commission-council recognizes that various changes in design may be made as the
project progresses. Any requests for additional payment or reduction in payment shall be
processed based on actual work in place and the unit prices submitted as a part of this bid.
Items not covered in this bid shall be priced separately and no work shall be done on
these items until approved, in writing, by the Engineer.
All changes in engineering design of the project shall be approved by the Design
Engineer of record after consultation with the Engineer. Revised design plan sheet(s)
shall be signed and stamped by the Design Engineer of record and a copy shall be
submitted to Augusta Engineering Department.
GC-07.
INCIDENTAL CONSTRUCTION ITEMS:
All work and materials without a specific pay item shall be considered incidental to
related pay items, this is to include (but not limited to), additional erosion and sediment
control measures, all removals and disposals, borrow, if needed, remove and reset fences,
remove and reset ornamental shrubs, bushes and sod, and the obtaining, maintaining and
restoration of any required borrow and/or waste pits, establish and reset property
boundary survey pins.
GC-08.
SHOP DRAWINGS:
1. The Contractor shall provide shop drawings as may be necessary for the prosecution of
the work as required by the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall promptly review all
shop drawings. The Engineer's approval of any shop drawings shall not release the
Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents. The
approval of any shop drawing which substantially deviates from the requirement of the
Contract Documents shall be evidenced by a Change Order.
GC 7 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
2. When submitted for the Engineer's review, shop drawings shall bear the Contractor's
certification that he has reviewed, checked and approved the shop drawings and that they
are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Portions of the work that require shop drawing or sample submission shall not begin until
the shop drawing or submission has been approved by the Engineer. A copy of each
approved shop drawing and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by the
Contractor at the site and shall be available to the Engineer.
GC-09. MATERIALS. SERVICES AND FACILITIES:
1. It is understood that, except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, water,
light, power, transportation, supervision, temporary construction of any nature and all
other services and facilities of any nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete and
deliver the work within the specified time.
2. Materials and equipment shall be so stored as to insure the preservation of their quality
and fitness for the work. Stored materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work
shall be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection.
3. Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected,
erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer.
4. Materials, supplies or equipment shall be in accordance with samples submitted by the
Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
5. Materials, supplies or equipment to be incorporated into the work and purchased by the
Contractor of the Subcontractor will be subject to a chattel mortgage or under a
conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
GC-IO. INSPECTION AND TESTING:
1. All materials and equipment used in the construction of the project shall be subject to
adequate inspection and testing in accordance with generally accepted standards.
2. The Contractor shall provide, at his expense, the necessary testing and inspection services
required by the Contract Documents, unless otherwise provided.
3. The Owner shall provide all other inspection and testing services required by the Contract
Documents.
4. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction require any work to specifically be inspected, tested or
approved by someone other than the Contractor, the Contractor will give the Engineer
timely notice of readiness. The Contractor will then furnish the Engineer the required
certificates of inspection, testing or approval.
5. Neither observation by the Engineer nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons other
GC 8 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the work
in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
6. The Engineer and his representatives will at all times have access to the work. In
addition, authorized representatives and agents of any participating Federal or State
Agency shall be permitted to inspect all work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel,
invoices of materials and other relevant data and records. The Contractor will provide
proper facilities for such access and observation of the work and also for any inspection
or testing thereof.
7. If any work is covered contrary to the written request of the Engineer, it must, if
requested by the Engineer, be uncovered for his observation and replaced at the
Contractor's expense.
8. If any work has been covered which the Engineer has not specifically requested to
observe prior to its being covered or if the Engineer considers it necessary or advisable
that covered work be inspected or tested by others, the Contractor at the Engineer's
request, will uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or
testing as the Engineer may require, that portion of the work in question, furnishing all
necessary labor, materials, tools and equipment. If it is found that such work is defective,
the Contractor will bear all the expenses of such uncovering, exposure, observation,
inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such work is not
found to be defective, the Contractor will be allowed an increase in the contract price or
an extension of the contract time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering,
exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction and an appropriate change
order shall be issued.
9. The Contractor shall give the Engineer 24 hours notice of starting any new work. No
work shall be done or materials used without suitable supervision and inspection by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with necessary samples of material
for testing purposes.
GC-ll. TEST ROLLING:
Prior to placing any base course, the sub grade shall be proof rolled to locate unstable
areas and achieve additional compaction. Area be proof rolled using a minimum 15 tons
flat drum compactor or other equipment as recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer
(such as a fully loaded tandem axle dump truck). Geotechnical Engineer and/or a
representative of Augusta Engineering Department will observe and approve proof-
rolling. Areas failing compaction shall be reworked. Any areas judged by the
Geotechnical Engineer to rut (should be improved in place or undercut and replaced with
fill compacted to 100 % of soil maximum dry density as determined by the modified
proctor compaction test (ASTM D1557, Method D or equivalent method approved by the
Geotechnical Engineer and Augusta Engineering Department).
GC 9 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
GC-12.
SUBSTITUTIONS:
1. When a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the drawings or
specifications by reference to brand name or catalogue number, the performance or other
salient requirements and that other products of equal capacities, quality and function shall
be considered. The Contractor may recommend the substitution of a material, article or
piece of equipment of equal substance and function for those referred to in the Contract
Documents by reference to brand name or catalogue number and if, in the opinion of the
Engineer, such material, article or piece of equipment is of equal substance and function
to that specified, the Engineer may approve its substitution and use by the Contractor.
Any cost differential shall be deducted from the contract price and the Contract
Documents shall be appropriately modified by change order. The Contractor warrants
that if substitutes are approved, no major changes in the function or general design of the
project will result. Incidental changes or extra component parts required to accommodate
the substitute will be made by the Contractor without a change in the contract price or
contract time.
GC-13. PATENTS:
1. The Contractor shall pay all applicable royalties and license fees. He shall defend all
suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and save the Owner harmless from
loss on account thereof except that the Owner shall be responsible for any such loss when
a particular process, design or the product of a manufacturer or manufacturers is
specified, but if the Contractor has reason to believe that the design, process or product
specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless he
promptly gives such information to the Engineer.
GC-14. SURVEYS. PERMITS, AND REGULATIONS:
1. The Owner shall furnish all land surveys and establish all base lines for locating the
principal component parts of the work together with a suitable number of benchmarks
adjacent to the work as shown in the Contract Documents. From the information
provided by the Owner, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall develop and make all detail surveys needed for construction such as
slope stakes, batter boards, stakes for pile locations and other working points, lines,
elevations and cut sheets.
2. The Contractor shall carefully preserve benchmarks, reference points and stakes and in
case of willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged with the resulting expense and
shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or
disturbance.
3. The contractor shall re-establish property survey pins for parcels affected by new
established right-of-way. This work shall be considered incidental to "As-built" plan
preparation and will be paid as part of "As-built" plan pay item. This work shall be done
by or under supervision of a qualified Georgia Licensed Professional Land Surveyor
(PLS).
4. Permits and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the work shall
GC 10 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits, licenses and easements for permanent
structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the
Owner, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with
all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn
and specified. If the Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are at variance
therewith, he shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing and any necessary changes
shall be adjusted as provided in Section 13, Changes in the Work.
GC-15.
PROTECTION OF WORK. PROPERTY AND PERSONS:
1. The Contractor will be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the work. He will take all necessary
precautions for the safety of and will provide the necessary protection to prevent damage,
injury or loss to all employees on the work and other persons who may be affected
thereby, all the work and all materials or equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in
storage on or off the site or other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees,
shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for
removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
2. The Contractor will comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and
orders of any public body having jurisdiction. He will erect and maintain, as required by
the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for safety and
protection. He will notify the owners of adjacent utilities when prosecution of the work
may affect them. The Contractor will remedy all damage, injury or loss to any property
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the Contractor, and subcontractor or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of
them are liable, except damage or loss attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents
or to the acts or omissions of the Owner or the Engineer or anyone employed by either of
them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable and not attributable, directly
or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.
3. In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, the Contractor, without special instructions or authorization from the
Engineer or Owner, shall act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. He will give
the Engineer prompt written notice of any significant changes in the work or deviations
from the Contract Documents caused thereby and a Change Order shall be issued
covering the changes and deviations involved.
4. The work under this Contract in every respect shall be at the risk of the Contractor until
finished and accepted, except to damage or injury caused directly by the Owner's agents
or employees.
GC-16. SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR:
1. The Contractor will supervise and direct the work. He will be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The Contractor
will employ and maintain on the work a qualified supervisor or superintendent who shall
have been designated in writing by the Contractor as the Contractor's representative at the
site. The supervisor shall have full authority to act on the behalf of the Contractor and all
GC 11 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
communications given to the supervisor shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.
The supervisor shall be present on the site at all times as required to perform adequate
supervision and coordination of the work
GC-17.
CHANGES IN THE WORK:
1. The Owner may at any time as the need arises, order changes within the scope of the
work without invalidating the Agreement. If such changes increase or decrease the
amount due under the Contract Documents or in the time required for performance of the
work, an equitable adjustment shall be authorized by Change Order.
2. The Engineer, also, may at any time, by issuing a field order, make changes in the details
of the work. The Contractor shall proceed with the performance of any changes in the
work so ordered by the Engineer unless the Contractor believes that such field order
entitles him to a change in the contract price or time or both, in which event he shall give
the Engineer written notice thereof within ten (10) days after the receipt of the ordered
change pending the receipt of an executed change order or further instruction from the
Owner.
GC-18. CHANGES IN CONTRACT PRICE:
1. The contract price may be changed only by a change order. The value of any work
covered by a change order or of any claim for increase or decrease in the contract price
shall be determined by one or more of the following methods in the order of precedence
listed below:
1.1
1.2
1.3
Unit prices previously approved.
An agreed lump sum.
The actual cost for labor, direct overhead, materials, supplies, equipment and
other services necessary to complete the work. In addition there shall be added an
amount to be agreed upon but not to exceed fifteen (15) percent of the actual cost
of the work to cover the cost of general overhead and profit.
GC-19.
TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:
1. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the work are essential conditions of
the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on the date
specified in the Notice to Proceed.
2. The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to insure full
completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and
between the Contractor and the Owner, that the contract time for the completion of the
work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic
and economic conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality ofthe work.
3. If the Contractor shall fail to complete the work within the contract time or extension of
time granted by the Owner, then the Contractor will pay to the Owner the amount for
liquidated damages as specified in the Agreement for each calendar day that the
Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract Documents.
GC 12 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
4. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the
delay in completion of the work is due to the following and the Contractor has promptly
given written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer.
4.1
To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Owner.
4.2
To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault of negligence of
the Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy,
acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract
with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight
embargoes and abnormal and unforeseeable weather; and
4.3
To any delays of subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in
Paragraphs 4.1 and 4.2 ofthis Article.
GC-20.
CORRECTION OF WORK:
1. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all work rejected by the
Engineer for failure to comply with the Contract Documents, whether incorporated in the
construction or not and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute the work in
accordance with the Contract Documents and without expense to the Owner and shall
bear the expense of making good all work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by
such removal or replacement.
2. All removal and replacement work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. If the
Contractor does not take action to remove such rejected work within ten (10) days after
receipt of written notice, the Owner may remove such work and store the materials at the
expense of the Contractor.
3. Any omissions or failure on the part of the Engineer to disapprove or reject any work or
material shall not be construed to be an acceptance of any defective work or material.
The Contractor shall remove, at his own expense and shall rebuild and replace same
without extra charge and in default thereof the same may be done by the Owner at the
Contractor's expense or in case the Engineer shall not consider the defect of sufficient
importance to require the Contractor to rebuild or replace any imperfect work or material,
he shall have the power and is hereby authorized to make an equitable deduction from the
stipulated price.
GC-21. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS:
1. The Contractor shall promptly and before such conditions are disturbed, except in the
event of an emergency, notify the Owner by written notice of:
1.1 Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those
indicated in the Contract Documents.
1.2 Unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially
from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of
the character provided for in the Contract Documents.
GC 13 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
2. The Owner shall promptly investigate the conditions and if he finds that such conditions
do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or in the time
required, for performance of the work, an equitable adjustment shall be made and the
Contract Documents shall be modified by a Change Order. Any claim of the Contractor
for adjustment hereunder shall not be allowed unless he has given the required written
notice; provided that the Owner may, if he determines the facts so justify, consider and
adjust any such claims asserted before the date of final payment.
GC-22. SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. TERMINATION AND DELAY:
1. The Owner may, at any time and without cause, suspend the work or any portion thereof
for a period of not more than ninety days or such further time as agreed upon by the
Contractor, by written notice to the Contractor. The Engineer shall fix the date on which
work shall be resumed. The Contractor will resume that work on the date so fixed. The
Contractor will be allowed an increase in the contract price, an extension of the contract
time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension.
2. If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or if he makes a general assignment
for the benefit of his creditors or if a trustee or receiver is appointed for the Contractor or
for any of his property or if he files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act to
reorganize under the bankruptcy or applicable laws or if he repeatedly fails to supply
sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, or if he repeatedly fails to
make prompt payments to subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment or if he
disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public body having
jurisdiction of the work or if he disregards the authority of the Engineer, or if, in the
opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor fails to make satisfactory progress in prosecuting
the work, or if he otherwise violates any provision of the Contract Documents, then the
Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the
Contractor and his Surety a minimum of ten (10) days from delivery of a written notice,
terminate the services of the Contractor and take possession of the Project and of all
materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the
Contractor and finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such
case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is
finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs
of completing the Project, including compensation for additional professional services,
such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, the
Contractor will pay the difference to the Owner. Such costs incurred by the Owner will
be determined by the Engineer and incorporated in a Change Order.
3. The Contractor must obtain permission from the Engineer before any equipment can be
removed from the job site. In the event such equipment is removed without the
Engineer's approval, the job will be terminated until such time as the equipment is
returned to the project and any time and money lost by the Contractor as a result of
moving the equipment shall be absorbed by the Contractor.
4. Where the Contractor's services have been so terminate by the Owner, said termination
shall not affect any right of the Owner against the Contractor then existing or which may
thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of monies by the Owner due the Contractor
GC 14 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
will not release the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents.
5. After ten (10) days from delivery of a written notice to the Contractor and the Engineer,
the Owner, may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect
to abandon the Proj ect and terminate the Contract. In such case, the Contractor shall be
paid for all work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable profit.
6. If, through no act or fault of the Contractor, the work is suspended for a period of more
than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority of
the Engineer fails to act on any request for payment within thirty (30) days after it is
submitted or the Owner fails to pay the Contractor substantially the sum approved by the
Engineer within thirty (30) days of its approval and presentation, then the Contractor may
after ten (10) days from delivery of a written notice to the Owner and the Engineer,
terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all work executed and all
expenses sustained. In addition, and in lieu of terminating the Contract, if the Engineer
has failed to act on a request for payment or if the Owner has failed to make any payment
as aforesaid, the Contractor may, upon ten (10) days notice to the Owner and the
Engineer, stop the work until he has been paid all amounts then due, in which event and
upon resumption of the work, Change Orders shall be issued for adjusting the contract
price or extending the contract time or both to compensate for the costs and delays
attributable to the stoppage ofthe work.
7. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended, delayed, or interrupted
as a result of a failure of the Owner or the Engineer to act within the time specified in the
Contract Documents, or if no time is specified, within reasonable time, an adjustment in
the contract price or an extension of the contract time or both, shall be made by Change
Order to compensate the Contractor for the costs and delays necessarily caused by the
failure of the Owner or the Engineer.
GC-23. PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR:
1. Between the first (1st) and the fifth (5th) of each month, the Contractor will submit to the
Engineer a partial payment estimate filled out and signed by the Contractor on an
approved form covering the work performed during the period covered by the partial
payment estimate and supported by such data as the Engineer may reasonably require. If
payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the
work but delivered and suitably stored at or near the site, the partial payment estimate
shall also be accompanied by such supporting data, satisfactory to the Owner, as will
establish the Owner's title to the material and equipment and protect his interest therein,
including applicable insurance. The Engineer will, within thirty days after receipt of each
partial payment estimate, either indicate in writing his approval of payment and present
the partial payment estimate to the Owner, or return the partial payment estimate to the
Contractor indicating in writing his reasons for refusing to approve payment. In the latter
case, the Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the partial
payment estimate. The Owner will, within thirty days of presentation to him of an
approved partial payment estimate, pay the Contractor a progress payment on the basis of
the approved partial payment estimate. The Owner shall retain ten (10%) percent of the
amount of each payment until final completion and acceptance of all work covered by the
Contract Documents and successful completion of required warranty period. On
GC 15 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
completion and acceptance of a part of the work on which the price is stated separately in
the Contract Documents, payment may be made in full, excluding retained percentages,
less authorized deductions.
2. The request for payment may also include an allowance for the cost of such major
materials and equipment which are suitably stored either at or near the site.
3. All work covered by partial payment shall thereupon become the sole property of the
Owner, but this provision shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the care and protection of the work upon which payments have been
made or the restoration of any damaged work, or as a waiver of the right of the Owner to
require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract Documents.
4. Upon completion and acceptance of the work, the Engineer shall issue a certificate
attached to the final payment request that the work has been accepted by him under the
conditions of the Contract Documents. The entire balance, excluding the retained
percentage, found to be due the Contractor shall be paid to the Contractor, except such
sums as may be lawfully retained by the Owner for saving the Owner or the Owner's
agents harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors,
laborers, workmen, mechanics, material-men and furnishers of machinery and parts
thereof, equipment, tools and supplies, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of
the work. The Contractor shall, at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that
all obligations of the nature designated above have been paid, discharged, or waived. If
the Contractor fails to do so, the Owner may, after having notified the Contractor, either
pay unpaid bills or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money
deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory
evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged whereupon payment
to the Contractor shall be resumed, in accordance with the terms of the Contract
Documents, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose
any obligations upon the Owner to either the Contractor, his Surety, or any third party. In
paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, any payment so made by the Owner shall be
considered as a payment made under the Contract Documents by the Owner to the
Contractor and the Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any such payments
made in good faith.
5. Owner shall release half of the "10 percent retained" amount at start of required warranty
period. 50 percent of the remaining retained amount shall be released after six (6) moths
into required warranty period provided no defects are observed in originally accepted
work. The remaining retained balance shall be released at successful completion of the
required warranty period as certified by the Engineer. All payment requests shall be
approved by the Engineer prior to forwarding to the Owner.
GC 16 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
6. If the Owner fails to make payment 30 days after approval by the Engineer, in addition to
other remedies available to the Contractor, there shall be added to each such payment,
interest at the maximum legal rate commencing on the first day after said payment is due
and continuing until the payment is received by the Contractor.
GC-24. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT AS RELEASE:
1. The acceptance by the Contractor of final payment shall be and shall operate as a release
to the Owner of all claims and all liability to the Contractor other than claims in stated
amounts as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor for all things done or
furnished in connection with this work and for every act and neglect of the Owner and
other relating to or arising out of this work. Any payment, however, final or otherwise,
shall not release the Contractor or his Sureties from any obligations under the Contract
Documents or the Performance Bond and Payment Bonds.
GC-25. INSURANCE:
1. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain during the life of this Contract such
insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result
from the Contractor's execution of the work, whether such execution by himself or by any
Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or by anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable.
1.1 Claims under Workman's Compensation, disability benefit and other similar
employee benefit acts,
1.2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease or
death of his employees,
1.3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease or death of any
person other than his employees,
1.4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are
sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related
to the employment of such person by the Contractor or (2) by any other person;
and
1.5 Claims for damages because of injury to or destruction of tangible property,
including loss of use resulting there from.
2. Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to
commencement of the work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverage
afforded under the policies will not be canceled unless at least fifteen (15) days prior
written notice has been given to the Owner and Construction Manager.
3. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the life of the
Contract, liability insurance as hereinafter specified.
3.1 Contractor's General Public Liability and Property Damage insurance including
GC 17 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
vehicle coverage issued to the Contractor and protecting him from all claims for
personal injury, including death, and all claims for destruction of or damage to
property, arising out of or in connection with any operations under the Contract
Documents, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor under
him or anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor or by a
Subcontractor under him. Insurance shall be written with a limit of liability of not
less than $200,000 for all damages arising out of bodily injury, including death, at
any time resulting there from, sustained by anyone person in anyone accident;
and a limit of liability of not less than $500,000 for any such damages sustained
by two or more persons in anyone accident. Insurance shall be written with a
limit of liability of not less than $100,000 for all property damage sustained by
anyone person in anyone accident; and a limit of liability of not less than
$200,000 for any such damage sustained by two or more persons in anyone
accident. Contractor's insurance policy shall name Owner and Program Manager
as insured under this policy.
3.2 The Contractor shall acquire and maintain, if applicable, Fire and Extended
Coverage insurance upon the Project to the full insurable value thereof for the
benefit of the Owner, the Contractor and Subcontractor as their interest may
appear. This provision shall in no way release the Contractor or Contractor's
Surety from obligations under the Contract Documents to fully complete the
Project.
4. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the life of the
Contract, in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the state in which the work is
performed, Workman's Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease
provisions, for all of his employees at the site of the project and in case any work is
sublet, the Contractor shall require such Subcontractor similarly to provide Workman's
Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease provision for all of the latter's
employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the
Contractor. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work under this
Contract at the site of the Project is not protected under Workman's Compensation
statute, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide
adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise
protected.
5. The Contractor shall secure, if applicable, "All Risk" type Builder's Risk Insurance for
work to be performed. Unless specifically authorized by the Owner, the amount of such
insurance shall not be less than the contract price totaled in the bid. The policy shall
cover not less than the losses due to fire, explosion, hail, lightening, vandalism, malicious
mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft and smoke during the contract time and until the
work is accepted by the Owner. The policy shall name as the insured the Contractor, the
Engineer and the Owner.
6. Contractor shall provide a Builders Risk All Risk insurance policy for the full
replacement value of all Project work including the value of all onsite Owner-furnished
equipment and/or materials associated with Program Manager's services. Such policy
shall include coverage for loss due to defects in materials and workmanship and errors in
design, and will provide a waiver of subrogation as to Program Manager and the Owner,
GC 18 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
and their respective officers, employees, agents, affiliates, and subcontractors.
GC-26.
CONTRACT SECURITY:
1. The Contractor shall, within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Notice of Award,
furnish the Owner with a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond in penal sums equal to
the amount of the contract price, conditioned upon the performance by the Contractor of
all undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of the Contract Documents
and upon the prompt payment by the Contractor to all persons supplying labor and
materials in the prosecution of the work provided by the Contract Documents. Such
bonds shall be executed by the Contractor and a corporate bonding company licensed to
transact business in the state in which the work is to be performed and named on the
current list of "Surety Companies Acceptable on Federal Bonds" as published in the
Treasury Department Circular Number 570. The expense of these bonds shall be borne
by the Contractor. If at any time a Surety on any such bond is declared a bankrupt or
loses its right to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed or is
removed from the list of Surety Companies accepted on Federal Bonds, Contractor shall
within ten (10) days after notice from the Owner to do so, substitute an acceptable bond
(or bonds) in such form and sum and signed by such other Surety or Sureties as may be
satisfactory to the Owner. The premiums on such bonds shall be paid by the Contractor.
No further payments shall be deemed due nor shall be made until the new Surety or
Sureties shall have furnished an acceptable bond to the Owner.
GC-27. ASSIGNMENTS:
1. Neither the Contractor nor the Owner shall sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of
the Contract or any portion thereof, or his right, title or interest therein, or his obligations
thereunder, without written consent of the other party.
GC-28. INDEMNIFICATION:
1. The Contractor will indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and Program Manager and
the Engineer and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses
and expenses including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of
the work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily
injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property,
including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent or willful act or omission of the Contractor and Subcontractor, anyone directly
or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be
liable.
2. In any and all claims against the Owner or the Engineer or any of their agents or
employees, by an employee of the Contractor, Subcontractor, anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
the indemnification obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the
amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or
any Subcontractor under Workman's Compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other
employee benefits acts.
GC 19 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
3. The obligation of the Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of
the Engineer, his agents or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps,
drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, design or specifications.
GC-29. SEPARATE CONTRACTS:
1. The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this Project. The
Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and
storage of their materials and the execution of their work and shall properly connect and
coordinate his work with theirs. If the proper execution or results of any part of the
Contractor's work depends upon the work of any other Contractor, the Contractor shall
inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such work that render it
unsuitable for such proper execution and results.
2. The Owner may perform additional work related to the Project by himself or he may let
other contracts containing provisions similar to these. The Contractor will afford the
other Contractors who are parties to such contracts (or the Owner, if he is performing the
additional work himself), reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of
materials and equipment and the execution of the work and shall properly connect and
coordinate his work with theirs.
3. If the performance of additional work by other Contractors or the Owner is not noted in
the Contract Documents prior to the execution of the Contract, written notice thereof
shall be given to the Contractor prior to starting any such additional work. If the
Contractor believes that the performance of such additional work by the Owner or others
involves him in additional expense or entitles him to an extension of the contract time, he
may make a claim therefor as provided in Sections GC-13 and GC-14.
GC-30. SUBCONTRACTING:
1. The Contractor may utilize the services of specialty Subcontractors on those parts of the
work which, under normal contracting practices, are performed by specialty
Subcontractors.
2. The Contractor shall not award work to Subcontractor(s), in excess of fifty (50%) percent
ofthe Contract Price, without prior written approval of the Owner.
3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his
Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for
the acts and omissions of person directly employed by him.
4. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts
relative to the work to bind the Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the
Contract Documents insofar as applicable to the work of Subcontractors and to give the
Contractor the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that the Owner may
exercise over the Contractor under any provision of the Contract Documents.
5. Nothing contained in this Contract shall create any contractual relation between any
Subcontractor and the Owner.
GC 20 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
GC-31.
ENGINEER'S AUTHORITY:
1. The Engineer shall act as the Owner's representative during the construction period. He
shall decide questions which may arise as to quality and acceptability of materials
furnished and work performed. He shall interpret the intent of the Contract Documents in
a fair and unbiased manner. The Engineer will make visits to the site and determine if the
work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. The Contractor will be held strictly to the intent of the Contract Documents in regard to
the quality of materials, workmanship and execution of the work. Inspections may be
made at the factory or fabrication plant or the source of material supply.
3. The Engineer will not be responsible for the construction means, controls, techniques,
sequences, procedures, or construction safety.
4. The Engineer shall promptly make decisions relative to interpretation of the Contract
Documents.
GC-32. LAND AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY:
1. The Owner will furnish all land and rights-of-way necessary for carrying out and for the
completion of the work to be performed pursuant to the Contract Documents. If all land
and rights-of-way are not obtained prior to the issuing of the Notice to Proceed, the
Contractor shall begin work upon lands and rights-of-way that have been acquired.
2. The Owner shall provide to the Contractor information which delineates and describes
the lands owned and rights-of-way acquired.
3. The Contractor shall provide at his own expense and without liability to the Owner any
additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary
construction facilities, or for storage of materials.
GC-33. GUARANTEE:
1. The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and equipment furnished and work
performed for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of substantial completion.
The Contractor warrants and guarantees for a period of eighteen (18) months from the
date of substantial completion of the system that the completed system is free from all
defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and the Contractor shall promptly make
such corrections as may be necessary by reason of such defects including the repairs of
any damage to other parts of the system resulting from such defects. The Owner will
give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that the
Contractor should fail to make such repairs, adjustments or other work that may be
necessary by such defects, the Owner may do so and charge the Contractor the cost
thereby incurred. The Performance Bond shall remain in full force and effect though the
guarantee period.
GC 21 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
GC-34. TAXES:
1. The Contractor will pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required by the
law of the place where the work is performed.
GC-35. WORK ADJACENT TO RAILWAY OR OTHER PROPERTY:
1. Whenever the work embraced in this Contract is near the tracks, structures or buildings of
the Owner or of other railways, persons, or property, the work shall be so conducted as
not to interfere with the movement of trains or other operations of the railway, or, if in
any case such interference be necessary, the Contractor shall not proceed until he has first
obtained specific authority and directions therefore from the proper designated officer of
the Owner and has the approval of the Engineer.
GC-36. ORDER AND DISCIPLINE:
1. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his
employees and any employee of the Contractor who shall appear to be incompetent,
disorderly or intemperate or in any other way disqualified for or unfaithful to the work
entrusted to him, shall be discharged immediately on the request of the Engineer and he
shall not again be employed on the work with the Engineer's written consent.
GC-37. WARNING DEVICES AND SIGNS:
1. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, paint and maintain warning devices when
construction is on or near public streets for the protection of vehicular and pedestrian
traffic. Such devices will be in accordance with the Georgia Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices for Street and Highways, "Traffic Control for Highway Construction and
Maintenance Operations," latest edition.
2. A 20" x 30" sign, mounted on a solid post, 8 feet above the ground, indicating the name
and a 24-hour phone number of the Contractor in 4" letters, shall be erected at prominent
locations on the construction site as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor may
remove the sign following the maintenance period.
GC-38. SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS:
1. No work shall be allowed after the hours of darkness or on Sunday without permission of
the Owner.
GC-39. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS:
The Contractor shall furnish a complete, legible set of "as-built" plans, prepared and
certified by a qualified Georgia Licensed Professional Land Surveyor (PLS), to Augusta
Engineering Department seven (7) days prior to the date of the Final Inspection. The
Director of Engineering Department or his/her designee shall review the submitted as-
built plans for accuracy, legibility, completeness, and conformity with approved
construction plans. Upon approval of submitted as-built, three(3) hard copies and one
electronic (CD- in GA State plan coordinate) copy shall be submitted to Engineering
GC 22 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
Department for record and Director of Engineering signature. There shall be no separate
payment unless otherwise shown.
GC-40. CONTRACTOR NOT TO HIRE EMPLOYEES OF THE OWNER:
1. The Contractor shall not employ or hire any of the employees of the Owner.
GC-41. DRAWINGS:
1. The Owner will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, up to five (5) sets of direct
black line prints together with a like number of complete bound specifications for
construction purposes. Location of all primary features of the work included in the
Contract are indicated on the Contract Drawings.
GC-42. FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES:
1. The Contractor shall provide, at a point convenient to the work, suitable office facilities
for housing records, plans and contract documents. A telephone and Fax shall be
provided at the Contractor's office for expediting the work and be made available for the
use of the Engineer. A complete and up-to-date set of the plans and specifications shall
be available at the field office at all times that the work is in progress.
GC-43. RIGHTS-OF-WAY:
1. The Owner will furnish all land and rights-of-way necessary for the carrying out of this
contract and the completion of the work herein contemplated and will use due diligence
in acquiring said land and rights-of-way as speedily as possible. But it is possible that all
land and rights-of-way may not be obtained as herein contemplated before construction
begins, in which event the Contractor shall begin his work upon such land and rights-of-
way as the Owner may have previously acquired and no claim for damages whatsoever
will be allowed by reason of the delay in obtaining the remaining lands and rights-of-
way. Should the Owner be prevented or enjoined from proceeding with the work or from
authorizing its prosecution, either before the commencement, by reason of any litigation
or by reason of its inability to procure any lands or rights-of-way for the said work, the
Contractor shall not be entitled to make or assert any claim for damage by reason of said
delay or to withdraw from the contract except by consent of the Owner; but time for
completion of the work will be extended to compensate for the time lost by such delay;
such determination to be set forth in writing and approved by the Owner.
GC 23 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
GC-44.
ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES:
1. The estimated quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under this
contract if shown in any of the documents including the bid are given only for use in
comparing bids and to indicate approximately the total amount of the contract and the
right is especially reserved except as herein otherwise specifically limited to increase or
diminish them as may be deemed reasonably necessary or desirable by the Owner to
complete the work contemplated by this contract and such increase or diminution shall in
no way vitiate this contract nor shall any such increase or diminution give cause for
claims or liability for damages.
GC-45. EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES:
1. The existence and location of structures and underground utilities indicated on the plans
are not guaranteed and shall be investigated and verified in the field by the Contractor
before starting work. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage to and for
maintenance and protection of existing utilities and structures.
GC-46. CONTRACTOR'S BREAKDOWN OF LUMP SUM PAYMENT ITEMS:
1. The Contractor shall, immediately after the contract has been awarded, submit to the
Engineer for his approval, a breakdown showing estimates of all costs apportioned to the
major elements of equipment, material and labor comprising the total work included
under any of the lump sum items shown in the proposal. These estimates as approved
will serve as the basis for estimating of payments due on all progress estimates.
GC-47. PRIOR USE BY OWNER:
1. Prior to completion of the work, the Owner may take over the operation and/or use of the
uncompleted project or portions thereof. Such prior use of the facilities by the Owner
shall not be deemed as acceptance of any work or relieve the Contractor from any of the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
GC-48. CLEANING UP:
1. The Contractor shall keep the premises free from the accumulation of waste material and
rubbish and upon completion of the work, prior to final acceptance of the completed
project by the Owner, he shall remove from the premises all rubbish, surplus materials,
implements, tools, etc., and leave his work in a clean condition, satisfactory to the
Engineer.
GC-49. SALVAGE MATERIALS:
All salvageable materials, such as drainage pipe, which require removing but not used on
this project, are to be removed from the Right-of-Way, as directed by the Engineer, and
recycled or properly disposed of per applicable local and state regulations. Augusta
Engineering reserves the right to request a copy of disposal documents for these
materials.
GC24of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
GC-SO.
MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC:
1. In any work within the public right-of-way, the Contractor shall provide adequate
warning and protection for pedestrian and vehicular traffic from any hazard arising out of
the Contractor's operations and will be held responsible for any damage caused by
negligence on his part or by the improper placing of or failure to display danger signs and
road lanterns. All traffic lanes, sidewalks and driveways will be kept open and clear at all
times except as provided below. The Contractor shall not block traffic on any street more
than 30 minutes or without written permission from such agency. Before leaving the
work each night, it shall be placed in such condition as to cause the least possible hazard
therefrom. Should the Contractor fail to comply with the provisions of this paragraph,
the Owner may, with his own forces, provide signs, flagmen, barricades and/or
passageways or clear the pavement and deduct the cost thereof from sums due to the
Contractor.
The Contractor shall provide construction signs in accordance with requirements of
"Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) for Streets and Highways";
current edition with added supplements and provisions.
The attention of the Contactor is specifically directed to Subsection 107.09 of the
Supplemental Specification-"Barricades and Danger, Warning, and Detour Signs". "The
Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain all necessary and required barricades, signs,
and other traffic control devices in accordance with these specifications, Project Plans,
Special Provisions, and MUTCD, and Take all necessary precautions for the protection of
the work and safety of the public."
All temporary signs, barricades, flashing lights, striping and any other traffic control
devices required during construction of this project shall meet all requirements of the
MUTCD current addition, as directed by the Engineer and be furnished by the Contractor
with payment in accordance with Section 150.
The Contractor shall so conduct his operations that there will be a minimum of
interference with, or interruption of, traffic on the travelway. This applies to initial
installation and the continuing maintenance and operation of the facility. At least one-
lane, two-way, traffic shall be maintained at all times unless approved otherwise by the
Engineer. As a minimum, the Contractor must comply with MUTCD, current edition and
Georgia Standard 9102.
The Contractor shall provide all temporary traffic control devices needed to safely direct
traffic through the construction area.
All temporary traffic control devices are to be placed in accordance with Georgia
Department of Transportation Standards and Specifications.
GC-Sl.
MAINTENANCE OF ACCESS:
1. The Contractor will be required to maintain access to business establishments during all
time they are open for business, to churches, schools and other institutions during the
time they are open and to all residential and other occupied buildings or facilities at all
times. Bridges across open trenches and work areas will be required to provide vehicular
and pedestrian access. Bridges with handrail protection will be required for crosswalks at
street intersections. It is recognized that it will be necessary to remove bridges and to
block cross traffic while equipment is in operation. The Contractor shall, however, plan
GC 25 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
and pursue his operations so as to minimize the time that direct entrance is blocked.
GC-52.
EROSION CONTROL AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY:
1. The Contractor will be required to schedule his work and perform operations in such a
manner that siltation and bank erosion will be minimized during all phases of
construction. Any areas disturbed during the course of construction shall be restored to a
condition equal or better than the original condition. The Contractor will be required to
submit a Soil Erosion, Sedimentation and Stormwater Pollution Control plan that is in
compliance with the work site erosion control and NPDES plan, per the Georgia
Department of Transportation and Georgia Environmental Protection Erosion, Sediment
and Stormwater Pollution Control requirements.
2. The contractor will be responsible for NPDES monitoring and documentation to keep the
project in compliance with applicable NPDES permit requirements. The contractor shall
be responsible to bring project incompliance and pay penalty imposed on the project due
to non compliance to NPES permit and other permits.
GC-53.
BYPASSING SEWAGE:
1. The Contractor will be required to schedule and coordinate construction sequences and to
use temporary construction and other approved methods which will minimize the
bypassing of sewage during construction of the sewer facilities. The diversion of
sewerage to open ditches or streams will not be permitted.
GC-54. SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS:
1. The Contractor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health
Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational and Health Act of 1970
(PL31-596) and under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act
(PL91-54).
GC-55. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE:
1. A preconstruction conference shall be held at an acceptable time to the Owner and the
Contractor prior to the "Notice to Proceed" to coordinate the work and satisfy all
requirements of the Contract Documents.
GC 26 of26
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
Augusta, GA Engineering Department
PROPOSALS
BROAD STREET BUS TERMINAL IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT NUMBER: N/A
SECTION P
PROPOSAL
ell
Date: (Y};Lrlr! I~/jl ~oo9
I
Cen tlemen:
i
lj.'f:!
In compliance with your invitation for bids dated rlll'.r~! 'z, '. , 2009, the undersigned hereby
proposed to furnish all labor, equipment, and materials, and to perfoml all work for the
installation of parking area and driveway improvements, and appUlienances as shown on the
plans and refelTed to herein as:
Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
PROJECT NUMBER: N/A
In strict accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of the amounts shown on
t~:~d ~~~~~::;~t~~:~~er2~:;~ t~;;::::~yY.J YH/(cL /lUAJ~,UkJ 7i,JF~rY ANt) ~o
DOLLARS ($ I ~ "3 ZO . t..S )
The undersigned hereby agrees that, upon written acceptance of this bid, he will within 10 days
of receipt of such notice execute a fomlal contract agreement with the OWNER, and that he will
provide the bond or guarantees required by the Contract Documents.
The undersigned hereby agrees that, if awarded the contract, he will commence the work within
10 calendar days after the date of written notice to proceed, and that he will complete the work
within 60 Calendar days.
The undersigned acknowledges receipt ofthe following addenda:
Addendum Number:
I
Addendum Date:
S"~S~C37
Respectfu!!y submitted:
/J ~ 17 ~ N''BE!;;t?:; ,fY\)A C~~ltA ~!"o':':~ ~ / /'-.~C ,
(N~I~\~ ~ '~f F ~1j1~) , f i . '17'; \ . , " .
" [J if f {J / { ~ & J .~1 ' ? 1:)riZ~i {)ifl~J:"r'=
\~J+fC{i\ t}(,) ~"?, V'd7 e"'{' LrH\~ / .
(BuSln~Address)
By: (f<O,PJJ:\3L
:~D:() 6
P-lofP-2
BROAD STREET BUS TERMINAL IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT NUMBER: N/A
PAY UNITS I QTY UNIT AMOUN
ITEM DESCRIPTION PRlCE T
----~---~. I
000-1000 FORCE ACCOUNT LS I 10,000.00 \ 10,000.00
, --
I
~163-023~l TEMPORARY GRASSING _~C 0.2 /, {)()d . 9E. .Ut)' 00
700-9300 SOD I SY 4/5.06 . ~ Z.S<'d'22-
f--.----'--- ------ --- EA 1 Z.SC' ~-.91 _ ZSO ' 'l2..
163-0550 CONSTUCT AND REMOYE INLET SEDIMENT TRAP
17]-0030 TEMPORARY SILT FENCE, TYPE C LF I 375 [ t.;.~ 1/6S'7 .~
f-_. --1-----
2]0-0100 GRADING COMPLETE LS ] 3~ oo6'~ 3 ~ ctlO . f..l..2.
-
310.5040 GR AGGREGRATE BASE CRS, 4 INCH, INCL MATERlAL SY 1135 5' ./2 ~", YI./3' ~
-
REINFORCED CONCRETE P A YEMENT, 4000PSI, 6 INCH I
430-0806 THICK SY 135 $O'~ /0 'S'CO'~
REINFORCED CONCRETE PA YEMENT, 4000PSI, 9 INCH 80' q.Q
430-0809 THICK SY 1000 ~O,OOO. 9!!.
I 1'2.' a 7d1>7.~ ~
441-60I3 CONC CURB & GUTTER, 6 IN X ')4 IN, SPECIAL DESIGN LF 575 ~
f--- I --- I --
6] 1-30IO RECONSTR DROP INLET, GROUP I EA ] 8Qj'~ .~~<) ,,,0
TOT AL UNIT BID IS"Z3tC,,;3.
.. --
P- 2 OfP-2
GENERAL NOTES
ADJUSTING MINOR STRUCTURES TO GRADE:
This item consists of raising or lowering the upper portion of existing manholes, water valve
boxes, gas valve boxes or any other miscellaneous structures within the area of construction.
There will be no separate payment for this work unless shown as a separate pay item.
*Prior to any resurfacing the contractor shall identify and reference all structures so the
precise locations can be determined after resurfacing. This shall be done in the company of
the ARC Inspector. This shall be the first order of work where minor structures requiring
adjustment are included in the contract.
AGGREGATE SURFACE COURSE:
The item aggregate surface course is for use in inclement weather to facilitate the movement of
local traffic along roadway construction and to permit ingress and egress at drives. When used
for this purpose, Section 318, Georgia Standard Specifications, is modified to permit truck
dumping on unprepared and muddy subgrade. Section 318 is further modified to permit the use
of crusher run stone as described in Subsection 806.02.
The Contractor will have the choice of the following materials:
Graded Aggregate Subsection 815.01
Coarse Aggregate Size 467 Subsection 800.01
Stabilizer Aggregate Type 1 or 2 Section 803
Crushed Stone Subsection 806.02
All materials to be used as directed by the Engineer.
AS-BUILT PLANS:
The Contractor shall furnish a complete, legible set of "as-built" plans, prepared and certified by
a qualified Georgia Licensed Professional Land Surveyor (PLS), to Augusta Engineering
Department seven (7) days prior to the date of the Final Inspection. The Director of Engineering
Department or his/her designee shall review the submitted as-built plans for accuracy, legibility,
completeness, and conformity with approved construction plans. Upon approval of submitted as-
built, three(3) hard copies and one electronic (CD- in GA State plan coordinate) copy shall be
submitted to Engineering Department for record and Director of Engineering signature. There
shall be no separate payment unless otherwise shown.
CASINGS:
All steel casings being installed across any roadway and/or right-of-way shall have the joints
continuously welded to obtain a watertight seaL The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when
welds are ready for inspection. Welded casings backfilled without the Engineer's approval shall
be uncovered for inspection at the Engineer's request
G - 1
AED ~ Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
COMPACTION:
All compaction shall be as defined in the current edition of Georgia department of Transportation
Specifications. Special attention shall be given to the backfill of minor structures (pipe, box
culverts, manholes, catch basins, drop inlets, etc.). Compaction shall be achieved using
approved tamps and soil layers of approximately 6 inches (loose measure) and in accordance
with Georgia Department of Transportation Standards 1030-D and 1401. Backfilling operations
of this nature shall not begin until the Contractor has on hand all equipment in good working
condition, and competent operators.
The backfilling of pipe and other minor structures shall be in accordance with Georgia
Department of Transportation Standard specifications, Current Edition. Backfilling with sand
using jetting and/or flooding will not be allowed in any case without the written permission of
the Engineer. Backfilling of pipe structures shall be incidental to the pipe structure bid item.
NOTE: When sand and jetting/flooding method is used the warranty for the backfilled
area is extended from 12 months to 24 months. A plan for the jetting/flooding shall be
submitted at the Pre-Construction Conference.
CONCRETE:
The Contractor shall have a slump cone on the project at all times when concrete is being placed.
He shall, in the Engineer's presence, perform slump tests as directed by the Engineer. Tests shall
be performed by qualified personnel with a properly cleaned slump cone. Allowable slumps are
2" minimum and 4" maximum. Class "A" concrete shall have a minimum of 611 lbs. Cement
per cubic yard. Class "B" concrete shall have a minimum of 470 lbs. Cement per cubic yard.
Concrete not meeting these requirements will be rejected by the Engineer.
NOTE: No concrete shall be placed until all required equipment such as slump cone,
curing compound and dispensor, etc., all in good working condition, are on the site.
Inspectors must be given a minimum one-hour advance notice. No concrete shall be
placed without the Inspector present unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. All
concrete shall be placed during the Inspectors normal working hours, 8:30 a.m. to 5:00
p.m. unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Formed surfaces shall receive finish
immediately after removing forms. Forms shall be removed as provided in Section 500
of GA.DOT Specifications.
CONSTRUCTION:
Transition ties of proposed curb and gutter to existing curbs (valley gutter, granite curb, header
curb, etc.) shall be paid for in the unit price bid for curb and gutter unless otherwise noted.
At locations where new pavement is to be placed adjacent to existing pavement, without an
overlay, or where curbing is to be placed across paved parking lots, a joint shall be sawed on a
line to ensure pavement removal to be neat Only those joints sawed in concrete pavement will
be paid for under the pay item-Sawed Joints. . . per Linear Foot.
Where curb and gutter is used and the shoulder elevations are higher than adjacent ground, the
actual direction of drainage runoff shall be determined by the Contractor. He shall make such
provisions as necessary to ensure that no ponding is caused by the new construction. He may
G - 2
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
place additional fill to provide drain inlets. Compensation will be under the price bid for the
appropriate pay item. Driveway profiles may also be altered allowing the concrete pad to slope
down outside the back of the curb line not to exceed an algebraic difference of 0.07. This should
be used primarily on the high side of super-elevated curves. The Contractor should use caution
with standard variance and place special emphasis on hydraulic considerations.
The Contractor shall provide borrow and/or waste pits for this project All pits acquired for use
on this project shall be reclaimed in accordance with Subsection 107.23 and Section 160 of the
Standard Specifications and page PPA-1 of this document
All storm drain pipe, side drain pipe, pipe culvert wing-walls, steps, retaining walls, curbs and
gutters, headwalls, all types of pavement, wooden structures, except those specifically shown as
a removal pay item will be removed as Clearing and Grubbing, Grading Complete, or Grading
Per Mile on Lump Sum Construction..
Cut and fill slopes outside of clear zones may be adjusted on construction where necessary to
remain within the right of way.
Curb cut ramps in accordance with Standard 9031- Ware to be used at all street intersections on
this project
Asphalt milling where specified for use on existing pavement that is to be resurfaced adjacent to
curb and gutter. Finished surface on asphalt pavement shall not exceed 1;4" above the gutter line
as shown on Georgia Standard 9031-1.
CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT:
Construction layout work shall be performed by the Contractor. See Section 149 of the Standard
Specifications.
CONSTRUCTIONIUTILITY SCHEDULE:
The contractor shall prepare an overall Time-Logic Schedule that includes all major utility relocations,
proposed utilities, and construction activities. A detail schedule for utility relocations from all utility
companies shall be submitted to the contractor two weeks prior to the Preconstruction meeting. The
Contractor shall submit this schedule to Augusta Engineering Department seven (7) days prior to
preconstruction meeting. The contractor shall present a copy of this schedule at the Preconstruction
meeting for discussion. The schedule shall consist of the following:
1. The noted Responsible Agency for each activity (e.g., Contractor, Sub-Contractor, Utility
Company)
2. The ES-Early Start, EF-Early Finish, LS-Late Start, LF-Late Finish dates
3. The Project Critical Path
4. Activity Durations
The contactor shall also submit following information with the schedule.
I. List of active construction projects and their projected completion date
G - 3
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
2. List of available resources assigned to this project *
3. Name of Project Team (Project Manager, Superintendent, Foreman) assigned to this project *
4. Subcontractor information such as Company Name, Contact Name and Telephone, and type of
assigned tasks
* Personnel and resources assigned to this project shall not be re-assigned to other projects until after upon approval from Augusta Engineering
Department Augusta Engineenng Department reserves the right to deny the submitted project team or parts thereof
Failure to provide aforementioned schedule and information within specified time will result in
cancellation of Notice to Proceed. If information is not received within thirty (30) days from the date of
Notice to Proceed cancelation, contract will be terminated without further notice.
Within seven (7) days after the Preconstruction meeting, the Contractor shall provide a revised schedule
with all issues and concems addressed to Augusta Engineering Department. The revised Time-Logic
Schedule shall be color coded with respect to responsibility, and shall be presented on D size paper
(24'x36")
The schedule shall be updated on a monthly basis displaying percentage of completion of all activities.
The project base line and current date line shall appear on all updates.
The Schedule shall be using Microsoft Project or Primavera Scheduling software.
G - 4
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
l-
t)
w
"")
o
a:::
a.
I- ~
Z g
W "
::iE N
W a
>
o
a:::
a.
::iE :g
Cl ~
<( ~
o a
a::: :g
N ~
~ 1~
co
g
M
a
co
o
o
N
N
SAMPLE CONSTRUCTION/UTILITY SCHEDULE
----I. -
I
I
a
co
o
o
N
a
~
g
'"
a
~
~ t .~J
at=!
en
o
~
1Eia
v.;-.:::
u-
Ir~ I~
, I, I'
~ ,i I~
~
Q~
~o
o
. ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
'C "'Cl ""0 '0 "'0
000 ll) i.O
co N N N
>-
"
!!;
E~
~tr
~~
>-'"
I
I
II! :!
I I~ I~
'01~ i~
I'~ ,~ ~
to i.D :::
i~ I'~ ~
1 co:! 01 '0)
I~ r~ !-~
I~ 10 10
,
I
o
g~
~
i> i
l
~
~
l
;I'
o .~
I! II
E IE
>- >-
I
"'
o
~
o
M
~
>-
'"
o
o
>-
"'
~
i3
o
u-
~
o
~
f
"' en
o 0
"' '"
~ ~
~
o
N
'"
~
o
u-
o
"-
~-
~
~ ~
I
~ 'o~ I
a ~
'0
u-
o
o
>-
~
o
o
o
~
>-
co
o
~
o
u-
~ ,~
~ :~
N 123
.l- ..~
~Io o~
Jl~
"-I
o
o
::;
co
~
o
o
>-
co
o
~
o
o
>-
co
o
'"
N
~
~
~
.11
i~
I~
"' co co
~ : I~
~ ~ lit
~
~
;I'
~
~ I~ ~
~ I~ ~
I~ .=
<0
o
o
~
~
~
:g ;g
N N
'"
.~~
f~!;
~ ~
~ ~
. ro
'0 ~
'" 0
~ N
~
~
ro
~
M
N
>- ~ >- >- ~ ~ >- ~ ~ ~ ~ I~ ~ ~ ~ ~ >. >. >- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ r; I~ ~ g;.,
.fg ~ ~ .fg ~ .r5 ~ ~ I~ {5 ~ I~ .g {5 ~ .g .g5 {g .g {l .g .gJ ~ .gl .g {l j.g ~ 1{5 ~ ~
ro ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ : ~ m 0 'll) ~ ~ 0 g ll) i.O ~ 0 M MoO ~ i.O N 0 0
!
I :
10 10
10 0
1+ +
I~ I~
Iii Iii
1.9 .2
i~ I~
~ Ii
I~ ~
o 1(5
i Ii
iJ ,0
I
I
I I
II I
11 I In iIUg!,
I;; g g~+
19 6 I~
I~ ': ro ro
U) 1&1 ~ ~
11'1' J ~
1 I I
r-- co OJ ~ ::
~ ~
o 0
co ~
~ 0
o
"- "-
en ~
o 0
~ ~
u. t.t
ro
~
;;
i I ~ I
(5 I~ '~ I
~ 'I' II"
; ,~ I~ [i!o:ffi
I~ I~ I~ '~
I I I
I' I
I
~ ;::: ~
~
o
~
N
'"
o
N
'"
'0
u-
;t u.
~ ~
o 0
N
co i~
"' co
o 0
~ 01
o 0
o 0
:; ::;
co co
o 0
~ I~
o '0
r= ~
o
>-
o
go~ 'i'
I~
I~ I!,
I~ '(0
~ ~
"
o
.:J
o
10 g g g
9 'ON+ 6 6
.: ro I~ ~
'I'~ i IH
,~ ro 'v'~ I~~
Ul iii I(/) I~ ~,
~ ~ ; ~
I~ ~ 'I~!?; L~
aJ ;- a.I 1 Q,) Ilf.I
Ii i I'i It I Iii
~ !~ ~ ~ I~ ~
!; I~ ~ i~ 'I~ I", 'I"',~
~ ,..0 .D I.D -e .<i. Q,)
CO I~ 8 i~ 18 'II~ I~
~ Iii I~
I I
I
i
N
:!
o
o
.:J
"
I;;: i~
Iii Ii
- I-
i
I
,
I
~ ~
:"
'"
o
N
;;
N
N
r' "
M
N
'"
N
"
~
0-01 I ;'
JI
ul
I
~
'"
o
~
>-
I~
>-
~
o
o
>-
~ ~ ~
N N '0
~ ~ ~
~
'0
~
co
o
co
N
'"
'0
~
"'
o
o
~
'0
~
o
o
+
o
en
ro
iii
o
o
o
+
~
N
ro
iii
x
"
~ ~
ii5 ~
I'
I
l~ ~
i
~ ~ Ig
1+
,1,1l 1liI1!
I~ ~ Ii I~ 0 I~ i1
~ I'ffi :: ~ ~ I~ u;
0.. ...... 10... 0.. 0. (() en
I !,o : ~ ~
rn i (,!)
I
I
~ co
N N
I'--. OJ m 0
N N N <:')
;;
'0 '0
~ ~
N
M
M
M
"-
, 0
, 0
:2
ql!
I
I
~ ~ ~
co
o
N
N
~
C
o
::;
"' co
o 0
~ in
'" ~
o 0
o 0
:; ::;
\Q (!) <D <D (0
~ I~; ~ ~ ~
g ~ ~ ~
:; >-
i
I
II
~ci! It L
~ ! I~ I~ i
~ !! ~
i I
I I
I'--. OJ m 0
("') <:') ("') '<t
~
E ~
5 ~
'"
~ ~
e x
0- W
m
o
o
m
;;
1
x
w
J[
~
~
m
co
o
a:
~ ~
~ ~
;; '"
c
E
~
Ul
l
o
o
u
z
Qr::
>-~
,,~
:>.c
o:~
>-~
",-'-
z~
o~
,,-
u
"'
"
co co
o 0
co co
co co
o 0
o 0
>- >-
m
o
o
~
~ ~
~ .~ ~
~ ~ ~
on on "'
~
x
~ n.
>- Ul
~
o
co
e
0-
x
~
rn
>-
n
! I
Ii
I
U
~
o
co
" 0
'" a:
~ ~ ~
u u 0
:;;
"
'0
~
if)
0'
.Q
)
u'"
i~
E-
rn'"
~E
til-
~*
0-0
DESIGN ALTERATIONS:
The commission-council recognizes that various changes in design may be made as the project
progresses. Any requests for additional payment shall be processed based on actual work in place
and the unit prices submitted as a part of this bid. Items not covered in this bid shall be priced
separately and no work shall be done on these items until approved, in writing, by the Engineer.
All changes in engineering design of the project shall be approved by the Design Engineer of
record after consultation with the Engineer. Revised design plan sheet( s) shall be signed and
stamped by the Design Engineer of record and a copy shall be submitted to Augusta Engineering
Department.
ENGINEER:
In all contract documents, specifications, supporting documents, etc., the term "ENGINEER"
means, and shall be deemed to mean, the Augusta-Richmond County Engineering Department
Director or his/her designated representative.
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL:
The Contractor shall be responsible for all soil erosion and sediment control practices.
All on-site erosion control shall comply with local Augusta Richmond County erosion and
sediment control ordinances. The cost of this work shall be included in the cost of Lump Sum
Construction unless shown as a separate pay item.
EXCESS MATERIAL:
All excess material is to be disposed of as directed by the Engineer or as noted in Sub-Section
107.23 of the Specifications and in accordance with page PP A-I.
FENCE:
All new fences called for on the plans and/or contract documents shall meet the requirements of
Section 643 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, current
edition. New fence not meeting these Specs will be rejected.
In contracts, where remove and reset fence items are involved (either as pay items or as Lump
Sum Construction) all replacement fence shall be equal to or better than the existing fence as
approved by the Engineer. This means equal to or better than the original fence at the time of its
installation.
In accordance with Subsection 643.03D, the Contractor must furnish positive locking devices,
padlocks, and keys with all gate assemblies.
FINISHING AND DRESSING:
All unpaved and natural areas which are disturbed by the construction of this project are to be
returned to the pre-existing shape and slope and then finished and dressed. No separate payment
will be made for grassing, fertilizing and mulching of disturbed areas, unless specifically shown
as a pay item.
G - 6
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
FLAGGING:
Flaggers shall be provided as required to handle traffic, as specified in the Plans or Special
Provisions, and as required by the Engineer.
All Flaeeers shall meet the requirement of part 6F of the MUTeD Current Edition and must
have received training and a certificate upon completion of the training from a Department
approved training program. Failure to provide certified Flaggers as required above shall be
reason for the Engineer suspending work involving the Flagger(s) until the Contractor provides
the certified Flagger(s).
Flaggers shall wear a fluorescent orange cap or hat, and a fluorescent orange vest, shirt, or jacket,
and shall use a Stop/slow paddle meeting the requirements of Section 6F-2 of the MUTCD
Current Edition for controlling traffic. The Stop/slow paddle shall have a shaft length of seven
(7) feet minimum. In addition to the stop/slow paddle, a Flagger may use a 24-inch square
red/orange flag as an additional device to attract attention. For night work, the vest shall have
reflectorized stripes on front and back.
Signs for Flagger traffic control shall be placed in advance of the flagging operation in
accordance with the MUTCD Current Edition. In addition to the signs required by the MUTCD,
signs at regular intervals, warning of the presence of the Flagger shall be placed beyond the
point where traffic can reasonably be expected to stop under the most severe conditions for that
day's work.
FOUNDATION BACKFILL MATERIAL. TYPE I:
Foundation Backfill Material Type I shall conform to Georgia Standard 1 030-D and Section 207
of the Standard Specifications. No separate payment will be made for this material or its
placement.
FOUNDATION BACKFILL MATERIAL. TYPE II:
Foundation Backfill Material, Type II shall conform to Georgia Standard 1030-D and Section
207 of the Standard Specifications and shall be used in wet/unstable conditions as directed by the
Engineer. It shall also be used beneath all concrete box culverts. Quantities shall be measured
for payment in accordance with Georgia Standard 1030-D or as directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be per cubic yard unless otherwise specified in the contract.
GRADES:
With the approval of the Engineer, grades may be field adjusted to provide for best drainage.
INFESTATION:
The entire project is considered to be within the limits of an insect infested area. The
contractor's attention is called to the following sections of the Standard Specifications: (A) 155
Insect control (B) 893 Miscellaneous Planting Materials.
INSPECTIONS:
This project will be inspected by the Engineer or his Representative.
G -7
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
LANDSCAPING:
All the requirements of Section 702 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Specifications,
current edition, are applicable to this project except as follows: there will be no separate pay for
staking, including Perimeter Staking and for Spring Application of Fertilizer. All costs shall be
included in prices bid for Landscape Items. Bag grown plants are not acceptable.
MAILBOXES:
Existing mailboxes that are in conflict with the proposed construction shall be removed and
relocated. Where feasible the existing mailboxes and supports may be utilized as approved by
the Engineer so long as the supports are of metal PIPE with a maximum diameter of two (2)
inches or wood, with a maximum diameter of four (4) inches.
NOTE: There shall be no supports of any material other than the two mentioned above.
All existing mailboxes and supports containing brick, masonry of any type, metal, etc.
shall be disassembled and all components, not meeting the above requirements, shall be
removed from the project and disposed in a proper manner.
When not shown as a pay item, payment shall be included in the price bid for Lump Sum
Construction and itemized as such.
MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES:
All miscellaneous drainage structure such as Catch Basins, Drop Inlets, Manholes, Junction
Boxes, Spring Boxes, Drain Inlets, special Inlets, etc., whether standard or special design shall
be paid for Per Each. There will be no separate payment for additional depth unless specifically
shown as a pay item.
NOTE: All Catch Basins, Drop Inlets, manholes, exposed Junction Boxes, etc., with
concrete top-slabs shall include manhole rings and covers. The Contractor shall install
the manhole rings and covers such that the steps can be easily accessed.
PATCHING AND REPAIR OF MINOR DEFECTS:
Where needed, the contractor is required to patch and repair existing potholes, minor pavement
defects, and base failures in accordance with the Specifications.
PAVEMENT CUTS:
All pavement cuts shall be sawed with a neat vertical edge, regardless of material, consistently
straight enough that a roller can follow the edge precisely to achieve the desired compaction.
Irregular edges will not be accepted. Payment shall be included in the price of the pipe.
PAYMENT FOR PIPE CULVERT INSTALLATION:
1. Payment for pipe culvert or utility installation includes sawing and/or cutting and removing
existing pavement and replacing the pavement as specified in accordance with Standard 1401.
2. Payment for pipe culvert includes plugging existing pipe with Class "A" or "BOO concrete (See
Georgia Standard 903 1- L ).
G - 8
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
PIPE CULVERTS:
Unless otherwise noted, all storm drain, longitudinal and stub pipes are to be reinforced concrete.
All required pipe culverts shall be in accordance with Standard 1030-D.
Foundation Backfill Material Type I shall conform to Georgia Standard 1030-D. No separate
pay item will be made for this material for its placement
Payment for pipe culvert or utility installation includes sawing and/or cutting and removing
existing pavement, sidewalk, curbing, etc., and replacing same as specified in accordance with
Standard 1401. Payment for pipe culvert includes plugging existing pipe with Class "A" or "B"
concrete and for construction concrete collars.
The Contractor shall include in his price bid for pipe, the additional cost of bends, tees, fasteners,
appropriate gaskets (see Section 848 of the Standard Specifications), and structure excavation.
PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS:
Precast Concrete Units, other than those specifically allowed by Georgia Department of
Transportation Specifications, such as Drop Inlets, Catch Basins, Manholes, etc., shall not be
installed without written permission from the Engineer. Any such units installed without such
written permission shall be removed from the project
RELOCA TED WATER METERS:
Relocated water meters and water meter boxes may not be placed in the sidewalk.
REMOVAL AND RESETTING OF ORNAMENTAL SHRUBS AND BUSHES AND SOD:
It shall be the contractor's responsibility to remove and reset any and all existing ornamental
shrubs and bushes and sod in conflict with proposed construction. Coordination with the
property owners is essential in this endeavor. The Contractor will not be held responsible for
care and maintenance after removing and resetting these plants and sod except in cases where the
Contractor's equipment causes irreparable damage or where plants and/or sod dies as the result
of negligence on the Contractor's part. In which cases, the Contractor will be held responsible
for replacement Sod shall be reset with ground preparation in accordance with Subsection
700.05.A. No additional sailor fertilizer is required for resetting sod. The Contractor shall
remove the sod in a manner that will be conducive to insuring that the reset sod will live. At the
Contractor's option, he may replace any sod he removes with new sod of the same type. No
separate payment will be made for this work or replacements unless specifically shown as a pay
item.
REMOVING AND RESETTING OF OBSTRUCTIONS:
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove and reset any and all obstructions, such as
fences, signs, concrete or brick planters, steps, walkways, brick or concrete entrance columns,
etc., which are in conflict with construction. Contractors are responsible for the security of pets
and/or personal property through the use of temporary fence if necessary. No separate payment
will be made for this work except when shown as a separate pay item.
RIGHT-OF-WAY AND EASEMENTS:
The Contractor shall not perform any work outside the limits of the right-of-way or easements.
In addition, no equipment or material shall be placed outside these areas without written
G - 9
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
permission of both the property owner and the Engineer. In the event that the Contractor elects
to utilize private property for any purpose connected with the project, such as, but not limited to,
staging areas, equipment and/or material storage or simply as a convenience, he shall submit a
written agreement to the Engineer containing vital information such as limits of both area and
time the property is to be utilized and a description of the intended use. The agreement must be
signed by both the property owner and the Contractor and will be reviewed and recorded by the
Engineer. Such agreements must be submitted prior to the contractor's use of the property.
All buildings located on newly acquired R/W and/or easements shall be relocated by the
Contractor. Such buildings on existing R/W and/or easements shall be removed by the owner or
will become the property of the Contractor.
SAL V AGEABLE MATERIALS:
All salvageable materials, such as drainage pipe, which require removing but not used on this
project, are to be removed from the Right-of-Way, as directed by the Engineer, and recycled or
properly disposed of per applicable local and state regulations. Augusta Engineering reserves the
right to request a copy of disposal documents for these materials.
SAW CUTS:
When matching existing conditions, saw cuts shall be used as required by Augusta-Richmond
County. Only saw cuts in Portland Cement Concrete, which are shown, as contract pay items
will be paid for separately. No saw cuts in asphaltic concrete will be paid for separately. Unless
specifically noted this does not apply to pipe trenches.
SOD:
Sod will not be paid for separately when used to match or replace sod on adjacent lawns as
replacement in kind. See GDOT specifications, subsection 700.04 E.
SPECIAL EVENTS:
When Special Events occur, such as the Augusta Masters Golf Tournament, all work shall be
safed up, shut down and maintained until the Engineer okays the resumption of work. No project
is exempt without the expressed approval of the Engineer. If these type work stoppages impose
a hardship, contract time wise, consideration will be given to extending the contract time in an
amount commensurate with the delay caused by such work stoppages provided the Contractor
has otherwise pursued the work diligently.
SPECIFICATIONS. STANDARDS AND OTHER DATA:
All references in this document, (includes all papers, writings, documents, drawings, or
photographs used, or to be used, in connection with this document), to State Highway of
Georgia, State Highway Department, Highway Department, or Department when the context
thereof means the Georgia Department of Transportation means, and shall be deemed to mean,
Augusta-Richmond County, Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council Department of
Engineering Services.
The data, together with all other information shown on these plans, or indicated in any way
thereby, whether by drawings or notes or in any other matter, are based upon field investigations
and are believed to be indicative of actual conditions. However, the same are shown as
information only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia in
G - 10
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
any way. Only the actual quantities completed and accepted will be paid for. The attention of
the bidder is specifically directed to Subsections 102.04, 102.05, and 104.03 of the Standard
Specifications, of the Georgia Department of Transportation, current edition, which will be part
of this contract.
This project is based on, and shall be constructed in accordance with, the State of Georgia
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges,
current edition and any supplements thereto. All of these specifications shall be considered as
though fully contained herein. In cases where conflicts arise within these specifications, they
will be revised to resolve such conflict. Until the conflict is resolved, the interpretation of the
Engineer shall control the situation.
SPEND OUT SCHEDULE:
A Spendout Schedule beginning with the Notice to Proceed and extending through the
anticipated construction life of the project, shall be submitted at the Pre-Construction
Conference. Such schedule shall include the anticipated earnings on a monthly basis.
STORM DRAIN PIPE:
Unless otherwise noted, all storm drain, longitudinal and stub pipe are to be reinforced concrete
and shall include O-ring gaskets.
SUB-CONTRACTORS:
The Contractor shall furnish the official name, plus the name and telephone number of the 24-
hour emergency contact of all firms he proposes to use as Subcontractors in the work. This
information is to be furnished at the Preconstruction Conference. However, no work shall be
done on this project by a Subcontractor until the Contractor receives approval of his
Subcontractor(s) from the Engineer.
NOTE: All submissions shall include the following information for each Subcontractor:
1) Name of Subcontracting Firm
2) Description of Work To Be Done
3) Contact Person's Name and 24 Hour Phone Number
TESTING OF THE WORK:
The Contractor shall employ a qualified materials testing laboratory to monitor more fully the
quality of materials and work and to perform such tests as may be required under the contract
documents as conditions for acceptance of materials and work. THE ENGINEER MAY
ORDER TESTING AT ANY TIME HE DEEMS PROPER TO CONTROL THE QUALITY OF
THE WORK.
All test results are to be submitted to the Engineer. No separate payment will be made for
employing the testing laboratory or any required tests.
TEST ROLLING:
Prior to placing any base course, the sub grade shall be proof rolled to locate unstable areas and
achieve additional compaction. Area be proof rolled using a minimum 15 tons flat drum
compactor or other equipment as recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer (such as a fully
loaded tandem axle dumptruck). Geotechnical Engineer and/or a representative of Augusta
G - 11
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
Engineering Department will observe and approve proof-rolling. Areas failing compaction shall
be reworked. Any areas judged by the Geotechnical Engineer to rut (should be improved in
place or undercut and replaced with fill compacted to 100 % of soil maximum dry density as
determined by the modified proctor compaction test (ASTM D1557, Method D or equivalent
method approved by the Geotechnical Engineer).
TRAFFIC CONTROL:
The Contractor shall provide construction signs in accordance with requirements of "Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) for Streets and Highways"; current edition with
added supplements and provisions.
The attention of the Contactor is specifically directed to Subsection 107.09 of the Supplemental
Specification-"Barricades and Danger, Warning, and Detour Signs". "The Contractor shall
furnish, install, and maintain all necessary and required barricades, signs, and other traffic
control devices in accordance with these specifications, Project Plans, Special Provisions, and
MUTCD, and Take all necessary precautions for the protection of the work and safety of the
public. "
All temporary signs, barricades, flashing lights, striping and any other traffic control devices
required during construction of this project shall meet all requirements of the MUTCD current
addition, as directed by the Engineer and be furnished by the Contractor with payment in
accordance with Section 150.
The Contractor shall so conduct his operations that there will be a minimum of interference with,
or interruption of, traffic on the travel way. This applies to initial installation and the continuing
maintenance and operation of the facility. At least one-lane, two-way, traffic shall be maintained
at all times unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. As a minimum, the Contractor must
comply with MUTCD, current edition and Georgia Standard 9102.
The Contractor shall provide all temporary traffic control devices needed to safely direct traffic
, through the construction area.
All temporary traffic control devices are to be placed in accordance with Georgia Department of
Transportation Standards and Specifications.
TRAFFIC DETOURS:
Where detours are required and in accordance with Section 150 of the Standard Specifications
and any Supplements thereto, the Contractor shall file for approval a detour plan of operation for
this project. This plan shall include details of staging and rerouting of traffic including estimated
length of time for use of the detours.
The Contractor shall so conduct his operations that there will be a minimum of interference with,
or interruption of, traffic upon and along the roadway. This applies to the initial installation and
the continuing maintenance and operation of the facility. At least one-lane, two-way traffic shall
be maintained at all times unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. As a minimum, the
G - 12
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
Contractor must comply with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, current edition
and Georgia Standard 9102.
UTILITIES:
All utility facilities except those owned by Augusta Utilities Department which are in conflict
with construction, not covered as specified items in the detailed estimate, are to be removed and
relocated to clear construction by the respective owners with the exception of Augusta Utilities
and Augusta Traffic Engineering unless added later to the contract as a supplemental item. All
"above ground" utility structures will be located as near as possible to the right-of-way line.
The Contractor will not be paid for any delays or extra expense caused by utility facilities
obstructions or any other items not being removed or relocated to clear construction in advance
of his work.
All known utility facilities are shown schematically on the plans, and not necessarily accurate in
location as to plan or elevation. Utility facilities such as service lines or unknown facilities not
shown on the plans will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under this requirement
except as noted below. "Existing Utility Facilities" means any utility facility that exists on the
highway project in its original, relocated or newly installed position. Other than service lines
from street mains to the abutting property the contractor will not be held responsible for the cost
of repairs to damaged underground utility facilities when such facilities are not shown on the
plans and their existence is unknown to the Contractor prior to the damage occurring, providing
the Engineer determines the Contractor has otherwise fully complied with the Specifications.
The Contractor shall use the one-call center telephone number 1-800-282-7411 for the purposes
of coordinating the marking of underground utilities.
The Contractor's attention is directed to the probability of encountering private utility
installations consisting of sanitary sewers, water, sprinkler systems, ornamental light systems,
gas and underground telephone cables that either are obstructions to the execution of the work
and need to be moved out of the way or, if not, must be properly protected during construction.
No separate payment will be made for this work. Public utilities of this nature except Augusta
Utilities and Augusta Traffic Engineering will be handled by the utility owner.
G - 13
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
THE FOLLOWING UTILITY COMPANIES SHALL BE NOTIFIED BEFORE WORK
BEGINS:
(Contacts revised July 12,2007)
Atlanta Gas Light Company
337 Habersham Road
Martinez, Georgia 30907
Phone: (706) 214-0858
Fax:
Attn: Carl Corley
Augusta Richmond County Utilities
360 Bay Street, Suite 180
Augusta, GA 30901
Phone: (706) 312-4132
Fax: (706) 312-4133
Attn: Russell Thies
Bell South
3841 Wrightsboro Road
Augusta, GA 30909
Phone: (706) 228 -5203
Fax: (706) 855-1917
Attn: Austin Sapp
Georgia Power
Post Office Box 188
290 North Peachtree St
Lincolnton, Ga. 30817
Phone: (706) 836-0130
Fax: (706) 359-6115
Attn: Mr. Al Danner
Knology of Augusta
3714 Wheeler Road
Augusta, GA 30909
Phone: (706) 364-1015
Fax: (706) 364-1011
Attn: Richard Strength
Jefferson Energy Cooperative
P.O. Box 457
Wrens, GA 30833
Phone: (706) 547-5019
Fax: (706) 547-5051
Attn: Mike Wasden
Corncast Communications
P.O. Box 3579
Augusta, GA 30904
Phone: (706) 739 -1865
Fax: (706) 733 - 6942
Attn: Kevin O'Meara
KMC Telephones
(706) 821 -2522
Attn: Dennis Norviel
G - 14
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
UTILITY ACCOMMODATION POLICY:
In so far as possible, work shall be scheduled so that open excavations will not be left overnight.
Where trenches, pits or other excavations are within the clear roadside areas and cannot be
backfilled before leaving the job site, they shall be covered by timbers or metal plates and
protected by reflectorized and/or lighted barricades as appropriate and as directed by the
Engineer. Barricades sufficient to prevent a person from falling into an excavated or work area
must be erected in areas where these conditions exist.
WARRANTY:
Unless otherwise specified, all contract work is subject to a l2-month warranty. The 12-month
warranty is hereby modified to include the following: Any repairs, corrections or modifications
performed within the last six months of the original 12-month warranty shall have the original
12-month warranty extended 180 calendar days past the date of such repairs, corrections or
modifications.
G - 15
AED - Broad Street Bus Terminal Improvements
First Use January 4,2000
Page 1 of 44
Rev. July I, 2003
April 15, 2004
October II, 2005
October 25,2005
February 10,2006
April 20, 2006
May 8, 2007
September 18, 2007
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
STATE OF GEORGIA
SPECIAL PROVISION
Section 150- Traffic Control
Add the following:
150.01 GENERAL
This section as supplemented by the Plans, Specifications, and Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
(MUTCD) shall be considered the Temporary Traffic Control (TIC) Plan. Activities shall consist of furnishing,
installing, maintaining, and removing necessary traffic signs, barricades, lights, signals, cones, pavement markings
and other traffic control devices and shall include flagging and other means for guidance and protection of
vehicular and pedestrian traffic through the Work Zone. This Work shall include both maintaining existing devices
and installing additional devices as necessary in construction work zones.
When any provisions of this Specification or the Plans do not meet the minimum requirements of the MUTCD, the
MUTCD shall control. The 2003 Edition of the MUTCD shall be in effect for the duration of the project.
The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor (WTCS) shall have a copy of Part VI of the MUTCD on the job site. Copies
of the current MUTCD may be obtained from the FHWA web page at http://mutcd,fhwa.dot.gov/.
A. WORKER SAFETY APPAREL
All workers exposed to the risks of moving roadway traffic or construction equipment shall wear high-visibility
safety apparel meeting the requirements of International Safety Equipment Association (ISEA) American
National Standard for High-Visibility Safety Apparel, or equivalent revisions, and labeled as ANSI-2004 Class 2
or 3 risk exposure.
B. WORKSITE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR
ALL HIGHWAYS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS BELOW FOR INTERSTATES): The Contractor shall designate a
qualified individual as the Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor (WTCS) who shall be responsible for selecting,
installing and maintaining all traffic control devices in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, Special
Provisions and the MUTCD. A written resume documenting the experience and credentials of the WTCS shall
be submitted and accepted by the Engineer prior to beginning any work that involves traffic control. The
WTCS shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour basis to perform his duties. If the work requires traffic
control activities to be performed during the daylight and nighttime hours it may be necessary for the
Contractor to designate an alternate WTCS. An alternate WTCS must meet the same requirements and
qualifications as the primary WTCS and be accepted by the Engineer prior to beginning any traffic control
duties. The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor's traffic control responsibilities shall have priority over all other
assigned duties.
As the representative of the Contractor, the WTCS shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor
in administering the TIC Plan. The WTCS shall have appropriate training in safe traffic control practices in
accordance with Part VI of the MUTCD. In addition to the WTCS all other individuals making decisions
regarding traffic control shall meet the training requirements of the Part VI of the MUTCD.
The WTCS shall supervise the initial installation of traffic control devices. The Engineer prior to the beginning
of construction will review the initial installation. Modifications to traffic control devices as required by
sequence of operations or staged construction shall be reviewed by the WTCS.
__ L L.u 1 _ 1::": 1 _ . II f""'. _ \ T'\ _ ___ ~ _ _ _ .i, _ _._ _1 C'1 _..L.L ~ __ _ ~ \ _ n_ An. 1 ~...., \ l\. K__ _ ..... _ _ __ ou _ u..L _ \ r-.. _ u..Lu _ _L T __.I:' _ ..__u _ ~ _ __ \ C'I _
,., /1 {\ l"'AAiI.
First Use January 4,2000
Page 2 of 44
The WTCS shall be available on a full-time basis to maintain traffic control devices with access to all
personnel, materials, and equipment necessary to respond effectively to an emergency situation within forty-
five (45) minutes of notification of the emergency.
The WTCS shall regularly perform inspections to ensure that traffic control is maintained. Unless modified by
the special conditions or by the Engineer, routine deficiencies shall be corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour
period. Failure to comply with these provisions shall be grounds for dismissal from the duties of WTCS and/or
removal of the WTCS from the project. Failure of the WTCS to execute his duties shall be considered as non-
performance under Subs~.ction 150.01l.
The Engineer will periodically review the work for compliance with the requirements of the TIC plan.
On projects where traffic control duties will not require full time supervision, the Engineer may allow the
Contractor's Project Superintendent to serve as the WTCS as long as satisfactory results are obtained.
CERTIFIED WORKSITE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERSTATE AND LIMITED ACCESS HIGHWAYS: In addition to the
requirements above, the WTCS shall have a minimum of one year's experience directly related to work site
traffic control in a supervisory or responsible capacity. The WTCS shall be currently certified by the American
Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) Work Site Traffic Supervisor Certification program or the National
Safety Council Certification program.
Any work performed on the interstate or limited access highway right-of-way that requires traffic control shall
be supervised by the Certified Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor. No work requiring traffic control shall be
performed unless the certified WTCS is on the worksite. Failure to maintain a Certified Worksite Traffic
Control Supervisor on the work will be considered as non-performance under Subsection 150.08.
The WTCS shall perform, as a minimum, weekly traffic control inspections on all interstate and limited access
highways. The inspection shall be reported to the Engineer on a TC-1 report. The Engineer will furnish a
blank copy of the T(-l report to the Contractor prior to the beginning of any work on the interstate or limited
access right-of-way.
C. TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
All traffic control devices used during the construction of a project shall meet the Standards utilized in the
MUTCD, and shall comply with the requirements of these Specifications, Project Plans, and Special Provisions.
All devices shall be tested at NCHRP Test Level III. Reference is made to SubsectiQns 104.05, JJl].07, and
107.09.
D. REFLECTORIZATION REQUIREMENTS
All rigid fluorescent orange construction warning signs (black on fluorescent orange) shall meet the
reflectorization and color requirements of ASTM Type VII, VIII, IX or X regardless of the mounting height.
Portable signs which have flexible sign blanks shall meet the reflectorization and color requirements of ASTM
Type VI.
Warning signs (W3-1a) for stop conditions that have rumble strips located in the travelway shall be
reflectorized with ASTM Type IX fluorescent yellow sheeting.
All other signs shall meet the requirements of ASTM Type III or IV except for "Pass With Care" and "Do Not
Pass" signs which may be ASTM Type I unless otherwise specified.
CHANNELIZATION DEVICES: Channelization devices shall meet the requirements of ASTM Type III or IV high
intensity sheeting.
E. IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
No work shall be started on any project phase until the appropriate traffic control devices have been placed in
accordance with the Project requirements. Changes to traffic flow shall not commence unless all labor,
materials, and equipment necessary to make the changes are available on the Project.
- t..+_1..c:1~.11r<.\ T'\~~n_ ~~+n ~_rl C' ~H;_ ~~\ ~_(\(\1 '7'1\ ~,f" T'\~~n_ ~~+n\ r<~_+~n~+ 1_+~~~;~~\ C' ~
'1/10/"')(\(\(\
First Use January 4,2000
Page 3 of 44
When any shift or change is made to the location of traffic or to the flow patterns of traffic, the permanent
safety features shall be installed and fully operational before making the change. If staging or site conditions
prevent the installation of permanent features then the equivalent interim devices shall be utilized.
Any section of the work that is on new location shall have all permanent safety features installed and fully
operational before the work is opened to traffic. Safety features shall include but are not limited to the
following items:
L Guardrail including anchors and delineation
2. Impact attenuators
3. Traffic signals
4. Warning devices
5. Pavement markings including words, symbols, stop bars, and crosswalks
6. Roadway signs including regulatory, warning, and guide
Outdoor lighting shall be considered as a safety feature for welcome centers, rest areas, and weigh station
projects. For typical roadway type projects new street lighting is not considered a safety feature unless
specifically noted in the plans or in the special conditions.
F. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
Traffic control devices shall be in acceptable condition when first erected on the project and shall be
maintained in accordance with Subsection 104.05 throughout the construction period. All unacceptable traffic
control devices shall be replaced within 24 hours. When not in use, all traffic control devices shall be
removed, placed or covered so as not to be visible to traffic. All construction warning signs shall be removed
within seven calendar days after time charges are stopped or pay items are complete. If traffic control
devices are left in place for more than ten days after completion of the Work, the Department shall have the
right to remove such devices, claim possession thereof, and deduct the cost of such removal from any monies
due, or which may become due, the Contractor.
G. TRAFFIC INTERRUPTION RESTRICTIONS
The Department reserves the right to restrict construction operations when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the
continuance of the Work would seriously hinder traffic flow, be needlessly disruptive or unnecessarily
inconvenience the traveling public. The Contractor shall suspend and/or reschedule any work when the
Engineer deems that conditions are unfavorable for continuing the Work.
Advanced notification requirements to the Contractor to suspend work will be according to the events and the
time restrictions outlined below:
Incident management
No advanced notice required
Threatening/Inclement weather
24 hours
Holidays. sporting events,
unfavorable conditions
Three (3) calendar days
If the work is suspended, the Contractor may submit a request for additional contract time as allowed under
Section 108. The Department will review the request and may grant additional contract time as justified by
the impact to the Contractor's schedule. Compensation for loss of productivity, rescheduling of crews, rental
of equipment or delays to the Contractor's schedule will not be considered for payment. Additional contract
time will be the only consideration granted to the Contractor.
H. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
Any Sequence of Operations provided in this Contract in conjunction with any staging details which may be
shown in the plans, is a suggested sequence for performing the Work. It is intended as a general staging plan
for the orderly execution of the work while minimizing the impact on the mainline, cross-streets and side
streets. The Contractor shall develop detailed staging and temporary traffic control plans for performing
specific areas of the Work including but not limited to all traffic shifts, detours, bridge widenings, paces, or
-rY\ l,t-rn 1.-hl ~.llr. \ nr.,...nrn ,:::l.11tc< o"}1""\rl ~ ,::It.++~Y'I Cl"e-\ C'1...,.." on 1 1':2 \ 1\ If, r nA.,-.n-rv'l CtontC'\ r\-~11t""'r)..t T ..,+r.".....,.,..,~ r'\.'" \ (;;,: a
':2 /1 O/")()()O
First Use January 4, 2000
Page 4 of 44
other activities that disrupt traffic flow. The Engineer may require detailed staging and TIC plans for lane
closures. These plans shall be submitted for approval at least two weeks prior to the scheduled date of the
activity. Activities that have not been approved at least seven (7) days prior to the scheduled date shall be
rescheduled.
Where traffic is permitted through the work area under stage construction, the Contractor may choose to
construct, at no additional expense to the Department, temporary on-site bypasses or detours in order to
expedite the work. Plans for such temporary bypasses or detours shall be submitted to the Engineer for
review and approval 30 calendar days prior to the proposed construction. Such bypasses or detours shall be
removed promptly when in the opinion of the Engineer; they are not longer necessary for the satisfactory
progress of the Work. Bypasses and detours shall meet the minimum requirements of SPbsec:tiQnJ5Q,Q2.6,"!:.
As an option to the Sequence of Operations in the Contract, the Contractor may submit an alternative
Sequence of Operations for review and approval. The Department may consider the Contractor's alternate
Sequence of Operations as a Value Engineering Proposal as defined by S\Jbsec:tiQUJQ4,QS. A twenty calendar
day lead time for the Department's review shall be given to this submission so that a decision on its
acceptability can be made and presented at the Preconstruction Conference. Insufficient lead time or no
submission by the Contractor shall be construed as acceptance of the Sequence of Operations outlined in the
Contract and the willingness of the Contractor to execute this as-bid plan.
The Department will not pay, or in any way reimburse the Contractor for claims arising from the Contractor's
inability to perform the Work in accordance with the Sequence of Operations provided in the Contract or from
an approved Contractor alternate.
The <;ontractor shall secure the Engineer's approval of the Contractor's proposed plan of operation, sequence
of work and methods of providing for the safe passage of vehicular and pedestrian traffic before it is placed in
operation. The proposed plan of operation shall supplement the approved traffic control plan. Any major
changes to the approved TIC plan, proposed by the Contractor, shall be submitted to the Department for
approval.
Some additional traffic control details will be required prior to any major shifts or changes in traffic. The
traffic control details shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. A detailed drawing showing traffic locations and laneage for each step of the change.
2. The location, size, and message of all signs required by the MUTCD, Plan, Special Provisions, and other
signs as required to fit conditions. Any portable changeable message signs used shall be included in the
details.
3. The method to be used in, and the limits of, the obliteration of conflicting lines and markings.
4. Type, location, and extent of new lines and markings.
5. Horizontal and vertical alignment and superelevation rates for detours, including cross-section and profile
grades along each edge of existing pavement.
6. Drainage details for temporary and permanent alignments.
7. Location, length, and/or spacing of channelization and protective devices (temporary barrier, guardrail,
barricades, etc.)
8. Starting time, duration and date of planned change.
9. For each traffic shift, a paving plan, erection plan, or work site plan, as appropriate, detailing workforce,
materials, and equipment necessary to accomplish the proposed work. This will be the minimum resource
allocation required in order to start the work.
A minimum of three copies of the above details shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval at least 14
days prior to the anticipated traffic shift. The Contractor shall have traffic control details for a traffic shift
which has been approved by the Engineer prior to commencement of the physical shift. All preparatory
work relative to the traffic shift, which does not interfere with traffic, shall be accomplished prior to the
designated starting time. The Engineer and the Contractor's representative will verify that all conditions
..,..., l,tm 1 of'; le>. / Ir. \ -nAf"""THY\ p-ntC" nn r1 ~ Q.tt~'Y\ no\ C'r'n on 1 7~ \ l\;f" T f)r\,-....."1", co.ntC"\ rAntr<:lrot T n-tryrrn <:l~ r\n \ ~p.
1/1 Q/')()()O
First Use January 4,2000
Page 5 of 44
have been met prior to the Contractor obtaining materials for the actual traffic shift
I. COMPLIANCE DATES FOR PROVISIONS OF THE MUTCD:
Federal law requires that traffic control devices (temporary or permanent) installed on new highway or
bikeway construction or reconstruction shall be compliant with the latest version of the MUTCD before the
road is opened to the public for unrestricted travel. The latest version of the MUTCD is the 2003 Edition,
which the Georgia Department of Transportation has adopted. However, the FHWA, in the introduction to the
MUTCD has established alternate compliance dates for some of the new provisions of the 2003 MUTCD.
Below is a list of those compliance dates. The Department may decide to require contractors to implement
some or all of these provisions at an earlier date than the compliance dates noted below. However notice will
be given in advance of the letting date if these provisions are to be implemented prior to the compliance
dates. The contractor may also decide to implement the new provisions in the 2003 MUTCD earlier than
required by the compliance dates below.
The target dates established by the FHWA shall be as follows:
Section 6D.Ol Pedestrian Considerations - all new provisions for pedestrian accessibility - 5 years from the
effective date of the Final Rule for the 2003 MUTCD.
Section 6D.02 Accessibility Considerations - 5 years from the effective date of the Final Rule for the 2003
MUTCD.
Section 6D.03 Worker Safety Considerations -high-visibility apparel requirements - 3 years from the effective
date of the Final Rule for the 2003 MUTCD.
Section 6E.02 High-Visibility Safety Apparel - high-visibility apparel requirements for flaggers - 3 years from
the effective date of the Final Rule for the 2003 MUTCD.
The effective date of the Final Rule for the 2003 MUTCD is December 22, 2003.
150.02TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (ITe) ZONES:
A. DEVICES AND MATERIALS:
In addition to the other provisions contained herein, work zone traffic control shall be accomplished using the
following means and materials:
1. Portable Advance Warning Signs
Portable advance warning signs shall be utilized as per the requirements of the temporary traffic control
plans. All signs shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD and shall be NCHRP 350 crashworthy
compliant
2. Arrow Panels
Portable sequential or flashing arrow panels as shown in the Plans or Specifications for use on Interstate
or multi-lane highway lane closure only, shall be a minimum size of 48" high by 96" wide with not less
than 15 lamps used for the arrow. The arrow shall occupy virtually the entire size of the arrow panel and
shall have a minimum legibility distance of one mile. The minimum legibility distance is that distance at
which the arrow panel can be comprehended by an observer on a sunny day, or clear night Arrow panels
shall be equipped with automatic dimming features for use during hours of darkness. The arrow panels
shall also meet the requirements for a Type C panel as shown in the MUTCD. The sequential or flashing
arrow panels shall not be used for lane closure on two-lane, two-way highways when traffic is restricted to
one-lane operations in which case, appropriate signing{ flaggers and when required, pilot vehicles will be
deemed sufficient
The sequential or flashing arrow panels shall be placed on the shoulder at or near the point where the
lane closing transition begins. The panels shall be mounted on a vehicle, trailer, or other suitable
support. Vehicle mounted panels shall be provided with remote controls. Minimum mounting height shall
be seven feet above the roadway to the bottom of the panel, except on vehicle mounted panels which
should be as high as practical.
For emergency situations, arrow display panels that meet the MUTCD requirements for Type A or Type B
panels may be used until Type C panels can be located and placed at the site. The use of Type A and
Type B panels shall be held to the minimum length of time possible before having the Type C panel(s) in
operation. The Engineer shall determine when conditions and circumstances are considered to be
rn ntrn 1.+11p' / /r.\ nO(,llrnpnt" ~nrl C;;:pttin 0-,,\ "rn on 1 7~\ 1\11\r nO(,llrnpnt,,\rontr<l('t Inform <lion \ C;;:p
~/1 onnnQ
First Use January 4,2000
Page 6 of 44
emergencies. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, when any non-specification arrow
display panel(s) is being used in the work.
3. Portable Changeable Message Signs
Portable changeable message signs meeting the requirements of Sec:tiQDE):32 and the MUTCD. Any PCMS
in use that is not protected by positive barrier protection shall be delineated by a minimum of three drums
that meet the requirement of Section 150.05.A.1. The drum spacing shall not exceed a maximum of ten
(10') feet as shown in Det9iJJ50:PC::MS. When the PCMS is within twenty (20') feet of the opposing traffic
flow, the trailing end of the PCMS shall be delineated with a minimum of three drums spaced in the same
manner as the approach side of the PCMS.
IBAEEJk ....
When not in use the PCMS shall be removed from the roadway unless protected by positive barrier
protection. If the PCMS is protected by positive barrier protection the sign panel shall be turned away
from traffic when not in use.
4. Channelization Devices
Channelization devices shall meet the standards of the MUTCD and SubsectiQn15Q,QS.
5. Temporary Barrier
Temporary barrier shall meet the requirements of Section 620.
6. Temporary Traffic Signals
Temporary traffic signals shall meet the requirements of Sec:tiOD647 and the MUTCD.
7. Pavement Marking
Pavement marking incorporated into the work shall comply with Subsec:tioosJ5Q.Q4.A and 150.04.6.
8. Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signals
The use off Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signals shall meet the following minimum requirements:
Only two-lane two-way roadways will be allowed to utilize Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signals.
All portable traffic control signals shall meet the physical display and operational requirements of
conventional traffic signals described in the MUTCD.
"YY\ 'htm 1.f11~. / /r. \ 1l""""11n1 ~r\tC' r:lnrl Q a.t+~"Y'\ 0"0\ C"~ on 1 71. \ 1\ If, T 1l"'r'"11-n1. t:Jonh~'!\ r'Ar\tr<:lf"t 11'\-t"14""\,,\"1 An \ ~p.
~/1 o/')nno
First Use January 4,2000
Page 7 of 44
Each signal face shall have at least three lenses. The lenses shall be red, yellow, or green in color and
shall give a circular type of indication. All lenses shall be twelve (12'') inches nominal in diameter.
A minimum of two signal faces shall face each direction of traffic. A minimum of one signal head shall be
suspended over the roadway travel lane in a manner that will allow the bottom of the signal head hOUSing
to be not less than seventeen (17') feet above and not more than nineteen (19') feet above the pavement
grade at the center of the travel lane. The second signal head may be located over the travel lane with
the same height requirements or the second signal head may be located on the shoulder. When the
signal head is located on the shoulder the bottom of the signal head housing shall be at least eight (8')
feet but not more than (15') feet above the pavement grade at the center of highway.
Advance warning signage and appropriate pavement markings shall be installed as part of the temporary
signal operation.
The signals shall be operated in a manner consistent with traffic requirements. The signals may be
operated in timed-mode or in a vehicle-actuated mode. The signals shall be interconnected in a manner
to ensure that conflicting movements can not occur. To assure that the appropriate operating pattern
including timing is displayed to the traveling public, regular inspections including the use of accurate
timing devices shall be made by the Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor. If at any time any part of the
system fails to operate within these requirements then the use of the signal shall be suspended and the
appropriate flagging operation shall begin immediately.
The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor (WTCS) shall continuously monitor the portable traffic control
signal to insure compliance with the requirements for maintenance under the MUTCD. The signal shall be
maintained in a manner consistent with the intention of the MUTCD, with emphasis on cleaning of the
optical system. Timing changes shall be made only by the WTCS. The WTCS shall keep a written record
of all timing changes.
The portable temporary signal shall have two power sources and shall be capable of running for seven
calendar days continuously.
The Contractor shall have an alternate temporary traffic control plan in the event of failure of the signal.
9. RUMBLE STRIPS
Rumble strips incorporated into the work shall meet the requirements of SectiQu429 and the MUTCD.
Existing rumble strips that are positioned in the traveled way to warn traffic of a stop condition shall be
reinstalled based on the following requirements:
INTERMEDIATE SURFACES: Intermediate surfaces that will be in use for more than forty-five (45)
calendar days shall have rumble strips reinstalled on the traveled way in the area of a stop condition.
Non-refundable deductions in accordance with Subsection 150.08 will be assessed for any intermediate
surface in place for greater than 45 days without rumble strips.
FINAL SURFACES: Rumble strips shall be installed on the final surface within fourteen (14) calendar days
of the placement of the final surface in the area of the stop condition. Failure to install within fourteen
(14) calendar days will result in assessment of non-refundable deductions in accordance with 150.08.
Prior to the removal of any rumble strips located in the travelway, stop ahead (W3-1a) warning signs
shall be double indicated ahead of the stop condition. These warning signs shall be a minimum of 48
inches by 48 inches. The reflectorization of the warning signs shall be as required by Subsection
15QJLLc:::. These warning signs shall remain in place until the rumble strips have been reinstalled on the
traveled way. Any existing warning signs for the stop ahead condition shall be removed or covered while
the 48" X 48" (W3-1a) signs are in place. When the rumble strips have been reinstalled these warning
signs should be promptly removed and any existing signage placed back in service.
10. GUARDRAIL: When the removal and installation of guardrail is required as a part of the work the
following time restrictions shall apply unless modified by the special conditions:
MULTI-LANE HIGHWAYS: From the time that the existing guardrail or temporary positive barrier
protection is removed the Contractor has fourteen (14) calendar days to install the new guardrail and
anchors. During the interim, the location without guardrail shall be protected with drums spaced at a
maximum spacing of twenty (20') feet. The maximum length of rail that can be removed at any time
without being replaced with positive barrier protection is a total of 2000 linear feet of existing rail or the
mhtm l.filp'/ /r'\l)nrllmpnt" ~mrl ",pttina"\,,mOO 1 7~\ 1\Av l)nrllmpnt"\rnntr,,,rt TnfnrtTI",inn\",p
~/1 onooo
First Use January 4,2000
Page 8 of 44
total length of one run of existing rail, whichever is greater.
ALL OTHER HIGHWAYS: From the time that the existing guardrail is removed or from the time that
temporary positive barrier protection is removed the Contractor has thirty (30) calendar days to install the
new guardrail and anchors. During the interim, the location without guardrail shall be protected with
drums spaced at a maximum spacing of twenty (20') feet The maximum length of rail that can be
removed at any time without being replaced with positive barrier protection is a total of 1000 linear feet of
existing rail or the total length of one run of existing rail, whichever is greater.
Based on existing field conditions, the Engineer may review the work and require that the guardrail be
installed earlier than the maximum time allowed above by giving written notification to the Contractor via
the TC -1 traffic control report.
Failure to comply with the above time and quantity restrictions shall be considered as non-compliance
under Subsection 150.08.
11. STOP SIGN REGULATED INTERSECTIONS: For intersections that utilize stop sign(s) to control the
flow of traffic and to restrict the movement of vehicles, the stop sign(s) shall be maintained for the
duration of the work or until such time that the stop condition is eliminated or until an interim or
permanent traffic signal can be installed to provide proper traffic control. The traffic signal shall be
installed and properly functioning before the removal of the existing stop sign(s) is permitted. If the
existing intersection is enhanced traffic control features such as stop bars, double indicated stop signs,
oversized signs, advanced warning stop ahead signs, rumble strips on the approaches or flashing beacons
located overhead or on the shoulders then these features shall be maintained for the duration of the
project or until the permanent traffic control plan has been implemented.
Whenever the staging of the work requires that the traveled-way be relocated or realigned the Contractor
shall reinstall all enhanced traffic control features noted above on the newly constructed sections of the
work. The cost of relocating the stop bars, stop signs, advanced warning signs, the rumble strips and the
flashing beacons shall be included in the price bid for Lump-Sum-Traffic Control unless individual pay items
are included in the contract for rumble strips and/or flashing beacons. When pay items are included in the
contract for rumble strips or flashing beacons then these items will be paid per each.
When staging requires the relocation or realignment of an existing stop condition it may be necessary to
consider the addition of enhanced traffic control features even though none existed at the original location.
As a guide for enhanced traffic control features that may be considered, the Engineer or the WTCS may
refer to the Department's guidelines for "Opening of New Roadways to Traffic" (Document #6635-2).
Horizontal and vertical alignment changes at a new location may have decreased or restricted sight
distance or the stop condition may occur sooner than in the previous alignment. If these conditions occur
then the Engineer and/or the WTCS should consider additional measures to enhance the motorist's
awareness of the changes even though the staging plans may not address enhanced features. Stop signs
should be a minimum of 36 inches for interim situations. The use of 48 inch stop signs may be warranted
under project specific conditions. Flags may be used on interim/permanent stop signs that are mounted at
seven (7') feet in height for a short duration in order to direct additional attention to a new or relocated
stop sign(s). Flags should not be used for durations exceeding two weeks unless unusual or site specify
conditions warrant a longer period of time. The use of Type "A" flashing red light(s) attached to the stop
sign(s) may be appropriate during the same period that the flags are in use to increase attention.
The use of rumble strips and/or portable changeable message signs may be considered. The use of new
rumble strips, where none previously existed, shall have the prior approval of District Traffic Operations
before being included as part of the temporary traffic control plan. The message(s) displayed on any PCMS
shall have the prior approval of the Engineer and the message(s) shall be included as part of the TIC plan
for the interim staging.
The placement of any additional interim ground-mounted signs and posts or stop bars shall be considered
as incidental to the price bid for Lump Sum-Traffic Control. The installation of rumble strips, flashing
beacons or the use of Portable Changeable Message Signs (PCMS) shall be considered as Extra Work unless
pay items are included in the contract
B. WORK ZONE RESTRICTIONS:
"1.1...__1.L"'.1__/fl'1_\T"\_ ___
_1 Cl _u.' _ _ _.\ _u_(\f'\1....,,...,\"l,, K~_.... _ __._._
L \r'i_ _...L___L T__.J:'____u_~___\C'1_
,.., /1 A/"'lAAf"\
First Use January 4,2000
Page 9 of 44
1. Interstate
The Contractor shall not simultaneously perform work on both the inside shoulder and outside shoulder on
either direction of traffic flow when the Work is within 12 feet of the travel-way, unless such areas are
separated by at least one-half mile of distance.
2. Non-Interstate Divided Highways
The Contractor shall not simultaneously perform work on both the inside shoulder and outside shoulder on
either direction of traffic flow when the Work is within 12 feet of the travel-way, unless such areas are
separated by at least one-half mile distance in rural areas or at least 500 feet of distance in urban areas.
3. Non-Divided Highways
a. The Contractor shall not simultaneously perform work on opposite sides of the roadway when the work
is within 12 feet of the travel-way, unless such areas are separated by at least one-half mile of
distance in rural areas or at least 500 feet of distance in urban areas.
b. On two-lane projects where full width sections of the existing subgrade, base or surfacing are to be
removed, and new base, subgrade, or surfacing are to be constructed, the Contractor shall maintain
one-lane traffic through the construction area by removing and replacing the undesirable material for
half the width of the existing roadway at a time. Replacement shall be made such that paving is
completed to the level of the existing pavement in the adjacent lane by the end of the workday or
before opening all the roadway to traffic.
4. All Highways:
a. There shall be no reduction in the total number of available traffic lanes that existed prior to
construction except as specifically allowed by the Contract and as approved by the Engineer.
b. Travelway Clearances: All portions of the work shall maintain the following minimum requirements:
Horizontal: The combined dimensions of the paved shoulder and the roadway surface remaining
outside the Work Zone shall be no less than sixteen (16) feet in width at any location.
Vertical: The overhead clearance shall not be reduced to less than fifteen (15) feet at any location.
The restrictions above apply to all shifts, lane closures, on-site detours and off site detours whether
shown in the contract or proposed by the Contractor. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
verify that these minimum requirements have been met before proceeding with any phase of the
Work.
Two-lane two-way roadways may have temporary horizontal restrictions of less than sixteen (16) feet
provided a flagger operation for one-way traffic is utilized to restrict access to the work area by over-
width loads. The minimum horizontal clearance shall be restored before the flagging operation is
removed.
c. Highway Work Zone: All sections or segments of the roadway under construction or reconstruction
shall be signed as a Highway Work Zone except non-state highway two-lane two-way resurfacing
projects. Two conditions can be applied to a Highway Work Zone. Condition 1 is when no reduction in
the existing speed limit is required. Condition 2 is when worksite conditions require a reduction of the
speed limit through the designated Work Zone. Properly marking a Highway Work Zone shall include
the following minimum requirements:
1. NO REDUCTION IN THE EXISTING POSTED SPEED LIMIT IN HIGHWAY WORK ZONE:
a) Signage cp_etailJ5..0=HWZ:-l) shall be posted at the beginning point of the Highway Work Zone
warning the traveling public that increased penalties for speeding violations are in effect. The
HWZ-2 sign shall be placed a minimum of six hundred (600') feet in advance of the Highway
Work Zone and shall not be placed more than one thousand (1000') feet in advance of the
Work Zone. If no speed reduction is required it is recommended that the HWZ<2 be placed at
750 feet from the work area between the ROAD WORK 500 FT. and the ROAD WORK 1000 FT.
~ t......-.....l.-C:l,....,. / /0.\ r\........ .........--..., ,,_+~ .................1 0 ...........:_..... ......~\ ~~_ lIIl1 ,.,,,,,\ 1\ ,f.... Tn,...~. 04__ ,...~-4-~\ r",..........+~~~... T~_ .c~~~_ "..:........... \ 0......
'} 11 n I')"""
First Use January 4, 2000
Page 10 of 44
signs.
ttWZ-2 signs shall be placed at intervals not to exceed one mile for the length of the project.
HWz~2 signs should be placed on the mainline after all major intersections except State
Routes. State Routes shall be signed as per the requirements for intersecting roadways below.
b) The existing speed limit shall be posted at the beginning of the Work Zone. Existing Speed
Limit signs (R2-1) shall be maintained.
c) INTERSECTING ROADWAYS: Intersecting state routes shall be signed in advance of each
intersection with the Work Zone with aHWZ~2 sign to warn motorists that increased fines are
in effect. All other intersecting roadways that enter into a designated Highway Work Zone may
be signed in advance of each intersection with the Work Zone. When construction equipment
and personnel are present in the intersection on the mainline of a multi-lane roadway, the
intersecting side roads shall be signed in advance withti.WZ~2 signs. As soon as the work
operation clears the intersection the signage may be removed.
d) Signage (DetCliIJ5Q:HWZ~:?) shall be posted at the end of the Highway Work Zone indicating
the end of the zone and indicating that increased penalties for speeding violations are no
longer in effect.
e) When a designated Highway Work Zone is no longer necessary all signs shall be removed
immediately.
2. REDUCING THE SPEED LIMIT IN A HIGHWAY WORK ZONE:
Highway Work Zone signs shall be posted as required in Condition 1 above.
For limited access (interstate) highways and controlled access multi-lane divided highways the
posted speed limit shall be reduced as required below.
Speed Limit signage (R2-1) for the reduced speed limit shall be erected at the beginning of the
work zone. Additional signs shall be placed to ensure that the maximum spacing of the reduced
speed limit signs shall be no greater than one (1) mile apart Existing speed limit signs shall be
covered or removed. On multi-lane divided highways the speed limit signs shall be double
indicated when the reduced speed is in use.
When anyone or more of the following conditions exist and the existing speed limit is 65 mph or
70 mph, the speed limit shall be reduced by 10 mph. If the existing speed limit is 60 mph, the
speed limit should be reduced by 5 mph. If the existing speed limit is 55 mph or less, the
Contractor can only reduce the speed limit with the prior approval of the Engineer. The reduction
in the speed limit shall be no greater than 10 mph:
a) Lane c1osure(s) of any type and any duration.
b) The difference in elevation exceeds two inches adjacent to a travel lane as shown in
SU~e~tion 150.012, Qetail 150-8, 15.0-(,
c) Any areas where equipment or workers are within ten feet of a travel lane.
d) Temporary portable concrete barriers located less than two (2') feet from the traveled way.
e) As directed by the Engineer for conditions distinctive to this project.
When the above conditions are not present the speed limit shall be immediately returned to the
existing posted speed limit A speed reduction shall not be put in place for the entire length of the
project unless conditions warranting the speed reduction are present for the entire project length.
All existing speed limit signs within the temporary speed reduction zone shall be covered or
removed while the temporary reduction in the speed limit is in effect All signs shall be erected to
comply with the minimum requirements of the MUTCD.
As a minimum the following records shall be kept by the WTCS:
a) Identify the need for the reduction.
b) Record the time of the installation and removal of the temporary reduction.
c) Fully describe the location and limits of the reduced speed zone.
m htm 1.f1]p. / /r'.\ n",,,,,,,,p,,t,, .,,,rl C;;:"tt;"n",\ ",,,,,on 1 7~\ 1\/fu n",,,"m ""t"\r'",,,t,..,,,t T"f'",.", ";",, \ C;;:"
~/1 onnno
First Use January 4,2000
Page 11 of 44
d) Document any accident that occurs during the time of the reduction.
A copy of the weekly records for reduced speed zones shall be submitted to the Engineer.
Reduced speed zones shall, as a minimum, be signed as per PetQiLJ~Q~I::tWZ:t Interim signs shall
meet the requirements of Subsection 150.03 D. Additional signs may be necessary to adjust for
actual field conditions.
When a pilot vehicle is used on a two-lane two-way roadway the speed limit should not be
reduced. For special conditions specific to the work, on two-lane two-way roadways or multi-lane
highways, the contractor may reduce the posted speed limit with the prior approval of the
Engineer.
5. MILLED SURFACE RESTRICTIONS:
Unless modified by the special conditions, a milled surface on any asphaltic concrete surface shall not be
allowed to remain open to traffic for a period of time that exceeds thirty (30) calendar days.
6. INSTALLATION/REMOVAL OF WORK AREA SIGNAGE:
No payment will be made for Traffic Control-Lump Sum until the Work has actually started on the
project. The installation of traffic control signage does not qualify as the start of work. Advanced
warning signs shall not be installed until the actual beginning of work activities. Any permanent mount
height signs installed as the work is preparing to start shall be covered until all signs are installed unless
all signs are installed within seven (7) calendar days after beginning installation.
All temporary traffic control devices shall be removed as soon as practical when these devices are no
longer needed. When work is suspended for short periods of time, temporary traffic control devices that
are no longer appropriate shall be removed or covered.
All construction warning signs shall be removed within seven (7) calendar days after time charges are
stopped or pay items are complete. If traffic control devices are left in place for more than ten (10)
calendar days after completion of the Work, the Department shall have the right to remove such devices,
claim possession thereof, and deduct the cost of such removal from any monies due, or which may
become due, the Contractor.
PUNCHLIST WORK: Portable signs shall be utilized to accomplish the completion of all punch list items.
The portable signs shall be removed daily. All permanent mount height signs shall be removed prior to
the beginning of the punchlist work except "Low/Soft Shoulder" signs and any signs that have the prior
written approval of the Engineer to remain in place while the punch list work is in progress.
Failure to promptly remove the construction warning signs within the seven (7) calendar days after the
completion of the Work or failure to remove or cover signs when work is suspended for short periods of
time shall be considered as non-performance under Subsection 150.08.
.~t.~~1.+.1~.//0.\n~~n~~~~~ ~~rl C'~H~~~~\~.~n01 '7'J\l\If" n~~n~~..~~\0~_~~~~~ T_+~~~;~~\C'~
'J /1 n nnon
First Use January 4,2000
Page 12 of 44
SPEED LIMIT REDUCTION FOR HIGHWAY WORK ZONE
INTERSTATE AND MULTI-LANE DIVIDED HIGHWAY SIGNING SHALL BE
DOUBLE INCICATED (RIGHT SHOULDER AND MEDIAN SHOULDER)
I~ 600' + 600' + 6001 1~ 6001 1
I~ 600 I fOO I MAX~
--..
--..
jK
HWZ -2
SIGNS
. -- -- ---~--~~--~- ---
~ ~ ~ ~ WORK ZONE - ~ ~ ~
OR OR OR OR OR OR OR
HWZ-3jK K
S[GNS
K
K
K
R2-5a
48/1X 60/1
'"
z
o
N
o
'"
'"
Q,
1Il
Z
"
'"
ell
SPEED
LIMIT
**
POST EXISTING
SPEED Llt.l I T
PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION
SPEED ZONE
REDUCT ION
DOUBL E
R2-1 INDICHER
4811X 6011 NOT REOUIRED
FOR THIS SIGN
SPEED
LIMIT
**
THIS SIGN SHALL BE INSTALLED ONLY
WHEN THE SPEED REDUCITION is GREATER
THAN 10 II.P.H. FROII THE EXISTING
POS TED SPEED Ll t.ll T.
SPEED
LIMIT
**
R2-1
4811X 6011
REDUCED SPEED Llt.lIT SHALL
HAVE THE PRIOR APPROVAL
OF THE ENGINEER.
R2-1
48"X 60"
SPEED
REDUCED CONSTRUCTION SPEED
LIMIT Llt.lIT SHALL BE SPACED A IIAXIMUt.l
* * OF ONE t.lILE APART.
ALL INTERSECTING ROADWAYS SHALL BE SIGNED WITH A HWZ-2 SIGN
TO WARN 1I0TORIST ENTERING THE HIGHWAY WORK ZONE.
INTERSTATE AND IIULTI-LANE HIGHWAY SIGNING SHALL BE
DOUBLE INDICATED (RIGHT SHOULDER AND IIEDIAN SHOULDER).
R2-1
48/1 X 60"
SIGN SI ZES SHOWN ARE FOR INTERSTATE AND
t.lULTI-LANE DIVIDED HIGHWAY.
FOR OTHER HIGHWAYS USE STANDARD SIZE
SiGNS AS PER THE II.U. T.C.D. EXCEPT
HWZ-2 AND HWZ-3 SIGNS.
DE TAIL 150-HWZ-1
"t"Y\ h+-rY'll..f';ln.. / /r.\ T)f"'-0n-rv\ cn'\tC" r"}'Y'\r1 ~Clot+~'Y'\rr(:"'\ ",mOn 1 '7~\ ~Jf'l"r T"'\",...11rY\ Oor\t",\rA-r'ltrr},.-.t Tn.tI"'l."t-n1 ':l~f'\n \ <';::p
1./10/'")(\(\0
First Use January 4,2000 Page 13 of 44
.,.,...,html..f;la./Ir'.\nAroHrt1.Q.Y'ltco "...."....1 ~Lloft~Y'lrTco\........-.O{)1 '7'1.\~If'T n.................-..cu.....t.....\f'r.."""t..........,..,.f. TY'I-Fr'\........-v'In.~AY\\Q.a. "1,/10/'"){)()O
First Use January 4,2000 Page 14 of 44
mhtm].fi]p.//r.\O"C'llmpnt" cmrl <;;:'ptt;nO'''\''mQn17~\l\;fu O"C'llmpnt,,\rr)1ltrClC't Tnf()nl1Cli()n\~p 1/1 Q/?()()q
First Use January 4,2000
40
4 ")
!
60"
~@~~
HWZ-2
COLORS
TOP PANEL
LEGEND 8. BORDER
BACKGROUND
3// MARG I N
11/4" BORDER
3" RADIUS
~ "
:)
6"
3
6"SER."e"
11// BAR
6" SER. "e"
6" SER. "e"
6" SER. "c"
11/{ BAR
4" SER."D"
3 "
'4
4" SER. "D"
- BLACK (NON-REFL)
- FLUORESENT ORANGE
(ASTM TYPE VII. VIII. IX 01 Xl
MIDDLE 8. BOTTOM PANELS
LEGEND 8. BORDER - BLACK (NON-REFLl
BACKGROUND - WHITE (ASTM TYPE III OR IV REFL SHEETINGl
NOTES:
1. ALL HWZ-2 SIGN PANELS SHALL BE RIGID.
2. THE SIZE OF THE HWZ-2 SIGN SHALL NOT BE REDUCED FOR USE
ON TWO-LANE ROADWAYS.
___ L"'4__ 1..C':1 ~. / Ir'I.\ n.--.. .....H--..... ",_+ro ......_...J C .-..++-;_ ...--,...\ ......._._.. (){\ 1 '7'J.\ 1\ If...- T 1'\.........--......-.-. ".-,,_+n\ r"-r.._i-...ro rot- T.......+r-."""'-".,~ '"'Y't \ Q a.
Page 15 of 44
'1/10/'1{){)O
First Use January 4,2000
40"
II(Q)~~ ~(Q)~~
60"
18 12 18"
~~[D)
6"1_ 36" ..16"
~~~~~~~~[Q)
8" r-'".,, "mmmmm 32", ., 8"
~~~~[O)~~~
~~~~~
18
48"
HWZ-3
15
COLORS
TOP PANEL
LEGEND & BORDER
BACKGROUND
Page 16 of 44
3 " MARGIN
/4
11// BORDER
3" RADIUS
5"
6" 6" SER. "e"
5" 11// BAR
6" 6" SER. "c"
4"
5" 6" SER. "c"
4"
6" 6" SER. "c"
4"
6" 6" SER."C"
5"
- BLACK (NQN-REFL)
- FLUORESENT ORANGE
( AS T M T Y P E V I I, V I I I, I X or- X)
BOTTOM PANEL
LEGEND & BORDER - BLACK (NON-REFL)
BACKGROUND - WHITE (ASTM TYPE III OR IV REFL SHEETING)
NOTES:
1. ALL HWZ-3 SIGN PANELS SHALL BE RIGID.
2. THE SIZE OF THE HWZ-3 SIGN SHALL NOT BE REDUCED FOR USE
ON TWO-LANE ROADWAYS.
C. LANE CLOSURES:
1. Approval/Restrictions
All lane closures of any type or duration shall have the prior approval of the Engineer.
a. The length of a lane closure shall not exceed two (2) miles in length excluding the length of the tapers
unless the prior approval of the Engineer has been obtained. The Engineer may extend the length of a
~""""hh~l.hlt::t..llr.\nf"'lt."llrY\t::)o-r\+C' r),....,rl ~att~'Y\rrC'\C'mO()l '71.\~If.u Tl"ronmpntC'\rryntr<:lf'ot Tnf'l\rrno:.l-in.n\~p
1/1 Qnnno
First Use January 4, 2000
Page 17 of 44
lane closure based upon field conditions however the length of a workzone should be held to the minimum
length required to accomplish the Work. Lane closures shall not be spaced closer than one mile. The
advanced warning signs for the project should not overlap with the advanced warning signs for lane
shifts, lane closures, etc.
b. Lane closures that require same direction traffic to be split around the Work Area will not be approved
for roadways with posted speeds of 35 mph or greater, excluding turn lanes.
c. For Interstate, Limited Access and Multi-lane Divided Highways, a Portable Changeable Message Sign
(PCMS) shall be placed one (1) mile in advance of a lane closure with a message denoting the
appropriate lane closure one mile ahead. The Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) shall be
placed on the outside shoulder in accordance with Detail 150-PCMS. This is in addition to the other
traffic control devices required by Standard 9106.
2. Removal Of Lane Closures
To provide the greatest possible convenience to the public in accordance with Sub-Subsection 107.07, the
Contractor shall remove all signs, lane closure markings, and devices immediately when lane closure work
is completed or temporarily suspended for any length of time or as directed by the Engineer. All portable
signs and portable sign mounting devices shall be removed from the roadway to an area which will not
allow the sign to be visible and will not allow the sign or sign mounting device to be impacted by traffic.
3. Exit And Entrance Ramps
On multilane highways where traffic has been shifted to the inside lanes, the exit and entrance ramps shall
have channelization devices placed on both sides of the ramp. The temporary ramp taper length shall be
greater than, or equal to, the existing taper length. Interim EXIT gore signs shall be placed at the ramp
divergence. The "EXIT OPEN" sign shown in Figure TA-42 of the MUTCD shall be utilized. Channelization
device spacing shall be 10 feet for 200 feet in advance of the temporary gore, and 10 feet for the first 100
feet of the temporary gore.
4. Lane Drop/Lane Closure
The first seven (7) calendar days of any lane closure shall be signed and marked as per Standard 9106 or
9107. However, lane closures that exist for a duration longer than seven (7) calendar days may be signed and
marked as per the details in Standard 9121, provided the prior approval of the Engineer is obtained. The
approved lane drop shall utilize only the signs and markings shown for the termination end of the lane drop in
Standard 9121. All warning signs in the lane drop sequence shall be used. Drums may be substituted for the
Type I Crystal Delineators at the same spacing.
5. Termination Area
The transition to normal or full width highway at the end of a lane closure shall be a maximum of 150
feet
D. TRAFFIC PACING METHOD:
1. Pacing Of Traffic
With prior approval from the Engineer, traffic may be paced allowing the Contractor up to ten (10)
minutes maximum to work in or above all lanes of traffic for the following purposes:
a. Placing bridge members or other bridge work.
b. Placing overhead sign structures.
c. Other work items requiring interruption of traffic.
The Contractor shall provide a uniformed police officer with patrol vehicle and blue flashing light for each
direction of pacing. The police officer, Engineer, and flaggers at ramps shall be provided with a radio which
will provide continuous contact with the Contractor.
When ready to start the work activity, the police vehicle will act as a pilot vehicle slowing the traffic thereby
providing a gap in traffic allowing the Contractor to perform the Work. Anyon-ramps between the pace and
the work area shall be blocked during pacing of traffic, with a flagger properly dressed and equipped with a
Stop/Slow paddle. Each ramp should be opened after the police vehicle has passed.
Pilot vehicles shall travel at a safe pace speed, desirably not less than 20 mph interstate and 10 mph non-
___1_....~__ 1 .Cl ~. 11/"'1.\ n,..... ~~,~_ -,",,__.L~ ,...._;] (1 '"""...+~_ .--.....\ ..............,...(\{) 1'7'1\ l\.1f",. T"\..................----. .-.._+r<\ 0......._+-_.-. To4- T__+..............."V"\ n~........... \ Q Ct.
':2 /1 0/'1 (\(\()
First Use January 4,2000
Page 18 of 44
interstate. The Contractor shall provide a vehicle to proceed in front of the police vehicle and behind the
other traffic in order to inform the Contractor's work force when all vehicles have cleared the area.
Traffic will not be permitted to stop during pacing except in extreme cases as approved by the Engineer.
2. Methods Of Signing For Traffic Pacing
At a point not less than 1,000 feet in advance of the beginning point of the pace, the Contractor shall
erect and cover a W-special sign (72 inch x 72 inch) with a Type "B" flashing light, with the legend
"TRAFFIC SLOWED AHEAD SHORT DELAY" (See Detail 1S0-A). A portable changeable message sign may
be used in lieu of the W-special sign. On divided highways this sign shall be double indicated. A worker
with a two-way radio shall be posted at the sign, and upon notice that the traffic is to be paced shall turn
on the flashing light and reveal the sign. When traffic is not being paced, the flashing light shall be turned
off and the sign covered or removed. W-special signs are reflectorized black on orange, Series "(" letter
and border of the size specified.
-..-.t.............l.-hlr>.1/0.\r.L..........H~""'~t-..... nY\r1 QC:!t.++~........,....C'\C'<"",()nl '71:\~Jf'Cr Tl,........."'Il~LlI.,..,+C1\r,.........,t-,.....,r"'i- T.,..,f'r'\.~n~r'\-n\~/Jto
1/10f')()()O
First Use January 4,2000
f~ "fl. tl.A$ltllrtG I.ICli't a.. nWl'lt Sill€:
~.5.
n*
7'~'.
II-SP!: C ! AI. S lQil
l~~ POST lO.Illr[f>~
SlOW SH4t1. H"IIE 1l1."C~ U;li[1IO AI<<) 8I:JlQEA
01<. ~ IIlEFI.EetMIUl.) ~~W\)
DE 1 L 150-A
E. CONSTRUCTION VEHICLE TRAFFIC
Page 19 of 44
l' Wr.ft(l:l Ii!
!i"'~1l
:$'~IUS
12" SER., 'C'
1~' SER, 'c'
12" !>Ell. 'c'
-18' st.R. -#Cfo
The Contractor's vehicles shall travel in the direction of normal roadway traffic and shall not reverse direction
except at intersections, interchanges, or approved temporary crossings. The Contractor may submit a plan
requesting that construction traffic be allowed to travel in the opposite direction of normal traffic when it
would be desirable to modify traffic patterns to accommodate specific construction activities.
Prior approval of the Engineer shall be obtained before any construction traffic is allowed to travel in a reverse
direction. If the Contractor's submittal is approved the construction traffic shall be separated from normal
traffic by appropriate traffic control devices.
F. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS TO THE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (TIC) PLAN
The Contractor shall ensure that dust, mud, and other debris from construction activities do not interfere with
normal traffic operations or adjacent properties. All outfall ditches, special ditches, critical storm drain
structures, erosion control structures, retention basins, etc. shall be constructed, where possible, prior to the
beginning of grading operations so that the best possible drainage and erosion control will be in effect during
the grading operations, thereby keeping the roadway areas as dry as possible.
Areas within the limits of the project which are determined by the Engineer to be disturbed or damaged due
either directly or indirectly from the progress or the lack of progress of the work shall be cleaned up,
redressed, and regrassed. All surplus materials shall be removed and disposed of as required. Surplus
materials shall be disposed of in accordance with SlLb~t;J:tiQn_2QJ.Q2.E:.:3 of the Specifications.
G. EXISTING STREET LIGHTS
H. NIGHTWORK
Existing street lighting shall remain lighted as long as practical and until removal is approved by the Engineer.
m htm l'+.L.. I 11'.\ f)"ro"m """tc .,,.,rl <;::",t+;,., fY"\,,mon 1 7~\ l\1f" f)"ro"m ",,,,t,,\I',,,,,h..,,..t T ",f'A""""';"" \ <;::1"
~/l onnno
First Use January 4,2000
Page 20 of 44
Adequate temporary lighting shall be provided at all nighttime work sites where workers will be immediately
adjacent to traffic.
I. CONSTRUCTION VEHICLES IN THE WORKZONE
The parking of Contractor's and/or workers personal vehicles within the work area or adjacent to traffic is
prohibited. It shall be the responsibility of the Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor to ensure that any vehicle
present at the worksite is necessary for the completion of the work.
J. ENCROACHMENTS ON THE TRAVELED-WAY
The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor (WTCS) shall monitor the work to ensure that all the rocks, boulders,
construction debris, stockpiled materials, equipment, tools and other potential hazards are kept clear of the
travelway. These items shall be stored in a location, in so far as practical, where they will not be subject to a
vehicle running off the road and striking them.
K. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS TO THE WORK
All existing pedestrian walkways shall be maintained. Whenever changes to the worksite necessitate changes
to existing walkways, temporary walkways shall be provided and maintained, with appropriate signs as
necessary, to allow safe passage of pedestrian traffic.
L. TRAFFIC SIGNALS
If the sequence of operations, staging, or the temporary traffic control plan requires the relocation or shifting
of any components of an existing traffic signal system then any work on these traffic signals will be considered
as part of Lump Sum- Traffic Control. The contractor becomes responsible for the maintenance of these
traffic signals from the time that the system is modified until final acceptance. The maintenance of traffic
signals that are not a part of the work and are not in conflict with any portion of the work shall not be the
responsibility of the contractor.
When construction operations necessitate an existing traffic signal to be out of service, the Contractor shall
furnish off-duty police officers to regulate and maintain traffic control at the site.
M. REMOVAL/REINSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
In the prosecution of the Work, if it becomes necessary to remove any existing signs, markers, guardrail, etc.
not covered by specific pay item, they shall be removed, stored and reinstalled, when directed by the
Engineer, to line and grade, and in the same condition as when removed.
lS0.03SIGNS:
A. SIGNING REQUIREMENTS OF THE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (TIC) PLAN
When existing regulatory, warning or guide signs are required for proper traffic control the Contractor shall
maintain these signs in accordance with the temporary traffic control (TIC) plan. The Contractor shall review
the status of all existing signs, interim signs added to the work, and permanent sign installations that are part
of the work to eliminate any conflicting or non-applicable signage in the TIC Plan. The Contractor's review of
all signs in the TIC Plan shall establish compliance with the requirements of the MUTCD and Section 150. Any
conflicts shall be reported to the Engineer immediately and the WTCS shall take the necessary measures to
eliminate the conflict.
The Contractor shall make every effort to eliminate the use of interim signs as soon as the Work allows for the
installation of permanent signs.
All existing illuminated signs shall remain lighted and be maintained by the Contractor.
Existing street name signs shall be maintained at street intersections.
B. CONFLICTING OR NON-APPLICABLE SIGNS
mntm].fi]p.//r'\O()(,llmpnt" ~nrl C;;;:pttina"\"m0017~\l\;f\T O()(,llmpnt,,\r()ntr~rt Tnfm-m~i()n\C;;;:p
~!l O/?OOO
First Use January 4,2000
Page 21 of 44
Any sign(s) or portions of a sign(s) that are not applicable to the TIC plan shall be covered so as not to be
visible to traffic or shall be removed from the roadway when not in use. The WTCS shall review all traffic
shifts and changes in the traffic patterns to ensure that all conflicting signs have been removed. The review
shall confirm that the highest priority signs have been installed and that signs of lesser significance are not
interfering with the visibility of the high priority signs. High priority signs include signs for road closures,
shifts, detours, lane closures and curves. Any signs, such as speed zones and speed limits, passing zones,
littering fines and litter pick up, that reference activities that are not applicable due to the presence of the
Work shall be removed, stored and reinstalled when the Work is completed.
Failure to promptly eliminate conflicting or non-applicable signs shall be considered as non-performance under
SJdbsectjon 15Q~.Qa.
C. REMOVAL OF EXISTING SIGNS AND SUPPORTS
The Contractor shall not remove any existing signs and supports without prior approval from the Engineer. All
existing signs and supports which are to be removed shall be stored and protected if this material will be
required later in the work as part of the TIC plan. If the signs are not to be utilized in the work then the
signs will become the property of the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the contract documents.
D. INTERIM GUIDE, WARNING AND REGULATORY SIGNS
Interim guide, warning, or regulatory signs required to direct traffic shall be furnished, installed, reused, and
maintained by the Contractor in accordance with the MUTCD, the Plans, Special Provisions, Special Conditions,
or as directed by the Engineer. These signs shall remain the property of the Contractor. The bottom of all
interim signs shall be mounted at least seven (7') feet above the level of the pavement edge when the signs
are used for long-term stationary operations as defined by Section 6G.02 of the MUTCD. Special Conditions
under Subsection 150.11 may modify this requirement.
Portable signs may be used when the duration of the work is less than three (3) days or as allowed by the
special conditions in Subsection 150.11. Portable signs shall be used for all punchlist work. All portable signs
and sign mounting devices utilized in work shall be NCHRP 350 compliant. Portable interim signs shall be
mounted a minimum of one (1') foot above the level of the pavement edge for directional traffic of two (2)
lanes or less and a minimum of seven (7') feet for directional traffic of three (3) or more lanes. Signs shall be
mounted at the height recommended by the manufacturer's crashworthy testing requirements. Portable
interim signs which are mounted at less than seven (7') feet in height may have two 18 inch x 18 inch
fluorescent red-orange or orange-red warning flags mounted on each sign.
All regulatory sign blanks shall be rigid whether the sign is mounted as a portable sign, on a Type III
barricade or as a permanent mount height sign.
Any permanent mount height interim sign that is designed to fold in half to cover a non-applicable message
on the sign shall have reflectorized material on the folded over portion of the sign. The reflectorized material
shall be orange in color with a minimum of ASTM Type I engineering grade sheeting with a minimum area of
six inches by six inches (6" x 6") facing the direction of traffic at all times when the sign is folded.
Interim signs may be either English or metric dimensions.
E. EXISTING SPECIAL GUIDE SIGNS
Existing special guide signs on the Project shall be maintained until conditions require a change in location or
legend content. When change is required, existing signs shall be modified and continued in use if the required
modification can be made within existing sign borders using design requirements (legend, letter size, spacing,
border, etc.) equal to that of the existing signs, or of subsection 150.0J.E.}. Differing legend designs shall
not be mixed in the same sign.
1. Special Guide Signs
Special guide signs are those expressway or freeway guide signs that are designed with a message
content (legend) that applies to a particular roadway location. When an existing special guide sign is in
conflict with work to be performed, the Contractor shall remove the conflicting sign and reset it in a new,
non-conflicting location which has been approved by the Engineer.
mhtml:file:IIC:\Documents and Settings\sm90 1 73\My Documents\Contract Infonnaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4, 2000
Page 22 of 44
2. Interim Special Guide Signs
When it is not possible to utilize existing signs, either in place or relocated, the Contractor shall furnish,
erect, maintain, modify, relocate, and remove new interim special guide signs in accordance with the Plans
or as directed by the Engineer. Interim special guide signs that may be required in addition to, or a
replacement for, existing expressway and freeway (interstate) signs shall be designed and fabricated in
compliance with the minimum requirements for guide signing contained in Part 2E "Guide Signs
Expressway" and Part 2F "Guide Signs Freeways" of the MUTCD, except that the minimum size of all
letters and numerals in the names and places, streets and highways on all signs shall be 16 inches Series
"E" initial upper-case and 12 inches lower-case. All interstate shields on these signs shall be 48 inches
and 60 inches for two-numeral and three-numeral routes, respectively.
The road name of the exit or route shield shall be placed on the exit gore sign.
3. Interim Overhead Guide Sign Structures
Interim overhead special guide sign structures are not required to be lighted unless specifically required by
the Plans. If lighting is required the sign shall be lighted as soon as erected and shall remain lighted,
during the hours of darkness, until the interim sign is no longer required. The Contractor shall notify the
Power Company at least thirty (30) days prior to desired connection to the power source.
4. Permanent Special Guide Signs
The installation of new permanent special guide signs and the permanent modification or resetting of
existing special guide signs, when included in the contract, shall be accomplished as soon as practical to
minimize the use of interim special gUide signs. If lighting is required by the Plans, all new permanent
overhead special guide signs shall be lighted as soon as erected.
F. MATERIALS- INTERIM SIGNS:
1. Posts
Permanent mounting height of seven (7') feet- Posts for all interim signs shall meet the requirements of
Section 911 except that green or silver paint may be used in lieu of galvanization for steel posts or
structural shape posts. Within the limits of a single project, all metal posts shall be the same color. Wood
posts are not required to be pressure treated.
Interim posts may be either metric or English in dimensions.
Posts for all interim signs shall be constructed to yield upon impact unless the posts are protected by
guardrail, portable barrier, impact attenuator or other type of positive barrier protection. Unprotected
posts shall meet the breakaway requirements of the "1994 AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural
Support for Highway Signs, Luminaries and Traffic Signals". Unprotected interim posts shall be spliced as
shown in Deti:lilm150~F unless full length unspliced posts are used.
Unprotected post splices will not be permitted any higher than four inches above the ground line to lessen
the possibility of affecting the undercarriage of a vehicle. Installation of posts may require establishment
of openings in existing pavements, islands, shoulders etc.
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract Infonnaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 23 of 44
W'AlD.~V.w!lli)
~)
~1l(lN1'08T
m:M1'08T
$Il1i'1mll!LUlC:lt w_
2BA $Il/i'1J{A.Ili(X,TI!\
l'OItnm~
5116'W_
~1l(lN1'08T
m:M I'08T
3'~ (4'~OOl\lITAL!'LAlN)
DETAn.. 150wF
2. Sign Blanks And Panels- Permanent mounting height of seven (7') feet-
All sign blanks and panels shall conform to S.~~tLQJ1.21Z of the Specifications except that blanks and panels
may be ferrous based or other metal alloys. Type 1 and Type 2 sign blanks shall have a minimum
thickness of 0.08 inches regardless of the sign type used. Alternative sign blank materials (composites,
poly carbonates, fiberglass reinforced plastics, recycled plastics, etc.) shall have a letter of approval from
the Office of Materials and Research for use as interim construction signs before these materials are
allowed to be incorporated into the work unless these rigid sign blanks are currently approved as a
crash worthy sign blank material under QPL 34. The back side of sign panels shall be painted orange to
prevent rust if other metals are used in lieu of aluminum. Plywood blanks or panels will not be permitted.
The use of flexible signs will not be permitted for permanent mount height signs.
Interim blanks and panels may be either metric or English in dimensions.
3. Portable Sign Mounting Devices, Portable Sign Blanks-
All portable sign mounting devices and sign blanks utilized in the work shall be NCHRP 350 Test Level III
compliant. All portable sign mounting devices and sign blanks shall be from the Qualified Products List.
Any sign or sign mounting device shall have an identifying decal, logo, or manufacturer's stamping that
clearly identifies the device as NCHRP 350 compliant. The Contractor may be required to provide
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 24 of 44
certification from the Manufacturer as proof of NCHRP 350 compliance. All portable signs shall be
mounted according to height requirements of S\Jbsec:tiQnJ5Q.Q3,P,
G. SIGN VISIBILITY AND OFFSETS
All existing, interim and new permanent signs shall be installed so as to be completely visible for an advance
distance in compliance with the MUTCD. Any clearing required for maintaining the line of sight to existing,
interim or permanent signs shall be done as part of the requirements of the TIC plan. The clearing shall
include any advance warning signs, both interim and permanent, that are installed as a part of the work
including advance warning signs that are installed outside the limits of the project. Any sign installed behind
W-beam or T-beam guardrail with non-breakaway posts shall be installed with the leading edge of the sign a
minimum of four feet and three inches (4'3") behind the face of the guardrail with five feet (5') of clearance
being desirable. Limbs, brush, construction equipment and materials shall be kept clear of the driver's line of
sight to all signs that are part of the TIC plan.
H. ADVANCE WARNING SIGNS:
1. All Type Of Highways
Advance warning signs shall be placed ahead of the work area in accordance with Part VI of the MUTCD
and shall include a series of at least three advance road work (W20-1) signs placed at the termini of the
project. The series shall have the legend ROAD WORK (1500 FEET, 1000 FEET, AND 500 FEET).
At grade intersecting roadways and on-ramps shall be signed with a minimum of one ROAD WORK AHEAD
sign.
When work terminates at a "T" intersection, a minimum of one "ROAD WORK AHEAD" sign shall be placed
in advance of the intersection and one "END ROAD WORK" sign shall be placed at the termination end of
the intersection. Field conditions may require the use of additional warning signage,
Advanced Warning Signs on State Routes shall be a minimum dimension of 48 inches x 48 inches. When
a State Route intersects a project which consists of adding travel lanes, reconstructing an existing
roadway or new location work, the State Route approaches shall have a minimum of three (W20-1)
advanced warning signs (1500 ft., 1000 ft., 500 ft.). The termination end of an intersecting State Route
shall have END ROAD WORK signage.
The W20-1 signs shall be placed at the termini of the project or sufficiently in advance of the termini to
allow for lane shifts, lane closures and other activities which may also require advanced warning signs.
The advanced warning signs for the project should not overlap with the advanced warning signs for lane
shifts, lane closures, etc.
The length of a workzone should be held to the minimum length required to accomplish the work. If a
project has multiple individual worksites within the overall limits of the project, each site should be signed
individually if the advance warning signs for each site can be installed without overlapping an adjacent
worksite. As soon as the work is completed at any individual site the warning signs shall be removed from
that site. Clean-up work and punch list work shall be performed with portable signage,
Project mileage indicated on the G20-1 sign shall be the actual project mileage rounded up to the nearest
whole mile. Projects less than two (2) miles in length or individual worksites that are part of a multiple
worksite project may delete this sign. The G20-1 sign shall be 60" X 36" and the G20-2 sign shall be 48" X
24",
2. Interstate, Limited Access And Multilane Divided Highways
In addition to the W20-1 signs required at 500 ft., 1000 ft. and 1500 ft., multi-lane divided highways shall
also have additional advanced warning signs installed with the legend "ROAD WORK (2 MILES, 1 MILE and
1/2 MILE). All construction warning signs on divided highways shall be double indicated (i.e., on the left
and right sides of the roadway.) If the use of the '12 mile, 1 mile and 2 mile advanced warning signs
cause an overlap with other work or do not benefit field conditions then the Engineer may review the use
of these signs and eliminate their installation. When the posted speed limit is 50 MPH or less, the '12 mile,
1 mile and 2 mile signs should be eliminated especially in urban areas.
The W20-1 advance warning signs for ROAD WORK 500 FEET; 1000 FEET; and 1500 FEET shall be
temporarily covered when work involving the advanced warning signs for lane shifts and lane closures
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 25 of 44
overlap these signs. The ROAD WORK V2 MILE, ROAD WORK 1 MILE, and ROAD WORK 2 MILES shall be
in place when the 500, 1000 and 1500 feet signs are temporarily covered.
When the temporary traffic control zone already has advanced warning (W20-1) signs installed the W20-1
signs required for lane closures under Standard 9106 should be eliminated.
RAMP WORK ON LIMITED ACCESS HIGHWAYS: The workzone shall not be signed for the entire length of
the mainline of a limited access highway when only short individual worksites, interchange or ramp work is
being performed.
When work is restricted to ramp reconstruction or widening activities, the advance warning signs on the
mainline section of the limited access highway shall be limited to the use of portable advance warning
signs. These portable advance warning signs shall only be utilized when work activity is within the gore
point of the ramp and the mainline traveled way or work is active in the acceljdecel lane adjacent to the
mainline traveled way. Portable advance warning signs (W20-1; 1500ft.jl000 ft.j500ft.) shall be installed
on the traveled way of the limited access highway when the above conditions are present The advance
warning signs shall be installed only in one direction where work is active. All portable signs shall be
double indicated. When work is not active, the ramp work shall be advanced warned by the use of a
single 48 inch X 48 inch "RAMP WORK AHEAD" sign along the right shoulder of the mainline traveled way
prior to the beginning of the taper for the decellane. The "RAMP WORK AHEAD" sign shall be mounted at
seven (7') feet in height Differences in elevation shall be in compliance with the requirements of
SuPse<::tiQuJS:O.OQ prior to the removal of the portable (W20-1) advanced warning signs from the
mainline.
The G20-1 sign shall be eliminated on limited access highways when the work involves only ramp work,
bridge reconstruction, bridge painting, bridge joint repairs, guardrail and anchor replacement or other site
specific work which is confined to a short section of limited access highway.
I. PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN
Unless specified as a paid item in the contract the use of a portable changeable message sign will not be
required. When specified, a portable changeable message sign (PCMS) shall meet the minimum requirements
of S~~tiQn 632 and the MUTCD. The maximum amount of messages allowed to be flashed on one PCMS is
two phases (flashes). The language and the timing of the messages shall comply with the MUTCD and
Section 632.
When used as an advanced device the PCMS should typically be placed ahead of the construction activities. If
the PCMS is used as a substitute for another device then the requirements for the other device apply.
J. FLASHING BEACON
The flashing beacon assembly, when specified, shall be used in conjunction with construction warning signs,
regulatory, or guide signs to inform traffic of special road conditions which require additional driver attention.
The flashing beacon assembly shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of sectio~47.
K. RUMBLE STRIP SIGNAGE
Signage for rumble strips located in the travelway shall be as required in SJLbsectiQnJSQ.Qtc and SLJPsectiQn
150.02.A.9.
L. LOW/SOFT SHOULDER SIGNAGE
Low or soft shoulder signs shall be utilized in accordance with the following conditions:
CONSTRUCTION/RECONSTRUCTION PROJECTS:
"LOW/SOFT SHOULDER" signs shall be erected when a difference in elevation exceeds one (1") inch but does
not exceed three (3'') inches between the travelway and any type of shoulder unless the difference in
elevation is four (4') feet or greater from the edge of the traveled way.
The spacing of the signs shall not exceed one (1) mile and the signs shall be placed immediately past each
crossroad intersection. The "Low/Soft" signs shall remain in place until the difference in elevation is
eliminated and the shoulder has been dressed and permanently grassed for a minimum of thirty (30) calendar
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 26 of 44
days. These signs shall be furnished, installed, maintained and removed by the Contractor as part of Traffic
Control-Lump Sum. These signs shall be orange with black borders and meet the reflectorization
requirements of Subsection 150.01.e.
"SHOULDER DROP-OFF" (W8-9a) signs shall be used when a difference in elevation, less than four (4') feet
from the traveled way, exceeds three (3") inches and is not protected by positive barrier protection. These
warning signs shall be placed in advance of the drop-off.
For a continuous drop-off condition, the W8-9a) signs shall, as a minimum, be spaced in accordance with the
above requirements for "Low/soft shoulder" signs.
PROJECTS CONSISTING PRIMARILY OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE RESURFACING ITEMS:
"LOW/SOFr SHOULDER" signs shall be erected when a difference in elevation exceeds one (1") inch but
does not exceed three (3'') inches between the travelway and any type of shoulder unless the difference in
elevation is four (4') feet or greater from the edge of the traveled way.
SHOULDER BUILDING INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT: "Low/Soft Shoulder" signs shall be erected as per the
requirement of Standards 9102, 9106, and 9107. "Shoulder Drop-off" signs (W8-9a) shall be erected as per
the requirements of the MUTCD. These signs shall be maintained until the conditions requiring their
installation have been eliminated. The Contractor shall remove all interim warning signs before final
acceptance.
SHOULDER BUILDING NOT INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT: The Department will furnish the "Low/Soft
Shoulder" signs, "Shoulder Drop-off" signs and the posts. The signs shall be erected to meet the minimum
requirements of $ul:>sectiooJ5Q,Q3. The Contractor shall include the cost of furnishing installation hardware
(bolts, nuts, and washers), erection and maintenance of the signs in the bid price for Traffic Control- Lump
Sum. The Contractor shall maintain the signs until final acceptance. The Department will remove the signs.
LAU/LAR PROJECTS SHOULDER BUILDING NOT INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT: The Contractor will furnish,
install and maintain LOW/SOFr SHOULDER signs (yellow with black borders, ASTM Type III or IV) at the
appropriate spacing, until Final Acceptance of the project by the Department. After Final Acceptance by the
Department the signs will become the property and responsibility of the local government.
M. BUMP SIGNAGE:
MULTI-LANE DIVIDED HIGHWAYS: A bump sign (W8-1) shall be utilized when a transverse joint in the
pavement structure has a vertical difference in elevation of three quarters (3/4") of an inch or greater in depth
with no horizontal taper to ramp the traffic from one elevation to the other. This condition typically occurs at
approach slabs during pavement milling operations and at transverse joints in asphaltic pavement lifts.
TWO-LANE TWO-WAY HIGHWAYS: A bump sign (W8-1) shall be utilized when a transverse joint in the
pavement structure has a vertical difference in elevation that exceeds one and three quarters (1-3/4") inches
in depth with no horizontal taper to ramp the traffic from one elevation to the other. This includes utility and
storm drainage repairs that require concrete placement for patching and/or steel plating.
The (W8-1) sign shall be placed sufficiently in advance to warn the motorist of the condition.
150.04
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
A. GENERAL
Full pattern pavement markings in accordance with Ss:'ctJQnQ52 and in conformance with Section 3A and 3B,
except 3B.02, of the MUTCD are required on all courses before the roadway is opened to traffic. No passing
zones shall be marked to conform to SLJbsectiooJ50.04.E:. During construction and maintenance activities on
all highways open to traffic, both existing markings and markings applied under this Section shall be fully
maintained until Final Acceptance. If the pavement markings are, or becomel unsatisfactory in the judgement
of the Engineer due to wear, weathering, or construction activities, they shall be restored immediately.
1. Resurfacing Projects
Pavement markings shall be provided on all surfaces that are placed over existing markings. Interim and
final markings shall conform in type and location to the markings that existed prior to resurfacing unless
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se'H 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 27 of 44
changes or additions are noted in the Contract The replacement of parking spaces will not be required
unless a specific item or note has been included in the Contract Any work to make additions to the
markings that existed prior to resurfacing is to be considered as extra work.
2. Widening And Reconstruction Projects
If the lane configuration is altered from the preconstruction layout then pavement markings will be as
required by the plans or the Engineer.
3. New Location Construction Projects
Pavement marking plans will be provided.
B. MATERIALS
All traffic striping applied under this Section shall be a minimum four inches in width or as shown in plans and
shall conform to the requirements of Sec:tiOHmQS2, except as modified herein. Raised pavement markers
(RPMs) shall meet the requirements of Sec:tLQn 654. Markings on the final surface course, which must be
removed, shall be a removable type. The Contractor will be permitted to use paint, thermoplastic, or tape on
pavement which is to be overlaid as part of the project, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Partial
(skip) reflectorization (i.e. reflectorizing only a portion of a stripe) will not be allowed.
C. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKINGS:
INSTALLATION: All pavement markings, both interim and permanent, shall be applied to a clean surface. The
Contractor shall furnish the layout and preline the roadway surface for the placement of pavement markings
applied as part of the temporary traffic control plan. All interim marking tape and RPM's on the final surface
shall be removed prior to the placement of the final markings.
The Contractor shall sequence the work in such a manner as to allow the installation of markings in the final
lane configuration at the earliest possible stage of the work.
REMOVAL: Markings no longer applicable shall be removed in accordance with Subsec:tioDQ5Ei.2.
THE ELIMINATION OF CONFLIcrING PAVEMENT MARKINGS BY OVERPAINTING WITH PAINT OR LIQUID
ASPHALT IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
INTERMEDIATE SURFACE: Interim markings shall be removed by methods that will cause minimal damage to
the pavement surface while also ensuring that traveling public will not be confused or misdirected by any
residual markings remaining on the intermediate surface. The use of approved black-out tape and black-out
paint may be permitted on some interim surfaces, provided the results are satisfactory to the Engineer.
FINAL SURFACE: No interim paint or thermoplastic markings will be permitted on any final surface unless the
interim markings are in alignment with the location of the permanent markings and the interim marking will
not interfere or adversely affect placement of the permanent markings. The proposed method of removal for
layout errors that require markings to be removed from the final surface shall have the prior approval of the
Engineer. Any damage to the final pavement surface caused by the pavement marking removal process shall
be repaired at the Contractor's expense by methods acceptable and approved by the Engineer. ;:Lubse.c:tion
1QQ.J.QEi.C shall apply when corrective measures are required. The use of black-out tape or black-out paint
will not be permitted to correct layout errors on any final surface.
Traffic shifts that are done on the final surface shall be accomplished using interim traffic marking tape that
can be removed without any blemishing of the final surface. Interim traffic marking tape shall be used on any
of the following final surfaces; asphaltic concrete, Portland cement concrete, and bridge deck surfaces.
Exceptions to the requirements for interim traffic marking tape shall have the written prior approval of the
Engineer before the application of any other method is permitted.
PAY FACTOR REDUCTION FOR ASPHALTIC CONCRETE FINAL SURFACES: When the correction of an error in
the layout of the final pavement markings requires the final surface to be grounded, blemished, scarred, or
polished the pay factor shall be reduced to 0.95 for the entire surface area of the final topping that has a
blemish, polished or a scarred surface. The reduced pay factor shall not be confined to only the width and
length of the stripe or the dimensions of the blemished areas, the whole roadway surface shall have the
reduced pay factor applied. The area of the reduced pay factor shall be determined by the total length and
the total width of the roadway affected. If the affected area is not corrected, the reduction in pay shall be
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90 173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4, 2000
Page 28 of 44
deducted from the final payment for the topping layer of asphaltic concrete. The Engineer shall make the
final determination whether correction or a reduced pay factor is acceptable.
The eradication of pavement markings on intermediate and final concrete surfaces shall be accomplished by a
method that does not grind, polish, or blemish the surface of the concrete. The method used for the removal
of the interim markings shall not spall chip the joints in the concrete and shall not damage the sealant in the
joints. Any joint or sealant repairs shall be included in the bid price for Traffic Control-Lump Sum. The
proposed method of removal shall have the prior approval of the Engineer.
Failure to promptly remove conflicting or non-applicable pavement markings shall be considered as non-
performance under SLJbsec:tiQulSQ.Q$.
PREPARATION AND PLANNING FOR TRAFFIC SHIFTS: When shifting of traffic necessitates removal of
centerline, lane lines, or edge lines, all such lines shall be removed prior to, during, or immediately after any
change so as to present the least interference with traffic. Interim traffic marking tape shall be used as a
temporary substitute for the traffic markings being removed.
Before any change in traffic lane(s) alignment, marking removal equipment shall be present on the project for
immediate use. If marking removal equipment failures occur, the equipment shall be repaired or replaced
(including leasing equipment if necessary), so that the removal can be accomplished without delay.
Except for the final surface, markings on asphaltic concrete may be obliterated by an overlay course, when
approved by the Engineer. When an asphaltic concrete overlay is placed for the sole purpose of eliminating
conflicting markings and the in place asphaltic concrete section will allow, said overlay will be eligible for
payment only if designated in the Plans. Overlays to obliterate lines will be paid for only once and further
traffic shifts in the same area shall be accomplished with removable markings. Only the minimum asphaltic
concrete thickness required to cover lines will be allowed. Excessive build-up will not be permitted. When an
overlay for the sole purpose of eliminating conflicting markings is not allowed, the markings no longer
applicable shall be removed in accordance with Subsection 656.2.
D. RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
Raised pavement markers (RPMs) are required as listed below for all asphaltic concrete pavements before the
roadway is open to traffic. On the final surface, RPM's shall be placed according to the timeframes specified in
150.04 E. for full pattern pavement markings except Interstate Highways where RPM's shall be placed and/or
maintained when the roadway is open to traffic. When Portland Cement Concrete is an intermediate or final
surface and is open to traffic, one calendar day is allowed for cleaning and drying before the installation of
RPMs is required.
Raised pavement markers are not allowed on the right edge lines under any situation.
1. Interstate Highways
Retro-reflective raised pavement markers (RPM's) shall be placed and/or maintained on intermediate
pavements surfaces on all interstate highways that are open to traffic. This includes all resurfacing
projects along with widening and reconstruction projects. The spacing and placement shall be as required
for MULTI-LANE DIVIDED HIGHWAYS.
2. Multi-lane Divided Highways
Retro-reflective raised pavement markers (RPMs) shall be placed and/or maintained on intermediate
pavement surfaces on all multi-lane divided highways that are opened to traffic when these roadways are
being widened or reconstructed. Two lane-two way roadways that are being widened to a multi-lane
facility, whether divided or undivided, are included in this provision. Projects consisting primarily of
asphalt resurfacing items or shoulder widening items are excluded from this requirement. The RPMs shall
be placed as follows:
a. SUPPLEMENTING LANE LINES
80 foot center on skip lines with curvature less than three degrees. (Includes tangents)
40 foot centers on solid lines and all lines with curvature between three degrees and six degrees.
20 foot centers on curves over six degrees.
mhtml :file:/ /C: \Documents and Settings\sm90 173 \M y Documents \Contract Infonnaion \Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 29 of 44
20 foot centers on lane transitions or shifts.
b. SUPPLEMENTING RAMP GORE LINES
20 foot centers, two each, placed side by side.
c. OTHER LINES
As shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer.
3. Other Highways
On other highways under construction RPMs shall be used and/or maintained on intermediate pavement
surfaces as follows:
a. SUPPLEMENTING LANE LINES AND SOLID LINES
40 foot centers except on lane shifts. (When required in the Plans or Contract.)
20 foot centers on lane shifts. (Required in all cases.)
b. SUPPLEMENTING DOUBLE SOLID LINES
40 foot centers (one each beside each line) except on lane shifts. (When required in the Plans or
Contract. )
20 foot centers on lane shifts. (Required in all cases.)
E. EXCEPTIONS FOR INTERIM MARKINGS
Some exceptions to the time of placement and pattern of markings are permitted as noted below, however,
full pattern pavement markings are required for the completed project.
1. Two-Lane, Two-Way Roadways
a. SKIP LINES
All interim skip (broken) stripe shall conform to S~~tion j252 except that stripes shall be at least two
feet long with a maximum gap of 38 feet. On curves greater than six degrees, a one-foot stripe with a
maximum gap of 19 feet shall be used. In lane shift areas solid lines will be required. Interim skip
lines shall be replaced with markings in full compliance with Se<;:.t;jQlL6~l prior to expiration of the 14
calendar day period.
Interim raised pavement markers may be substituted for the interim skip (broken) stripes. If raised
pavement markers are substituted for the two foot interim skip stripe, three markers spaced at equal
intervals over a two feet distance will be required. No separate payment will be made if the interim
raised pavement markers are substituted for interim skip lines.
Interim raised pavement markers shall be retro-reflective, shall be the same color as the pavement
markers for which they are substitutedl and shall be visible during daytime.
The type of interim marker and method of attachment to the pavement shall be approved by the
Office of Materials and Research but in no case will the markers be attached by the use of nails.
Flexible reflective markers, Type 14 or Type 15, may be used for a maximum of fourteen (14) calendar
days as an interim marker. Any flexible reflective markers in use shall be from the qualified products
list (QPL).
The interim raised pavement markers shall be maintained until the full pattern pavement markings are
applied. At the time full pattern markings are applied the interim raised markers shall be removed in a
manner that will not interfere with application of the full pattern pavement markings.
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90 173\My Documents\Contract Infonnaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 30 of 44
b. NO PASSING ZONES-TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY ROADWAYS
Passing zones shall be re-established in the locations existing prior to resurfacing. No changes to the
location of passing zones shall be done without the written approval of the Engineer. For periods not
to exceed three calendar days where interim skip centerlines are in place, no-passing zones shall be
identified by using post or portable mounted DO NOT PASS regulatory signs (R4-1 24" x 3D") at the
beginning and at intervals not to exceed '12 mile within each no-passing zone. A post or portable
mounted PASS WITH CARE regulatory sign (R4-1 24" x 3D") shall be placed at the end of each no-
passing zone. Post mounted signs shall be placed in accordance with the MUTCD. Portable signs shall
conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and shall be NCHRP 350 compliant Portable signs shall
be secured in such a manner to prevent misalignment and minimize the possibility of being blown over
by weather conditions or traffic.
On new location projects and on projects where either horizontal or vertical alignments has been
modified, the location of No-Passing Zones will be identified by the Engineer.
c. EDGELINES
1) Bituminous Surface Treatment Paving
Edgelines will not be required on intermediate surfaces (including asphaltic concrete leveling for
bituminous surface treatment paving) that are in use for a period of less than 60 calendar days
except at bridge approaches, on lane transitions, lane shifts, and in such other areas as
determined by the Engineer. On the final surface, edgelines shall be placed within 30 calendar
days of the time that the final surface was placed.
2) All Other Types of Pavement
Edgelines will not be required on intermediate surfaces that are in use for a period of less than 30
calendar days except at bridge approaches, on lane transitions, lane shifts, and in such other areas
as determined by the Engineer. On the final surface, edgelines shall be placed within 14 calendar
days of the time that the surface was placed.
2. Multi-Lane Highways - With No Paved Shoulder(S) Or Paved Shoulder(S) Four Feet Or Less
. a. UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS (INCLUDES PAVED CENTER TURN LANE)
1) Centerlines and No-Passing Barrier-Full Pattern centerlines and no-passing barriers shall be
restored before opening to traffic.
2) Lanelines- Interim skip (broken) stripe as described in SUb$ej::tion~~O.04J:~La. may be used for
periods not to exceed three calendar days. Skiplines are not permitted in lane shift areas. Solid
lines shall be used.
3) Edgelines- Edgelines shall be placed on intermediate and final surfaces within three calendar days
of obliteration.
b. DIVIDED HIGHWAYS (GRASS OR RAISED MEDIAN)
1) Lanelines- Full pattern skip stripe shall be restored before opening to traffic. Skip lines are not
permitted in lane shift areas. Solid lines shall be required.
2) CenterlinejEdgeline- Solid lines shall be placed on intermediate and final surfaces within three
calendar days of obliteration.
3. Limited Access Roadways And Roadways With Paved Shoulders Greater Than Four Feet
a. Same as S(JQ~e_ctiQnJ5Q,Q.4,f::.2 except as noted in (b) below.
b. EDGELINES-
1) Asphaltic Concrete Pavement- Edgelines shall be placed on intermediate and final surfaces prior to
opening to traffic.
2) Portland Cement Concrete Pavement- Edgelines shall be placed on any surface open to traffic no
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract Infonnaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 31 of 44
later than one calendar day after work is completed on a section of roadway. All water and residue
shall be removed prior to daily striping.
4. Ramps For Multi-Lane Divided Highways
A minimum of one solid line edge stripe shall be placed on any intermediate surface of a ramp prior to
opening the ramp to traffic. The other edge stripe may be omitted for a maximum period of three (3)
calendar days on an intermediate surface. Appropriate channelization devices shall be spaced at a
maximum of twenty-five (25') feet intervals until the other stripe has been installed.
The final surface shall have both stripes placed prior to opening the ramp to traffic.
5. MISCELLANEOUS PAVEMENT MARKINGS:
FINAL SURFACE: School zones, railroads, stop bars, symbols, words and other similar markings shall be
placed on final surfaces conforming to SectiQO.Q52 within fourteen (14) calendar days of completion of the
final surface. Final markings shall conform to the type of pay item in the plans. When no pay item exists
in the plans the final markings shall conform to Section 652 for painted markings.
INTERMEDIATE SURFACE: Intermediate surfaces that will be in use for more than forty-five (45) calendar
days shall have the miscellaneous pavement markings installed to conform to the requirement of SectiQQ
t552. Under Subsection 150.11, Special Conditions, or as directed by the Engineer these markings may be
eliminated.
F. MOBILE OPERATIONS
When pavement markings (centerlines, lane lines, and edgelines) are applied in a continuous operation by
moving vehicles and equipment, the following minimum equipment and warning devices shall be required.
These devices and equipment are in addition to the minimum requirements of the MUTCD.
1. All Roadways
All vehicles shall be equipped with the official slow moving vehicle symbol sign. All vehicles shall have a
minimum of two flashing or rotating beacons visible in all directions. All protection vehicles shall have an
arrow panel mounted on the rear. All vehicles requiring an arrow panel shall have, as a minimum, a Type
B panel. All vehicle mounted signs shall be mounted with the bottom of the sign a minimum height of
forty-eight inches (48") above the pavement. All sign legends shall be covered or removed from view
when work is not in progress.
2. Two-Lane Two-Way Roadways
a. Lead Vehicles
The lead vehicle may be a separate vehicle or the work vehicle applying the pavement markings may
be used as the lead vehicle. The lead vehicle shall have an arrow panel mounted so that the panel is
easily visible to oncoming (approaching) traffic. The arrow panel should typically operate in the
caution mode.
b. Work Vehicles
The work vehicle(s) applying markings shall have an arrow panel mounted on the rear. The arrow
panel should typically operate in the caution mode. The work vehicle placing cones shall follow
directly behind the work vehicle applying the markings.
c. Protection Vehicles
A protection vehicle may follow the cone work vehicle when the cones are being placed and may
follow when the cones are being removed.
3. MULTI-LANE ROADWAYS
A lead vehicle may be used but is not required. The work vehicle placing cones shall follow directly behind
the work vehicle applying the markings. A protection vehicle that does not function as a work vehicle
should follow the cone work vehicle when traffic cones are being placed. A protection vehicle should
follow the cone work vehicle when the cones are being removed from the roadway. Protection vehicles
shall display a sign on the rear of the vehicle with the legend PASS ON LEFr(RIGHT).
INTERSTATES AND LIMITED ACCESS ROADWAYS: A protection vehicle shall follow the last work vehicle at
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90 173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 32 of 44
all times and shall be equipped with a truck mounted attenuator that is certified for impacts not less than
62 mph in accordance with NCHRP350 Test Level Three (3).
150.05
CHANNELIZATION
A. GENERAL
Channelization shall clearly delineate the travelway through the work zone and alert drivers and pedestrians to
conditions created by work activities in or near the travelway. Channelization shall be done in accordance with
the plans and specifications, the MUTCD, and the following requirements.
All Channelization Devices utilized on any project shall be NCHRP 350 compliant. Any device used on the
Work shall be from the Qualified Products List. All devices utilized on the work shall have a decal, logo, or
manufacturer's stamping that clearly identifies the device as NCHRP 350 compliant. The Contractor may be
required to furnish certification from the Manufacturer for any device to prove NCHRP 350 compliance.
1. Types of Devices Permitted for Channelization in Construction Work Zones:
a. DRUMS:
1) DESIGN: Drums shall meet the minimum requirement of the MUTCD and shall be reflectorized as
required in SubsectiQDJSQ.QJ,C. The upper edge of the top reflectorized stripe on the drum shall
be located a minimum of 33 inches above the surface of the roadway. A minimum drum diameter
of 18 inches shall be maintained for a minimum of 34 inches above the roadway.
2) APPLICATION: Drums shall be used as the required channelizing device to delineate the full
length of a lane closure, shift, or encroachment, except as modified by this Subsection.
3) TRANSITION TAPERS FOR LANE CLOSURES: Drums shall be used on all transition tapers. The
minimum length for a merging taper for a lane closure on the travelway shall be as shown in Table
150-1 :
TABLE 150-1
Posted Lane Lane Lane Lane Maximum Drum
Speed Width Width Width Width Spacing in Tapers,
Limit. MPH 9 Feet 10 Feet 11 Feet 12 Feet (Feet~
Minimum Taper Lenqth (L) in Feet
20 60 70 75 80 20
25 95 105 115 125 25
30 135 150 165 180 30
35 185 205 225 245 35
40 240 270 295 320 40
45 405 450 495 540 45
50 450 500 550 600 50
55 495 550 605 660 55
60 540 600 660 720 60
65 585 650 715 780 65
70 630 700 770 840 70
75 675 750 825 900 75
If site conditions require a longer taper then the taper shall be lengthened to fit particular
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90 1 73\My Documents\Contract Infonnaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 33 of 44
individual situations.
The length of shifting tapers should be at least 112 L.
The length of a closed lane or lanes, excluding the transition taper(s), shall be limited to a total of
two (2) miles. Prior approval must be obtained from the Engineer before this length can be
increased.
Nighttime conditions: When a merge taper exists into the night all drums located in the taper shall
have, for the length of the taper only, a six (6") inch fluorescent orange (ASTM Type VI, VII, VIII,
IX or X) reflectorized top stripe on each drum. The top six-inch stripe may be temporarily attached
to the drum while in use in a taper. All drums that have the six-inch top stripe permanently
attached shall not be used for any other conditions.
Multiple Lane Closures:
(a) A maximum of one lane at a time shall be closed with each merge taper.
(b) A minimum tangent length of 2 L shall be installed between each individual lane closure taper.
4) LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZATION: Drums shall be spaced as listed below for various roadside
work conditions except as modified by SlJbsectiQO 15Q.QQ. Spacing shall be used for situations
meeting any of the conditions listed as follows:
(a) 40 FOOT SPACING MAXIMUM
(1) For difference in elevation exceeding two inches.
(2) For healed sections no steeper than 4: 1 as shown in Subsection 150.06, Detail 150-E.
(b) 80 FOOT SPACING MAXIMUM
(1) For difference in elevation of two inches or less.
(2) Flush areas where equipment or workers are within ten feet of the travel lane.
(c) 200 FOOT SPACING MAXIMUM: Where equipment or workers are more than ten feet from
travel lane. Lateral offset clearance to be four feet from the travel lane.
(1) For paved areas eight feet or greater in width that are paved flush with a standard width
travel lane.
(2) For disturbed shoulder areas not completed to typical section that are flush to the travel
lane and considered a usable shoulder.
REMOVAL OF DRUMS: Drums may be removed after shoulders are completed to typical section and
grassed. Guardrail and other safety devices shall be installed and appropriate signs advising of
conditions such as soft or low shoulder shall be posted before the drums are removed.
b. VERTICAL PANELS
1) DESGN: All vertical panels shall meet the minimum requirements of the MUTeD. All vertical
panels shall have a minimum of 270 square inches of retro-reflective area facing the traffic and
shall be mounted with the top of the reflective panel a minimum of 36" above the roadway.
2) APPLICATION: Lane encroachment by the drum on the travelway should permit a remaining lane
width of ten feet. When encroachment reduces the travelway to less than ten feet, vertical panels
shall be used to restore the travelway to ten feet or greater. No other application of vertical
panels will be permitted.
c. CONES
mhtml :file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90 I 73\My Documents\Contract Informaion \Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 34 of 44
1) DESIGN: All cones shall be a minimum of 28 inches in height regardless of application and shall
meet the requirement of the MUTCD. Reflectorization may be deleted from all cones.
2) APPLICATION: For longitudinal channelizing only, cones will be permitted for daylight closures or
minor shifts. (Drums are required for all tapers.) The use of cones for nighttime work will not be
permitted. Cones shall not be stored or allowed to be visible on the worksite during nighttime
hours.
d. BARRICADES
DESIGN: Type III barricades shall meet the minimum requirements of the MUTCD and shall be
reflectorized as required in SUQsec:tioomlSQ.QJ.(. The Contractor has the option of choosing Type
III barricades from the Qualified Products List or the Contractor may utilize generic barricades
that are approved by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). When barricades have been
specifically crash tested with signs attached, the contractor has the responsibility to attach the
signs as per the manufacturer's recommendations to ensure crashworthiness. If signs are
attached to generic barricades or to barricades from the Qualified Products List (QPL) that have
not been crash tested with signs attached then the responsibility for crashworthiness and the
liability for mounting these signs to the barricades are assumed by the Contractor and the
Contractor shall certify that the barricades are crashworthy under FHWA workzone guidelines for
NCHRP 350 crashworthy compliance. Any generic barricades used in the work shall be stamped or
stenciled to show compliance with NCHRP 350. The use of Type I and Type II barricades will not
be permitted.
1) APPLICATION: Type III barricades shall be placed as required by the plans, the Standards, and as
directed by the Engineer. All signs mounted on barricades shall be mounted to comply with the
requirements of the MUTCD and NCHRP 350 Test Level III. NCHRP 350 crashworthy compliance
may require that rigid signs be mounted separate from the Type III barricade.
When a barricade is placed so that it is subject to side impact from a vehicle, a drum shall be
placed at the side of the barricade to add target value to the barricade.
e. WARNING LIGHTS:
1) DESIGN: All warning lights shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD.
2) APPLICATION
(a) Type A low-intensity flashing lights shall be used as shown in the Plans, the Standards, and as
directed by the Engineer. Flashing lights are not required for advance warning signs in
Subsec:tiQoJSQ.Q3.H.
(b) Type C Steady-Burn lights shall be used as shown in the Plans, the Standards, and as directed
by the Engineer. Steady-burn lights are not required on drums for merging tapers that exist
into the night.
f. TEMPORARY BARRIERS
1) DESIGN: Temporary barriers shall meet the requirements of Sections 620.
2) APPLICATION: Temporary barriers shall be placed as required by the plans, standards, and as
directed by the Engineer. When Temporary barrier is located 20 feet or less from a travel lane,
yellow reflectors shall be fixed to the top of the barrier at intervals not greater than 40 feet in the
longitudinal section and 20 feet in the taper section and shall be mounted approximately two
inches above the barrier. If both lanes of a two-lane two-way roadway are within 20 feet or less
of the barrier then the reflectors shall be installed for both directions of traffic.
The reflectors shall be 100 square inches (ASTM Type VII or VIII) reflective sheeting mounted on
flat-sheet blanks. The reflectors shall be mounted approximately two inches above the top of the
barrier. The reflectors shall be attached to the barrier with adhesive or by a drilled-in anchor type
device. The reflectors shall not be attached to a post or board that is placed between the gap in
the barrier sections.
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 35 of 44
Approach end of Temporary barrier shall be flared or protected by an impact attenuator (crash
cushion) or other approved treatment in accordance with Construction Details/Standards and
Standard Specifications.
On interstate or other controlled access highways where lane shifts or crossovers cause opposing
traffic to be separated by less than 40 ft., portable barrier shall be used as a separator.
B. PORTABLE IMPACT ATTENUATORS:
1. DESCRIPTION
This work consists of the furnishing (including spare parts), installation, maintenance, relocation, reuse as
required, and removal of Portable Impact Attenuator Units/Arrays.
2. MATERIALS
Materials used in the Attenuator shall meet the requirements of Section 64a for Portable Impact
Attenuators.
3. CONSTRUCTION
Portable Impact Attenuator Unit/Arrays installation shall conform to the requirements of Sect191L~,
Manufacturer's recommendations and Georgia Standard 4960 and shall be installed at locations designated
by the Engineer, and/or as shown on the plans.
C. TEMPORARY GUARDRAIL ANCHORAGE- Type 12:
1. DESCRIPTION
This work consists of the furnishing, installation, maintenance and removal or Temporary Guardrail
Anchorage- Type 12 used for Portable Barrier or temporary guardrail end treatment.
2. MATERIALS
Materials used in the Temporary Guardrail Anchorage- Type 12 shall meet the requirements of SuI:>sec:tiQIJ
91.1.2 of the Specifications and current Georgia Standards and may be new or used. Materials salvaged
from the Project which meet the requirements of Standards may be utilized if available. The use of any
salvaged materials will require prior approval of the Engineer.
3. CONSTRUCTION
Installation of the Temporary Guardrail Anchorage- Type 12 shall conform to the requirements of the
Plans, current Georgia Standards andSubsec:tio09"l1.3 of the Specifications. Installation shall also include
sufficient additional guardrail and appurtenances to effect the transition and connection to Temporary
Concrete Barrier as required by the details in Georgia Standard 4960.
150.06 DIFFERENCES IN ELEVATION BETWEEN TRAVEL LANES AND SHOULDERS (SEE SI.lBSI;CIIQI'l
1.~Q.06,l:.i FOR PROJECTS CONSISTING PRIMARILY OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE RESURFACING ITEMS)
Any type of work such as paving, grinding, trenching, or excavation that creates a difference in elevation between
travel lanes or between the travelway and the shoulder shall not begin until the Contractor is prepared and able to
continuously place the required typical section to within two inches (2") of the existing pavement elevation. For
any areas that the two inches minimum difference in elevation cannot be accomplished the section shall be healed
as shown in Qe1;giLJ5 Q=-!;. If crushed stone materials are used to provide a healed section no separate payment
will be made for the material used to heal any section. The Contractor may submit a plan to utilize existing pay
items for crushed stone provided the plan clearly demonstrates that the materials used to heal an area will be
incorporated into the work with minimal waste. Handling and hauling of any crushed stone used to heal shall be
kept to a minimum. The Engineer shall determine if the crushed stone used to heal meets the specifications for
gradation and quality when the material is placed in the final location.
A maximum of sixty (60) calendar days shall be allowed for conditions to exist that require any section or segment
of the roadway or ramp to continue to require a healed section as described by DiOti:llL15Q:t::. Failure to meet this
requirement shall be considered as non-performance of Work under Subsec:tiOuJ5Q.Q8.
When trenching or excavation for minor roadway or shoulder widening is required, all operations at one site shall
be completed to the level of the existing pavement in the same work day.
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90 173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 36 of 44
Any channelization devices utilized in the work shall conform to the requirements of SUPsE;<;tiQnJ5Q,Q5 and to the
placement and spacing requirements in PE;taiJsJ5Q~S, 150~C, 150:0, and 15Q~E shown in this section.
Any construction activity that reduces the width of a travel lane shall require the use of a W-20 sign with the
legend "LEFT/RIGHT LANE NARROWS". Two 24" x 24" red or red/orange flags may be mounted above the W-20
sign. The W-20 sign shall be located on the side of the travelway that has been reduced in width just off the
travelway edge of pavement The W-20 sign shall be a minimum of 500 feet in advance of any channelization
devices that encroach on the surface of travelway. A portable changeable message sign may be used in lieu of
the W-20 sign.
GENERAL/TIM E. RESTRICTIONS:
A. STONE BASES, SOIL AGGREGATE BASE AND SOIL BASES
1. All Highways
Differences in elevation of more than two inches between surfaces carrying or adjacent to traffic will not be
allowed for more than a 24-hour period. A single length of excavated area that does not exceed 1000 feet
in total length may be left open as a start up area for periods not to exceed 48 hours provided the
Contractor can demonstrate the ability to continuously excavate and backfill in a proficient manner. Prior
approval of the Engineer shall be obtained before any startup area may be allowed.
2. LIMITED ACCESS HIGHWAY RAMPS (INTERSTATES):
On projects that include ramp rehabilitation work, one ramp at a time may be excavated for the entire
length of the ramp from the gore point of the ramp with the interstate mainline to the intersection with the
crossing highway. This single ramp may remain excavated with a vertical difference in elevation greater
than two (2") inches for a maximum of fourteen (14) calendar days with drums spaced at twenty (20') feet
intervals as shown in Detail 150-B and a buffer space accepted under Section 150.06.F. After fourteen (14)
calendar days the section shall be healed as required for all other highways. This area will be allowed in
addition to the 1000 feet allowed for all other highways.
B. ASPHALT BASES, BINDERS AND TOPPINGS
1. DIFFERENCES IN ELEVATION BETWEEN THE SURFACES OF ADJACENT TRAVELWAYS
Travel lanes shall be paved with a plan that minimizes any difference in elevation between adjacent travel
lanes. The following limitations will be required on all work:
a. Differences of two inches (2") or less may remain for a maximum period of fourteen (14) calendar
days.
b. Differences of greater than two inches (2") shall be permitted for continuous operations only.
EMERGENCY SITUATIONS: Inclement weather, traffic accidents, and other events beyond the control
of the Contractor may prevent the work from being completed as required above. The Contractor
shall notify the Engineer in writing stating the conditions and reasons that have prevented the
Contractor from complying with the time limitations. The Contractor shall also outline a plan detailing
immediate steps to complete the work. Failure to correct these conditions on the first calendar day
that conditions will allow corrective work shall be considered as non-performance of Work under
s..LLP~<;tjon 150~Q.8.
2. Differences in Elevation Between Asphalt Travelway and Paved Shoulders
Differences in elevation between the asphalt travelway and asphalt paved shoulders shall not be allowed
to exist beyond the maximum durations outlined below for the conditions shown in Petajls.l;iD::.S, J3JL.C,
15Q~P, and 15Q~E::
Detail 150-B conditions shall not be allowed for more than 24 hours. A single length that does not exceed
1000 feet in total length may be left open for periods not to exceed 48 hours provided the Contractor can
demonstrate the ability to continuously pave in a proficient manner. Prior approval of the Engineer shall be
obtained before any section is allowed to exceed 24 hours. Any other disturbed shoulder areas shall be
healed as in [)~t2liU5_0-E.
~talL12Q=C conditions will not be allowed for more than 48 hours.
petail J5Q~P conditions will not be allowed for more than 30 calendar days.
mhtml:file:/ /C:\Documents and Settings\sm90 173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4, 2000
Page 37 of 44
Q~t<:liI150~E conditions will not be allowed for more than 60 calendar days.
Failure to meet these requirements shall be considered as non-performance of Work under Subsection
1,50.08.
C. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
Work adjacent to a Portland Cement Concrete traveled way which involves the following types of base and
shoulders shall be accomplished according to the time restrictions outlined for each type of base or shoulder.
Traffic control devices shall be in accordance with Subsectl9JJ_150.Q:;.
1. Cement Stabilized Base
Work adjacent to the traveled way shall be healed as per Q~tail 15Q_~E: within forty-eight (48) hours after
the seven (7) calendar day curing period is complete for each section placed. During the placement and
curing period, traffic control shall be in accordance Qetqil:1:;Q~8.
2. Asphaltic Concrete Base
When an asphaltic concrete base is utilized in lieu of a cement stabilized base the asphaltic concrete base
shall be healed as per !2eJaiL150-E within forty-eight (48) hours after the placement of each section of
asphaltic concrete base. For the first forty eight hours traffic control shall be in compliance with Qs::tail
:1,50-B. .
3. Concrete Paved Shoulders
Concrete paved shoulders shall be placed within sixty (60) calendar days after the removal of each section
of existing shoulder regardless of the type of base materials being placed on the shoulders. During the
placement period, traffic control devices shall be in accordance with the appropriate detail based on the
depth of the change in elevation. Differences in elevation of more than two inches between the travel way
and the shoulder will not be allowed for more than a 24-hour period. A single length of excavated area
that does not exceed 1000 feet in total length may be left open as a start up area for periods not to exceed
48 hours provided the Contractor can demonstrate the ability to continuously excavate and backfill in a
proficient manner. Prior approval of the Engineer shall be obtained before any startup area may be
allowed. Any other disturbed shoulder areas shall be healed as in Q~tqil15Q~E::.
4. Asphaltic Concrete Shoulders
A difference in elevation that meets the requirements of QetaiLl5.Q-B shall not be allowed to exist for a
period greater than forty-eight (48) hours. After the removal of the existing shoulder the section or
segment of travelway may be healed with stone as per Detailm150:E for a maximum of fourteen (14)
calendar days. Asphaltic concrete shoulders shall be placed within two (2") inches or less of the traveled
way surface within fourteen (14) calendar days after the removal of the stone healed section or the
removal of each section of the existing shoulder. The two (2") inches or less difference in elevation shall
not remain in existence for a period that exceeds thirty (30) calendar days unless the paved shoulder is
utilized as a detour for the traveled way. During the placement period, traffic control shall be in
accordance with the appropriate detail based on the depth of the change in elevation.
The Contractor may propose an alternate plan based on SuJ:JsectioD_l50,Ofi..f. Failure to meet the above
requirements and time restrictions shall be considered as non-performance of Work under ~LLb~ectiQn
150.Q8.
D. MISCELLANEOUS ELEVATION DIFFERENTIALS FOR EXCAVATIONS ADJACENT TO THE
TRAVELWAY
Drainage structures, utility facilities, or any other work which results in a difference in elevation adjacent
to the travel way shall be planned and coordinated to be performed in such a manner to minimize the
time traffic is exposed to this condition. The excavation should be back filled to the minimum
requirements of DetailJ5Q:E as soon as practical. Stage construction such as plating or backfilling the
incomplete work may be required. The difference in elevation shall not be allowed to exist for more than
five (5) calendar days under any circumstances. Failure to correct this condition shall be considered as
non-performance of Work under Sl.lbse~tLQn151U2B.
E. CONDUIT INSTALLATION IN PAVED AND DIRT SHOULDERS
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90 1 73\My Documents\Contract Infonnaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 38 of 44
The installation of conduit and conduit systems along the shoulders of a traveled way shall be planned
and installed in a manner to minimize the length of time that traffic is exposed to a difference in
elevation condition. The following restrictions and limitations shall apply:
1. Differences in Elevation of Two (2") Inches or Less
The shoulder may remain open when workers are not present. When workers are present the shoulder
shall be closed and the channelization devices shall meet the requirements of Subsection 150.0;;. The
difference in elevation on the shoulder shall remain for a maximum period of fourteen (14) calendar days.
2. Differences in Elevation Greater Than Two (2") Inches
The shoulder shall be closed. The shoulder closure shall not exceed twenty-four (24) hours in duration
unless the Special Conditions in Subsection 150.11 modifies this restriction or the Engineer allows the work
to be considered as a continuous operation.
Failure to meet these requirements shall be considered as non-performance of Work under SUPsectioD
150,08.
F. MODIFICATIONS TO~~TAILS_l}iO-~, 150-C, 150-D AND 150-(;
The Contractor may propose any alternate temporary traffic control plan that utilizes a portion of the travel
lane as a "buffer space". This buffer space may allow for an enhanced work area that will allow for the
placement of materials to proceed at a pace that could not be achieved with the time restriction requirements
outlined in Section_150,OB.A, ls0.0B,J3, and 150.0B.(:. The Contractor may propose modified time restrictions
based on the use of the buffer space. Any proposed modifications in the time duration allowed for the
differences in elevations to exist shall be reviewed by the Engineer as a component of the overall TIC plan.
No modifications shall be made until the proposed plan is accepted by the Engineer. The Engineer shall have
no obligation to consider any proposal which results in an increase in cost to the Department.
For the travel lane described in each of the detgjls150~B, 150-(:, lsQ~O and 150-E it is presumed that the
pavement marking edgeline (yellow or white solid stripe) is located at the very edge of the travel lane
surface. A buffer space (temporary paved shoulder) that utilizes a portion of the travel lane should be six (6')
feet in width desirable but shall not be less than four (4') feet in width. Any remaining travellane(s) shall not
be less than ten (10') feet in width.
If the proposed shifting of the traffic to obtain a buffer space and maintain a minimum travel lane(s) of ten
(10') feet requires the use of any existing paved shoulders then the cost of maintenance and repair of the
existing paved shoulder(s) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for the
costs of maintenance and repairs even if the existing paved shoulder(s) is to be removed in a later stage of
the work. Existing shoulders that have rumble strips shall have the rumble strips removed before the shoulder
can be utilized as part of the travel lane. The cost of the removal of the rumble strips shall be done at no cost
to the Department even if the shoulder is to be removed in a later stage of the work.
Any modifications to the staging and time restrictions that are approved as part of the TIC plan shall be
agreed to in writing. Failure to meet these modifications shall be considered as non-performance of the Work
under SlJPSectiQnJ50.08.
G. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE RESURFACING PROJECTS
SHOULDER CONSTRUCTION INCLUDED AS A PART OF THE CONTRACT: When the placement of asphaltic
concrete materials creates a difference in elevation greater than two (2'') inches between the earth shoulder
(grassed or un-grassed) and the edge of travelway or between the earth shoulder and a paved shoulder that
is less than four (4') feet in width, the Contractor shall place and maintain drums in accordance with the
requirements of SUPsectionJ50.05AJ.g.4). When the edge of the paved surface is tapered with a 30-45
degree wedge, drums may be spaced at 2.0 times the speed limit in MPH. Drums shall remain in place and be
maintained until the difference in elevation has been eliminated by the placement of the appropriate shoulder
materials.
SHOULDER CONSTRUCTION NOT INCLUDED AS A PART OF THE CONTRACT: When the placement of
asphaltic concrete materials creates a difference in elevation greater than two (2") inches between the earth
shoulder (grassed or un-grassed) and the edge of travelway or between the earth shoulder and a paved
shoulder that is less than four (4') feet in width, the Contractor shall notify the Engineerl in writing, when the
resurfacing work including all punchlist items has been completed.
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 39 of 44
See $uQse(:tiQD J5Q,Q3.[" for the requirements for "LOW/SOFT SHOULDERS" and "SHOULDER DROP-OFF"
signage.
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract InfOlmaion\Se... 3/1912009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 40 of 44
Location of drums when Elevation Difference exceeds 4 inches, Drums spaced at 20 foot intervals, Note:
If the travel way width is reduced to less than 10 feet by the use of drums, vertical panels shall be used in
lieu of drums.
/
f
/
New Construction
I Travel Lane
... . .
..
..
ELEVATION DIFFERENCE GREATER THAN 4 INCHES
DETAIL 150-8
Drums spaced at 40 foot intervals.
Location of drums when Elevation
Difference is 2+ inches to 4 inches.
6 inches "'
New Construction
i--------------------------!--
---------------------------
.1.
Travel Lane
.. ..
.
.
ELEV A TION DIFFERENCE_2+ to 4 inc;hTI
,DETAIL_J5JkC
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4, 2000
Page 41 of 44
Drums spaced at 80 foot intervals.
Location of drums when Elevation
Difference is 2 inches or less.
4 feet ct
New Construction
~--------------------------I--
---------------------------
.1.
Travel Lane
.. ..
.
.
ELEVATION DIFFERENCE OF 2 INCHES OR LESS
DETAIL 150-D
Location of drums immediately after
completion of healed sections spaced at 40
foot intervals.
Compacted graded aggregate,
subbase material or dirt.
TOP OF DRUM TO BE LEVEL
~
2 feet ct
NO STEEPER THAN 4:1
New Construction
-------------------------1--
---------------------------
.1.
Travel Lane
.. oil
.
.
HEALED SECTION
DETAIL 150-E
150.07
FLAGGING AND PILOT CARS:
A. FLAGGERS
Flaggers shall be provided as required to handle trafficl as specified in the Plans or Special Provisionsl and as
required by the Engineer.
B. FLAGGER CERTIFICATION
All flaggers shall meet the requirements of the MUTeD and shall have received training and a certificate upon
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90 173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 42 of 44
completion of the training from one of the following organizations:
National Safety Council
Southern Safety S~es
Construction SafetI:onsultants
Ivey Consultants
American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA)
Certifications from other agencies will be accepted only if their training program has been approved by any
one of the organizations listed above.
Failure to provide certified flaggers as required above shall be reason for the Engineer suspending work
involving the flagger(s) until the Contractor provides the certified flagger(s). Flaggers shall have proof of
certification and valid identification (photo 1.D.) available any time they are performing flagger duties.
C. FlAGGER APPEARANCE AND EQUIPMENT
Flaggers shall wear high-visibility clothing in compliance with SlJPsectiQn150,Ol.A and shall use a Stop/Slow
paddle meeting the requirements of the MUTCD for controlling traffic. The Stop/Slow paddles shall have a
shaft length of seven (7) feet minimum. The Stop/Slow paddle shall be retro-reflectorized for both day and
night usage. In addition to the Stop/Slow paddle, a flagger may use a flag as an additional device to attract
attention. This flag shall meet the minimum requirements of the MUTCD. The flag shall, as a minimum, be
24" inches square and red or red/orange in color. For night work, the vest shall have reflectorized stripes
which meet the requirements of the MUTCD.
D. FLAGGER WARNING SIGNS
Signs for flagger traffic control shall be placed in advance of the flagging operation in accordance with the
MUTCD. In addition to the signs required by the MUTCD, signs at regular intervals, warning of the presence
of the flagger shall be placed beyond the point where traffic can reasonably be expected to stop under the
most severe conditions for that day's work.
E. PILOT VEHICLE REQUIREMENTS
Pilot vehicles will be required during placement of bituminous surface treatment or asphaltic concrete on two-
lane roadways unless otherwise specified. Pilot vehicles shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD.
F. PORTABLE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNALS
The Contractor may request, in writing, the substitution of portable temporary traffic control signals for
f1aggers on two-lane two-way roadways provided the temporary signals meets the requirements of the
MUTCD, SectiQOm647, and SUPsectionJ50,Q2.A.$. As a part of this request, the Contractor shall also submit
an alternate temporary traffic control plan in the event of a failure of the signals. Any alternate plan that
requires the use of flaggers shall include the use of certified flaggers. The Contractor shall obtain the
approval of the Engineer before the use of any portable temporary traffic control signals will be permitted.
150.08 ENFORCEMENT
The safe passage of pedestrians and traffic through and around the temporary traffic control zone, while
minimizing confusion and disruption to traffic flow, shall have priority over all other Contractor activities.
Continued failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of Section 150 (TRAFFIC CONTROL) will
result in non-refundable deductions of monies from the Contract as shown in this Subsection for non-performance
of Work.
Failure of the Contractor to comply with this Specification shall be reason for the Engineer suspending all other
work on the Project, except erosion control and traffic control, taking corrective action as specified in ~lJj::Jse<=-tio[l
1 Q2,-15 I and/or withholding payment of monies due to the Contractor for any work on the Project until traffic
control deficiencies are corrected. These other actions shall be in addition to the deductions for non-performance
of traffic control.
SCHEDULE OF DEDUCTIONS FOR EACH CALENDAR DAY OF DEFICIENCIES OF TRAFFIC CONTROL
INSTAllATION AND/OR MAINTENANCE
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract Infoffi1aion\Se... 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 43 of 44
ORIGINAL TOTAL CONTRACT AMOUNT
From More Than
To and Including
Daily Charge
$0
$100,000
$200
$100,000
$1,000,000
$500
$1,000,000
$5,000,000
$1 ,000
$5,000,000
$20,000,000
$1,500
$20,000,000
$40,000,000
$2,000
$40,000,000
$-------------
$3,000
150.09 MEASUREMENT
A. TRAFFIC CONTROL
When listed as a pay item in the Proposal, payment will be made at the Lump Sum price bid, which will
include all traffic control not paid for separately, and will be paid as follows:
When the first Construction Report is submitted, a payment of 25 (twenty-five) percent of the Lump Sum price
will be made. For each progress payment thereafter, the total of the Project percent complete shown on the
last pay statement plus 25 (twenty-five) percent will be paid (less previous payments), not to exceed one
hundred (100) percent.
When no payment item for Traffic Control-Lump Sum is shown in the Proposal, all of the requirements of
Section 150 and the Temporary Traffic Control Plan shall be in full force and effect. The cost of complying
with these requirements will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the overall bid submittal.
B. SIGNS
When shown as a pay item in the contract, interim special guide signs will be paid for as listed below. All
other regulatory, warning, and guide signs, as required by the Contractl will be paid for under Traffic Control
Lump Sum or included in the overall bid submitted.
1. Interim ground mounted or interim overhead special guide signs will be measured for payment by the
square foot. This payment shall be full compensation for furnishing the signs, including supports as
required, erecting, illuminating overhead signs, maintaining, removing, re-erecting, and final removal from
the Project. Payment will be made only one time regardless of the number of moves required.
2. Remove and reset existing special guide signs, ground mount or overhead, complete, in place, will be
measured for payment per each. Payment will be made only one time regardless of the number of moves
required.
3. Modify special guide signs, ground mount or overhead, will be measured for payment by the square foot.
The area measured shall include only that portion of the sign modified. Payment shall include materials,
removal from posts or supports when necessary, and remounting as required.
C. TEMPORARY BARRIER
Temporary Barrier shall be measured as specified in Section 620.
D. CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN, PORTABLE
Changeable Message Sign, Portable will be measured as specified in Sec:tion632.
E. TEMPORARY GUARDRAIL ANCHORAGE, Type 12
mhtml:file://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se'H 3/19/2009
First Use January 4,2000
Page 44 of 44
Temporary Guardrail Anchorage- Type 12 will be measured by each assembly, complete in place and accepted
according to the details shown in the plans, which shall also include the additional guardrail and
appurtenances necessary for transition and connection to Temporary Concrete Barrier. Payment shall include
all necessary materials, equipment, labor, site preparation, maintenance and removal.
F. TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION- TEMPORARY
Traffic Signal Installation- Temporary will be measured as specified in SectiQO__Q_'1:Z.
G. FLASHING BEACON ASSEMBLY
Flashing Beacon Assemblies will be measured as specified inSectiQlL~47.
H. PORTABLE IMPACT ATTENUATORS
Each Portable Impact Attenuator will be measured by the unit/array which shall include all material
components, hardware, incidentals, labor, site preparation, and maintenance, including spare parts
recommended by the manufacturer for repairing accident damage. Each unit will be measured only once
regardless of the number of locations installed, moves required, or number of repairs necessary because of
traffic damage. Upon completion of the project, the units shall be removed and retained by the Contractor.
I. PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Pavement markings will be measured as specified in Section 150.
150.10
PAYMENT:
When shown in the Schedule of Items in the Proposal, the following items will be paid for separately.
Item No. 150. Traffic Control................,....,............,....,..............,.....
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Solid Traffic Stripe _ Inch, (Color).,..
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Skip Traffic Stripe _ Inch, (Color) ....
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Solid Traffic Stripe,
Thermoplastic _ Inch, (Color) ............,........,....
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Skip Traffic Stripe,
Thermoplastic _ Inch, (Color) ..,............,........
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Pavement Arrow with
Raised Reflectors ,...." '..., ,.. '....'...... ,.. ..... ......,.........
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Raised Pavement Markers-All Types.
Item No. 150. Interim Ground Mounted Special Guide Signs .....,..
Item No. 150. Interim Overhead Special Guide Signs ..,................
Item No. 150. Remove & Reset Existing Special Guide Signs,
Ground Mount, Complete in Place ,.,..............,......
Item No. 150. Remove & Reset, Existing Special Guide Signsf
Overhead, Complete in Place ........,....,......,..........
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Portable Impact Attenuator..........,..
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Pavement Markers, Words
and Symbols ........,..,................,......"....,..............,
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Pavement Arrow (Painted) with
Raised Reflectors ".... ,..,'.'"."",."""""..""",., ... '.'"
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Workzone Law EnforcemenL,....,..
Item No. 150. Modify Special Guide Sign, Ground Mount..........,..,
Item No. 150. Modify Special Guide Sign, Overhead....................,
Item No. 620. Temporary Barrier,................,......,......................,..
Item No. 632. Changeable Message Sign, Portable ........,..........,..
Item No. 641. Temporary Guardrail Anchorage, Type 12 ,..........,
Item No. 647. Traffic Signal Installation, Temp ....,......,....,..........,
Item No. 647. Flashing Beacon Assembly, Structure Mounted ..,..
Item No. 647. Flashing Beacon Assembly, Cable Supported ........
Lump Sum
per Linear Mile
per Linear mile
per Linear Mile
per Linear Mile
per Each
per Each
per Square Foot
per Square Foot
per Each
per Each
per Each
per Square Foot
per Each
per Hour
per Square Foot
per Square Foot
per Lineal Foot
per Each
per Each
Lump Sum
per Each
per Each
mhtml:fi.le://C:\Documents and Settings\sm90 173\My Documents\Contract Informaion\Se... 3/19/2009
REVISED MARCH 19. 2004
~
~
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
WATER SYSTEM PROJECT. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
WATER MAIN
ITEMS W-IA through W-3T - All piping line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall
include costs for piping and installation, trench excavation, trench box, dewatering, asphalt
cutting, normal joints and gaskets, normal backfill, pressure and leakage testing, pipe
sterilization, bacteriological testing, and flushing. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM W4 - Jack and bore line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs
for casing piping, carrier piping, and installation, blasting, asphalt cutting, restrained joints
and gaskets, end seals, and normal backfill No additional payment shall be made for these
items.
ITEM W-5 - Select backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the
backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. The volume of
material included shall be the actual measured "in-place" volume. The maximum trench
width used to calculate the volume will be 7 feet. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM W.6 - Miscellaneous pipe fittings and connections shall be measured in pounds and
include costs for all fittings and installation including normal joints and gaskets, mechanical
joint restraint, etc., regardless of material. No additional payment shall be made for these
items.
ITEM W-7 - Transition couplings shall be measured individually (each) and shall include
costs for couplings, soil surface preparation, connection to water main, excavation,
asphalt! concrete cutting, installation, normal backfill, and testing. No additional payment
shall be made for these items.
ITEM W-8 - Fire hydrants shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for
hydrants, soil surface preparation, connection to water main, all associated valves a..Tld
fittings, concrete pad (if required), excavation, asphalt/ concrete cutting, installation, normal
backfilt and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEMS W-9A through W-12 - All valve line items shall be measured individually (each) and
shall include costs for valves, valve boxes/vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation,
dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting, all associated fittings, installation, normal backfill,
and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
Engineering Department
Morgan Road Improvements
Page 1 of 4
REVISED MARCH 19.2004
ITEM W-13 - Tapping sleeve and valves shall be measured individually (each) and shall
include costs for sleeve, valve, associated hardware, valve boxes, temporary
plugging/ draining of pipeline, excavation, dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting,
installation, normal backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these
items.
ITEM W-14 - Check valves and vaults shall be measmed individually (each) and shall
include costs for valves, valve boxes/vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation,
dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting, all associated pipe and fittings, installation, normal
backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM W-15 through W-16 - Long and short side water service connections shall be
measured individually (each) and shall include costs for piping, water meter connection,
dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting (including service markings), installation, normal
backfill, and property restoration. This line item shall include the cost of reconnection of any
existing services, if required. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM W-17 - Polyethylene pipe wrap shall be measured in linear feet and shall include
costs for pipe wrap materials and installation. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM W-18 - Tie-ins to existing lines shall be measured individually (each) and shall
include costs for piping, dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting, installation, normal backfill,
and property restoration. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM W-19 - All cut-in gate valves shall be measured individually (each) and shall include
costs for valves, valve boxes/vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation, dewatering,
asphalt/ concrete cutting, all associated fittings, installation, normal backfill, and testing. No
additional payment shall be made for this item.
ITEM W-20 - Cut and plug existing water line shall be measured individually and shall
include all costs associated with cutting into an existing line and plugging it as detailed in
the plans and specifications. No additional payment shall be made for this item.
ITEM W-21 - Miscellaneous concrete shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include
costs for concrete, installation, excavation, dewatering, soil stabilization, pipe stabilization,
asphalt cutting, and normal backfill. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
PAVEMENT STRUCTURES
ITEM P.I - Asphalt overlay shall be measured in square yards and shaU include costs for
asphalt materials and installation, temporary striping and permanent striping (replaced in
kind), and markers (both temporary and permanent). No additional payment shall be made
for these items.
ITEM P-2 - Aggregate base (10 ~Y' thick) and asphalt patch (21//' thick) shall be measured in
square yards and shall include costs for all aggregates (regardless of type), 2 Vi" graded
aggregate base removal and disposal, bituminous tack coat, asphalt, installation.. excavation,
striping (both temporary and permanent), and markers (both temporary and permanent).
The square yardage calculation shaLl be based upon a standard width of seven (7) feet for
payment purposes. No additional payment shall be made for these items, Engineering Department
Morgan Road Improvements
Page 2 of4
REVISED MARCH 19, 2004
ITEM P-3 - Asphalt pavement leveling shall be measured in tons and shall include costs for
all asphalt (regardless of type) used to create a level road surface prior to asphalt overlay as
authorized by the project representative. The payment shall be based upon confirmed
delivery tickets. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM P-4 - Milling shall be measured in square yards and shall include all materials, labort
equipment, and material removal and disposal costs, No additional payment shall be made
for these items.
ITEMS P-5 through P-6 - Concrete sidewalk and driveways shall be measured in square
yards and shall include costs for existing sidewalk removal and disposal 3000 psi concrete,
installationt site preparation, forrnwork, and finishing. Existing concrete shall be removed to
the nearest joint as directed by the project representative. No additional payment shall be
made for these items.
ITEM P-7 - Asphalt driveway replacement shall be measured in square yards and shall
include costs for existing asphalt removal and disposalt asphalt, installation, site '
preparation. Existing asphalt shall be removed to the nearest joint as directed by the project
representative. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM P-8 - Curb and/ or gutter placement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include
costs for existing curb and/ or gutter removal and disposal, concrete, installation, site
preparation, formwork, and finishing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM P-9 - Curb and gutter removal and replacement shall be measured in linear feet and
shall include costs for removal and disposal of existing concrete curb and gutter, concrete,
installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. No additional payment shall be
made for these items.
MISCELLANEOUS
ITEM M-l- Plowable fill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for all
materials, labor, equipment, and excess materials. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM M-2 - Rock excavation shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for
blasting, labor, equipment, and material removal and disposaL No additional payment shall
be made for these items.
ITEM M-3 - Formdation backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs' for
the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. Quantities
shall be verified by trench volume calculation. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM M-4 - Clearing and grubbing shall be measured in acres and shall include costs for
vegetation rernovat stockpiling, disposal and any required permitting. No additional
payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM M-5 - Fence removal and replacement shall be measured in linear feet and shall
include all costs associated \-vith removal and replacement of the existing fence with new
Engineering Department
Morgan Road Improvements
Page J of 4
REVISED MARCH 1S, 2004
materials of like quality as necessary for water line installation. No additional payment
shall be made for these items.
LUMP SUM CONSTRUCTION
ITEM LS-l - Lump sum construction includes, but is not limited to, the items described in
the bid schedule. No separate or additional payment shall be made for these items.
Page 4 of 4
Engineering Department
Morgan Road Improvements
~
~
SECTION 14A
W A TERDISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
BASIS FOR DESIGN:
Design shall conform to the requirements as set forth in "Minimum Standards for Public
Water" (latest version) as published by the Georgia Environmental Protection Division
(www.dnr.state.ga.us/dnr). A Professional Engineer registered in the State of Georgia
must prepare the plans and specifications.
There shall be no physical connection between a potable water supply and a questionable
water supply which would allo'w unsafe (contaminated) water to enter the potable water
system by direct pressure, vacuum, gravity or any other means.
Hydraulic designs shall be based upon pressure data applicable to the portion of the
service area, which will serve the proposed facility. Air release valves in vaults shall be
provided at all high points in the water main as required by the Utilities Director.
All water distribution systems shall be looped to the greatest extent .possible. Water
mains shall have a minimum nominal inside diameter of 8 inches. 6-inch mains will be
allowed in single-family residential subdivisions where the system is looped. Water
maillS having an inside diameter of less than 6 inches will not normally be considered.
During construction when deviations from approved plans are desired, the Augusta
Utilities Department's Inspector shall be notified. Revised plans shall be submitted as
soon as possible to the Augusta Utilities Department for approval. Minor changes not
affecting capacities, flows or operation may be allowed in the field during construction
by the Utilities Department's Inspector. The Inspector shall have fInal authority as to
what constitutes a minor or major change. An approved set of Record Drawings clearly
showing any changes shall be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department Inspector at
the completion of the work and prior to sign-off of the final plat
The Contractor/Developer is responsible for verifying the exact location, size and
material of any existing water facility proposed for connection or use by the project.
All phases of construction must be completed in accorqance with the Erosion and
Sedimentation Act 12-7-1 et seq., and no water main must be installed on or in close
proximity of an abandoned landfill site or any site used for waste disposal.
All work that occurs in the public right-of-way shall comply with the Augusta-Richmond
County Planning Commission "Development Documents" (latest version) and Public
Works Department's Right-of-Way Encroachment Guidelines (latest version). Any field
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14" 1
.
changes that occur in the public right-of-way and are not specifically related to water or
sewer items shall be coordinated with the Public Works Department
DESIGN STANDARDS FOR WATER MAINS:
14.1 COVER
14.1.1 Standard depth of cover is 4 feet below existing and proposed road surface (and
areas designed for normal traffic loading) unless otherwise approved by the
Augusta Utilities Department.
14.1.2 Minimum cover to [mished grade over water mains shall be 36 inches. Minimum
cover under ditch bottoms shall be 24 inches. These must be approved by the
Augusta Utilities Department on a case-by-case basis.
14.2HORIZONTAL SEPARATION
14.2.1 Ten (10) feet to any existing or proposed sanitary sewer/force main, storm sewer
or sewer manhole (less than 10 feet requires pipe material to be Ductile Iron Pipe
(DlP) for both Water Main and SewerlForce Main).
14.2.2, Fifteen (15) feet to buildings, top of bank of lakes/streams/creeks, other structures
(10 feet absolute minimum - only when unavoidable, and pipe material is
required to be DIP).
14.2.3 Ten (10) feet minimum separation to gas mains.
14.2.4 Ten (10) feet minimum to underground electric cable.
14,2.5 Current Georgia EPD separation requirements.
14.2.6 All separation distances above are edge to edge.
14.3 VERTICALSEPARATIQN
14.3.1 Water main shall cross over other pipes.
14.3.2 Eighteen (18) inch minimum separation (edge to edge) between all pipes and
cables shall be maintained (6 inch absolute minimum separation with DIP) when
conforming to Georgia EPD separation requirements.
14.3.3 When water mains cross under sewers, additional measures shall be taken. At
least 18 inches of separation between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the
Augusta Utilities OeDar1ment
September 2000 '
Design Standards & Cor,slructiDn Specifications
14-2
.
water main shall be provided. Adequate structural support for the sewer to
prevent deflectlon or settling on the water main. The joint of water pipe shall be
centered at the crossing, Encasement of the water pipe in concrete shall also be
considered.
14.4 LAYOUT
14.4.1 Nonnallocation of proposed water lines is on the north side of east-west streets,
and the east side of north-south streets.
14.4.2 For existing County roads, the proposed water line will generally be located five
(5) feet inside the right-of-way. For existing State roads, the proposed water line
must be located five (5) feet inside the right-of-way. Unusual circumstances may
warrant deviation. The location of the water line will be determined, also, by the
location of the existing Jines to be tied into at the beginning and end of the
project
14.4.3 For subdivisions, the proposed water line shall be located four' (4) feet from the
back of the curb. Where ditches are present beside the curb, refer to. the Right-of-
Way Encroachment Guidelines '(latest version) published by the Public Works
Department.
14.4.4 Wherever possible, avoid laying water line on the same side of the road as the gas
lines.
14.4.5 Water service lines for residential development shall be located at the center of
lot.
14.4.6 Dead ends shall be minimized by making ,appropriate tie-ins whenever practical.
Permanent dead ends will not be accepted unless unavoidable. Dead ends shall be
equipped with a fire hydrant If, under special circumstances, where water lines
smaller than six (6) inches in diameter are accepted, an approved blowoff shall be
required for flushing purposes. A minimum of two 22-1/2-degree bends shall be
required on 6" and larger water lines in cul-de-sacs arid shall be shown as such on
plans,
14.4.7 AIl water mains shall be placed in right-of-way areas or dedicated easements. All
easements shall allow adequate area to construct and maintain the water line and
appurtenances involved. Permanent easements shall be a minimum of 15 feet
wide with line installed iri center of easement. Permanent easements shall be
provided as needed to serve adjacent property, even if the water line is not
installed at that time. If the line has not been installed to future serve adjacent
property, a larger easement than the minimum may be required to construct future
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-3
~
~
line. Easement agreements shall be specific to state that no permanent structures
may be constructed within the limits of permanent easements.
14.5 WATER MAIN MATERIAL
Water mains shall be either ductile iron pipe (DIP), polyvinyl chloride (pye), or
galvanized pipe as outlined below. Any pipe, solder and flux used during installation of
the water lines and services must be "lead-free" with not more than 8% lead in pipe and
fittings, and not more than 0.2% lead in solders and flux.
DIP shall be centrifugally cast and shall conform to A \VW A C1501 ANSI A21.50 (latest
version) for design and AWWA C151/ANSI A2L5l (latest version) for manufacture.
PVC pipe 6 inch to 12 inch diameter shall conform to A WW A C900 (latest version).
PVC pipe 14 inch to 36 inch diameter shall conform to A WW A C905 (latest version).
For water mains 6" tlrrough 16", DIP Pressure Class 350 shall be allowed. For water
mains 18" through 24", DIP Pressure Class 300 shall be allowed. PYC C900 (most
current date), Class 200, SDR-14 with cast iron equivalent OD.s, gasket bell end with
elastomeric gaskets shall be allowed for water mains 6" through 10" (solvent weld joints
are not permitted). Galvanized pipe shall be seamless, American made, Schedule 80 and
shall conform with the ASTM Specifications. Flanged DIP shall bave thIeaded ductile
iron flanges and shall conform to the requirements of A WW A Cl15 (latest version). All
flanges shall be Ductile Iron Class 150, ANSI B 16.5 (latest version). Flanges shall be flat,
faced and all joints shall use 1/8 inch black neoprene full-faced gaskets.
Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall bave bituminous coatin'g outside and shall be cement
lined in accordance with AWWA C104/ANSI A21.4 (latest version). DIP shall have
1/16" cement mortar lining with rubber gasket push-on joints or mechanical joints.
Mechanical joint glands shaH be ductile iron. Tee bolts and nuts shall be Cor-Ten steel.
Rubber gasket joints shall conform to A WW A CI11/ANSI A21.l1 (latest version), and
shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer with the pipe. A non-toxic vegetable soap
lubricant shall be supplied with the pipe in sufficient quantities for installing the pipe.
The lubricant shall be approved by NSF fOf use with potable water mains.
Pipe classes designated previously in this standard are minimum allowed. Actual pipe
class shall be determined based upon the installation and the use intended. Pipe shall be
appropriately labeled on the drawings. All pye pipe for potable water service shall bear
the approved stamp of the National Sanitation Foundation. Copper wire (12 gauge, bare
single strand) shall be attached along the top of all buried pve' water lines, wrapped
around service corporations and stubbed up into all valves boxes for locating purposes.
14.5.1 DIP shall be required in the following circumstances:
14.5.1.1
Within 10 feet of sanitary and stofm pipes.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-4
.
14.5.1.2
Within 15 feet of structures (near side of concrete footing), or top of bank
of lakes/streams/creeks.
14.5.1.3
Crossings over or under sewers, gas and storm pipes with less than 18
inches separation, with no joint allowed within 10 feet of crossing.
14.5.1.4
Beneath all paved areas, excluding driveways or sidewalks.
14.5.1.5
Within project boundaries of subdivisions with private roads where the
Utilities Department will take over the line for operations and
maintenance.
14.5.1.6
Along all state right-of-ways.
14.5.2 The Utilities Director may mandate DIP in any instances of off-site or on-site
construction where future abuse to the line is possible due to location or
, circumstances.
14.5.3 Restrained Joints shal1be DIP as follows:
For 12-inch and Smaller - Restrained joint shall be U.S.' Pipe Field'Lok. American
Ductile Iron Pipe Lok-Fast, BBAA Iron Mega-Lug, or an equivalent product.
For 14-inch Diameter and Larger - Restrained joint shall be U.S. Pipe TR Flex,
American Ductile Iron Pipe Lok-Ring, or equivalent product.
If inserting in older cast iron pipe, the restrained joint shall be as approved by the
Augusta Utilities Department
Retainer GlandsfMega-Lug shall not be considered a fitting.
The restraint method shall be suitable for the pipe size thickness and test pressure as
required for the specified design case, The plans shall indicate the restrained length of
pipe each side of the fittings.
14.5.4 Jack and Bore Installations:
Casing pipe used with jack and bore shall be in accordance with requirements of
the Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) or railway specifications and
Section 14C Excavation & Backfilling of these specifications. Carrier pipe shall
be restrained joint DIP as outlined in paragraph 14,5,3.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-5
~
~
Directional Bore Installations: Directional bores will be considered as a viable
alternative to jack and bore installation under Augusta-Richmond County
roadways. The Utilities Director will review each case for materials and
construction methods.
14.5.5 Mains may be tapped as long as the tapping line is smaller than the tapped line
unless otherwise approved by the Augusta Utili tie's Department. See Section 14.9
for service tap requirements. Equal size line connections approved by the
Augusta Utilities Department shall require that a tee be cut into the main where
possible. Tees are also required at locations dictated by the Utilities Director.
Tapped connections in pipe and fittings shall be made in such a manner as to
provide a watertight joint and adequate strength against pull-out.
Tapping Sleeves and Valve shall be' ductile iron, mechanical joint Tapping
sleeves and valves are required for all taps 4 inches and greater. Taps less than 4
inches shall be provided with a . service saddle meeting the requirements of
Section 14.9. Valves shall be provided on all taps. Tapping sleeves shall be a
minimum of 6 feet from pipe joints.
14.5.6 Schedule 40 PVC shall only be used as sleeves for the installation of service line
tubing under all pavement areas. Use ih the water distribution system or other
areas are not acceptable.
14.5.7 Unspecified transitions from DIP to PVC are not allowed. Material fortransition
shall be indicated and specified and must be approved by the Augusta Utilities,
Department.
14.5. 8 All construction material shall be first quality, not previously used. Repair
clamps are not acceptable. Damaged or faulty pipe and materials inust be
properly replaced. All gaskets shall be new. When connecting to existing valves
or fittings, gaskets shall be replaced, not reused;
14.5.9 The Engineer shall provide a complete set of shop drawings, which shall indicate
the Augusta Utilities Department's specific material requirements. In general,
material requirements will be guided by the Latest versions of the specifications of
A WW A, ANSI, ASTM, and NSF.
14.6 WATER MAIN SIZE
The minimum size of water main shall be 6 inches unless otherwise approved by the
Utilities Director. However, a professional engineer shall justify the size of the pipes
with a hydraulic network analysis,
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
14-6
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
~
~
The new water main shall have the ability to meet maximum daily demands plus fire flow
requirements as mandated by Georgia EPD "Minimum Standards for Public Water
Systems" (latest version) and the Augusta Fire Marshal. The residual design pressure
under all conditions shall not be less than 20 psi.
14.7 VALVES, FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES
Valving of all water distribution systems shall be designed to facilitate the isolation of
each section of pipeline between intersections of the network. Generally, the number of
valves at an intersection' shall be one less than the number of pipes forming the
intersection. Gate valves, 4 inches to 12 inches, shall be the resilient seat type
conforming to A WW A C509 (latest version). Valves ~arger than 12 inches shall be gear
operated butterfly valves, conforming to A WW A C504 (latest version). Wafer valves
shall not be accepted. Valves shall generally be installed at intervals of not more than
2,000 LF on transmission mains and on all primary branches connected to these mains.
Where possible, a valve shall be installed next to a fire hydrant for locating purposes. In
high density areas (25 dwelling units), valves shall be installed as necessary to minimize
the number of persons affected by a water main break.
The Utilities Director shall determine which mains are distribution or transmission.
Valves shall OPEN LEFT if installed south of Gordon Highway (SR 10), or OPEN
RIGHT if installed north of Gordon High';"ay. Valves shall be provided with valve stem
extensions'to within 6 inches of ground surface, where centerline. of pipe to grade is
greater than 4 feet.
Valve boxes shall be M&H E-2702, Mueller HI0364 or approved equal. Each valve box
shall be slip-type to adjust for a minimum cover of 36" bury. The flanged base of the
valve box shall be at least six (6) inches above,the pipe so not to stress water lines 4" and
smaller. Extension pieces will be required for additional depth over valves. Extensions
shall be M&H E-3120 or Mueller H-I0375. Covers shall have "WATER" cast on top.
All valves, bends, tees, crosses and dead ends shall be restrained by a mechanical
restraint systems as outlined in Paragraph 14.5.3., or by use of a concrete thrust block in
those instances that warrant such an installation. Thrust blocks shall be pouted-in-place
concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi after 28 days of cure time.
Calculations for restrained joints shall be provided by the design engineer. Soil bearing
value shall be 2,000 psf maximum. Lower values shall be used when soil is poor quality.
All materials, fittings and appurtenances intended for use in pressure pipe systems shall
be designed and constructed for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi unless the
specific application dictates a higher working pressure requirement.
Standard pressure pipe fittings of size four (4) inch ill and larger shall be ductile iron
conforming to AWYVA C153 (latest version), with mechanical joints unless flanged or
Augusta Utilities Depar1ment
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specilications
14-7
.
restrained joints are required. Gray cast-iron fittings are not allowed. Ductile iron
fittings shall be cement lined in accordance with A WW A CI04 (latest version).
Mechanical joint' fittings, 24 inches and smaller shall be rated for 350 psi working
pressure. F1anged joint fittings 24 inches and smaller shall be rated for 250 psi working
pressure. All fittings 30 inches and larger shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure. For
sizes less than four (4) inch ro, fittings shall be suitable to the pip~ material and
application. Glands for mechanical joint fittings shall be ductile iron, and tee bolts and
nuts shall be Cor-Ten steel. Only bolt systems furnished by the manufacturer for
mechanical joints are acceptable; nuts and bolts shall be new, not reused. Pipe gaskets
shall be new as supplied by the pipe manufacturer. All flanges shall be ductile iron Class
150, ANSI B16.5. All flanges shall be flat faced. Full face, 1/8 inch black neoprene
gaskets shall be used on all flanged joints. All joints shall conform to A WW A C 111
(latest version). Bolts, nuts and washers for flanges shall be hot dip galvanized, except T-
bolts shall be Cor-Ten steel.
List of Specifications:
ANSI/A WW A C151/A21.51-96 4-FEB-1996 or latest version
American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water
ANSI/A WW A C150/A21.50-96 1996 orlatest version
American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe
ANSI/A WW A C115IA21.15-94 1994 or latest version
American National Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Threaded Flanges
ANSVA WW A Cl11/A21.11-95 1995 or latest version
American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron pressure Pipe and
Fittings
ANSVAWWA C153-98 1998 or latest version
American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in. trJough 48 in.
(75 rum through 1200 nun), for Water and Other Liquids
ANSIJAWWA CI04/A21.4-95 1995 or latest version
American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings
for Water
14.8 FIRE HYDRANTS
Fire hydrants shall be provided in all water mains, transmission and distribution systems.
Accepted models are Mueller #A-24018, M&H Figure 29T AV.,rWA Compression Type-
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-8
.
Dry Top-Traffic Model 150 psi working pressure, 300 psi testing pressure. Kennedy K-
810 will also be accepted. All fire hydrants shall be ordered safety yellow body with
white bonnet and caps. Fire hydrants shall be spaced such that the radius of protection
will not be more than 500 feet. In certain areas, closer spacing may be required by the
Fire Marshal.
Each hydrant shall be left turn opening and capable of delivering a flow of at least 500
gallons per minute with a residual design pressure of not less than 2.0 psi, or a higher flow
as required by the Fire Marshal. Multiple fire hydrants with looped mains and/or larger
main sizes may be required to provide water for higher flow demand. Flow tests shall be
performed to verify the specified fire flow demand.
Fire hydrants shall be of the dry barrel break-away type conforming to A WW A C502
(latest version), with two 2. Yz inches threaded hose nozzles and one 4 Yz inch threaqed
pumper nozzle. Hose and pumper nozzle threading shall be national standard. Show
connection shall be 6-inch mechanical joint. The center line of the nozzles shall be 18
inches above the finish grade. Hydrants shall have a 5 v.i inch interior valve opening and
be restrained from hydrant to tee at the main. At the discretion of the Utilities Director,
additional protection for fire hydrants shall be provided including but not limited to
concrete filled ductile iron traffic posts. ,
Fire hydrant branches (from main to hydrant) shall be a minimum of 6 inches ID. Each
branch shall be provided with a resilient seat gate valve located as close as possible to the
main. Hydrants shall be located at or near road right-of-way lines with pumper nozzle
pointing toward the road. A clear zone around all fue hydrants shall be adhered to,
consisting ofa 5 foot radius around the hydrant and 7 feet above the top of the hydrant
Maintain 15 feet minimum from hydrant to all structures. Placement of landscaping,
fencing, etc. shall be considered in order to meet this clear zone requirement.
List of Specifications:
ANSIIA WW A C500-93 1993 or latest version
Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (includes addendum CSOOa-95
ANSIIA WW A C502-94 1994 or latest version
Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants (includes addendum C502a-95)
ANSII A WW A CS03-97 1997 or latest version
Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants
ANSIIAWWA C504-94 1994 or latest version
Rubber-Sealed Butterfly Valves
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14.9
.
ANSlJA WW A C507-99 I-DEC-1999 or latest version
Ball Valves 6 in. through 48 in. (150 rnm through 1200 mm)
ANSlJ A WW A C508-93 1993 or latest version
Swing-ChecK Valves for VI aterworks Service, 2 in. (50mm) Through 24 in. (600mm)
NPS (includes addendum C508a-93
ANSlJA WW A C509-94 1994 or latest version
Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water-Supply Service (includes addendum C509a-95)
ANSI/A WW A C550-90 1990 or latest version
Protective Epoxy Interior Coating for Valves and Hydrants
14.9 WATER SERVICE LINES AND TAPS
Tapping sleeves and tapping crosses shall be of a heavy body ductile iron, mechanical
joiI!t suitable for a working pressure of 150 psi for sleeves and crosses larger than 14-inch
(200 psi for' sleeves and crosses equal to or less than 14-inch), as approved by the
Augusta Utilities Department.
No direct service taps shall be allowed. All service line taps shall be supplied with
cOlJmration stops. Service line tubing shall be rolled of soft continuous and seamless
copper Type K conforming to A WW A C800 and ASTMB-88 (latest version).
Corporation Stops and Main Connectors:
%" FB600 - 3 Ford or Equal
1" FB600 - 4 Ford or Equal
Taper Thread Inlet by Flare Copper Outlet
Eighth Bends:
3;.!" LA02 - 33 Flare 1/8 Bend
34" LA04 - 33 Compression 1/8 Bend
1" LA02 - 44 Flare 1/8 Bend
1" LA04 - 44 Compression 1/8 Bend
Minimum size for residential use shall be one (1) inch. The service line shall be laid in a
straight line and be of a continuous piece of pipe from corporation to curb cock. The
curb cock shall be located 6 inches behind and 8 inches below the top of new curb or
edge of asphalt. Where service connects to DIP or any pressure-rated pipe, service
saddles must be used. Brass double strap tapping saddles shall be used. U-bolt type
straps are not acceptable. All water service taps on the main shall be spaced at a
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-10
~
~
minimum distance of 18 inches apart and a minimum of 18 inches from a bell or fitting.
If two or more taps are required at a minimum spacing, they shall be offset 450
alternatively. Services greater than one (1) inch shall be seamless galvanized. 2"
services shall have two 2" 90-degree galvanized elbows per Augusta Utilities' 2 Inch
Water Service detail.
Services shall not exceed over 100 feet from the main to the meter. Where possible,
meter shall be placed in unpaved area as close to the water main as possible.
14.10 METER INST ALLA TION
The ContractortDeveloper shall furnish and install an approved meter box at the
termination point of all water services, and maintain until such time as a meter is
installed. Meters will be installed by Augusta Utilities Department at the time services is
required at the stub-out. Each unit within a residential building (i.e., duplex, triplex, etc.)
shall have a separate meter, unless prior approval is received by the Utilities Director.
The proper si~ing of s'ervice lines is the responsibility of the design engineer. Meters will
be available in the following sizes only: 5/8 x 3/4, 1, 1 Y2, 2,3, 4-inch, and larger standard
sizes as ne.cessary. Meter boxes for 1 Y2 inch and smaller meters are standard. 2-inch and
larger shall be installed in a meter vault. The Augusta Utilities Department reserves the
right to request historical data for meter sizing.
Meter boxes shall be Rome type, 10" x 19" x 10" cast iron box and lid. The top shall
have cast ribs on the bottom side with four (4) legs to prevent sliding movement. The
box shall have a minimum weight of 37 lbs., for meters 1 Yz inch or smaller. Meter and
curb stop shall be fully encased by the meter box. Meter vaults (for meters 2 inch and
larger) shall be fabricated of masonry block or pre-cast reinforced concrete usfng 3,000
psi concrete and #4 rebar. The access hatch shall be made of heavy duty aluminum, and
shall be hinged and lockable. The hatch shall be large enough for removal of the meter
but no smaller than 48" x 36". Wall dimensions shall allow 2 feet of working clearance.
Vault floors shall be no less than 4 inches thick with 3,000 psi concrete and #4 rebar,
with the meter located no less than 18 inches off the floor.
The Augusta Utilities Department assumes no responsibility for undersized meters and
problems associated with it. All meters will be provided and installed by the Augusta
Utilities Department. The meters remain the property of the Augusta Utilities
Department.
Meters should generally be placed 18 inches inside the adjacent utility easement that
parallels the right-of-way. Where sidewalk, two feet of clearance is required between the
customer's side of the sidewalk edge and the meter box. In developments where the
property line is not clearly defined (e,g., condominiums) the meter should be placed for
ready access as approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. Meter and control valves
shall be accessible and unobstructed for 4 feet in all directions. This shall include but not
Augusta Utifities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-11
.
be limited to transformers, telephone junction boxes, walls, trees, etc, Meters shall not be
placed in areas that can be fenced, such as backyard. ' Meter boxes shall not be placed in
any asphalt or concrete surfaced areas (sidewalks, driveways. curbs, etc.) unless approved
in writing by Augusta Utilities. For shopping centers, the developer's engineer should
give special consideration to meter layout so as to satisfy these requirements. When no
alternative is available but to locate in asphalt, the top of box shall be flush with the
asphalt 'surface. Meters shall not be located in, low areas that normally receive storm
water. The box shall also be located outside of parking stalls. The box: and lid should be
traffic bearing, but located outside of a commonly trafficked area.
14.11 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES
Backflow prevention devices shall be provided, as required by the Utilities Director and
as set forth in these Standards. All irrigation systems, water services and fire lines for
industrial/office/commercial, schools, mobile home parks, multi-family residences and
, any other locations as determined by the Utilities Director shall reqillre suitable backflow
prevention assemblies on the customer side of service lines (domestic, irrigation, and
fire). Backflow devices shall be tested by a certified person and the results frirnished to
the Augusta Utilities Department prior to. any water use. Residential development shall
install a "Dual Check" Backflow Device on the customer's side of service line at the
point of tie-in to the water meter. The plumber or builder tying service into the set meter
will submit the test results for the backflow prevention device to the Augusta Utilities
Department's Inspector prior to acceptance and any water use.
Backflow prevention device assemblies shall be the latest approved product of a
manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of this type equipment All assemblies
shall be as approved by the America Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE), The
American National Standards Institute (ANSI), The American Water Works Association
(A WW A), Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research of the
University of Southern California, and the Georgia State Plumbing Code.
Type and size of assemblies shall be indicated on the drawings.
Backflow prevention device ownership and maintenance responsibilities shall be as set
forth in the appropriate ordinances. The Owner shall document yearly that the backflow
prevention device has been tested annually by a qualified technician. A copy of the
technician's certification must be attached to the test results and submitted to the Augusta
Utilities Director. Engineer must comply with the Augusta Utilities Department Policies
and Procedures for Backflow Prevention by Containment (latest version). A copy of this
manual is available upon request.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-12
.'
III
,..
List of Specifications:
ANSIIAWWA C51O-97 1997 or latest version
Double Check Valve Backflow-Prevention Assembly
ANSVAWW A C5l1-97 1997 or latest version
Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow-Prevention Assembly
14.12 SYSTEM PRESSURES
The design engineer shall not assume a pressure greater than 35 psi at the meter of
detector check valve without confirmation from the Augusta Utilities Department The
design engineer, if possible, should field verify the available pressures prior to finalizing
their design. The Augusta Utilities Department does not guarantee or warrant any
pressure or flow above what the system can furnish. Augusta Utilities reserves the right
to limit water usage for irrigation in the event of drought, or requirement .by the Georgia
EPD. .
14.13 FIRE LINES
All fue lines shall have a detector check valve with a 5/8 inch by-pass meter (to detect
low flows) within the right-of-way or dedicated easement. No exceptions to the by-pass
meter requirement shall be made regardless of sprinkler system type, configuration, etc.
CONSTRUCTION:
14.14 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMINSTALLATION
Authorization must be obtained from the Augusta Utilities Department to construct, alter
or modify a water line. Construction of water infrastructure will be authorized by the
Utilities Department upon approval of submitted plans and notification of the Augusta
Utilities Department at least 24 hours prior to starting construction (706-772-5503).
Where water lines will encroach public right-of-way, a Right-of-Way Encroachment
Permit approved by the Public Works Department is required prior to construction. A
Right-of-Way Encroachment Permit application is available through the Public Works
Department (706-821-1706).
Installation of water mains and associated appurtenances shall be in accordance with
current A mv A specifications and manufacturer's requirements for the specific product
Loading or unloading and storage of pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be done such that to
avoid damage. The interior of all pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be kept free of dirt and
foreign matter at all times. All piping shall be placed in a dry trench with a stable
Augusta Utirities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-13
.
bottom. Wet trench installation shall be allowed only upon written approval of the
Utilities Director.
Mechanical restraint systems shaU be required at each fitting involving a change of
direction and as specified in the approved plans. Concrete thrust blocks will be allowed
in lieu of mechanical restraint systems.
Backf1ll shall be free of boulders and debris, and shall comform to Georgia Department
of Transportation Specifications. Sharp or rocky material encountered in the base shall
be replaced with proper bedding. Pipe shall be laid on line and grade as designed. Pipe
joints, gravity blocks, service connections, and conflicts shall be left exposed until
visually inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector.
Fire hydrants shall be installed true and plumb with the center of the pumper nozzle
facing toward the road. Hydrants shall not be placed in the sidewalk. The engineer will
be responsible for moving hydrants placed in sidewalks.
All valves shall be placed according to plans. Valve stems shall be installed plumb.
Valve stem extensions are required as described in Section 14.7. Air relief valves shall
be installed at all high points in the water main where air can collect, as shown on the
plans or as directed by Augusta Utilities. .
List of Specifications:
ANSJJ A WW A C600-93 1993 or latest version
Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances
ANSII A WW A C605-94 30-J AN-1994 or latest version
Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVe) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for
Water
ANSIIAWW A C512-92 1992 or latest version
Air Release, AirNacuum and Combination Air Valves for Water Works Service
14.14.1 Handling and Storing of Materials: Unload pipe so as to avoid
deformation or other injury thereto. Place no pipe within pipe oLa larger size.
Store pipe and fittings on sills above storm drainage level and deliver for laying
after the trench is excavated. Valves shall be drained and so stored as to protect
them from freezing.
14.14.2 Pipe Laying (General): The interior of the pipe shall be clean and joint
surfaces wiped clean and dry when the pipe is lowered into trench. Lower each
pipe, fitting and valve into the trench carefully and lay true to line and without
objectionable breaks in grade, The depth of cover below finished grade shall be
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14.14
~
~
not less than 3 feet, or as shown on the drawings. Give all pipes a uniform
bearing on the trench bottom. Allow no trench water or dirt to enter the pipe after
laying. Insert a watertight plug in the open end of the piping when pipe laying is
not in progress.
14.14.3 Boring and Jacking: Where required by the drawings, the water line will
be installed in a steel casing, placed by boring and jacking. Where boring is
required under highways or cityfcounty roads, the materials and workmanship
will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of
Transportation or local authority. Boring and jacking under railroads will be
governed by the latest ARE.A Standards, Part 5, "Pipelines" and those of the
railroad involved.
14.14.3.1 Casing Pipe: The casing pipe shall conform to the materials standard of
ASTM Designation A252, with minimum wall thickness of 0.219 inch. Steel pipe
will have a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Casing pipe shall be joined
together with weldedjoints.
14.14.3.2 Carrier Pipe: The carrier pipe shall be ductile iron as specified herein.
14.14.3.3 Installation: The steel casing shall be installed by the "Dry Bore and Jack"
method. If voids develop or if the bored hole diameter is greater than the outside
diameter of the pipe by more than approximately 1 inch, remedial measures will
be taken as approved by the Engineer. .
When installing water line through casing, Contractor shall use mechanical joint
pipe with retained glands through length of casing. The water main shall be
strapped to 8 foot long treated wooden skids with metal straps throughout length
of casing. The ends of the casing shall be sealed with brick and mortar.
14.14.4 Reaction Blocking: All plugs, caps, tees, bends and other fittings shall be
provided with adequate reaction blocking as shown on the drawings. Reaction
blocking shall be made to bear directly against the undisturbed trench walL
Where trench conditions are, in the opinion of' the Engineer, unsuitable for
reaction blocking, the Contractor shall provide tied joints to adequately anchor the
piping as shown on the drawings. All the rods and clamps shall be given a
bituminous protective coating.
14.14.5 Pressure and Leakage Testing: Before any work will be accepted for
payment, tbe Contractor will fill the piping with water, open outlet as necessary
for expelling the entrapped air. No fire hydrant shall be opened full force during
charging operations. Thereafter, furnish the necessary equipment and test the
piping under the supervision of the Engineer for a period of at least 2 hours at not
less than 1.25 times the design pressure in pounds per square inch, based upon the
highest elevation of the section under test. Pressure testing shall be in accordance
with the latest A WW A Standard C600, Section 4.1. at 1.5 times the working
pressure at the point of testing. Inspect all jQints, and remedy to the satisfaction
of the Engineer any defects discovered. Continue the test until all visible leaks
have been eliminated from the part of the system under test, and the pressure
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Soecifications
14-15
.
remains constant with a maximum pressure drop of 5 psi for the duration of the
test.
Immediately following the pressure test, and before any work will be accepted for
payment, the Contractor shall perform a leakage test. Leakage is defined as the
quantity of water to be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section
thereof necessary to maintain the specified leakage test filled with water to within
5 psi of the test pressure. No pipe installation will be accepted until the leakage is
less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula:
~
Allowable L 133XD leakage in gallons per hour.
The length of pipe in the section tested.
The nominal diameter of the pipe in inches.
The average test pressure during the leakage test in pounds per
square inch gauge.
The leakage test shall be conducted in accordance with A WW A Standard C-600,
Section 4.1 (latest version).
L=
s=
D=
p=
14.14.6 Connection to Existing System: All connections to existing mains shall be
made under the direct supervision of the Augusta Utilities Department's
Inspector. Valves on existing mains shall be' operated by or under direct
supervision of Augusta Utilities Department personnel. Tapping sleeves and
valves shall be pressure tested prior to tapping. If service to existing customers
must be cut off, the Augusta Utilities Department shall be notified at least three
(3) days in advance to make necessary notifications, The Contractor shall
disinfect and secure appropriate Utilities Department clearances and samples for
any service interruptions which occur as a result of a Contract request for shut
down or error. The clearances shall be obtained within 72 hours of reactivation.
If cut-off of service is required, the Contractor shall be ready to proceed with as
much material pre-assembled as possible at the site to minimize the length of
service interruption, Augusta Utilities reserves the right to postpone service cut-
off if, in the opinion of the Utilities Director, the Contractor is not ready to
proceed on schedule. No customer should be without water for more than four (4)
hours. The OwnerIDeveloper shall arrange for temporary services to Customer if
water will be shut off for more than four hours.
Local chlorination will be required for all pipe and fittings used to complete
connections with the potable water system. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be
chlorinated in accordance with A WW A requirements. All wet taps shall be
witnessed by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector.
Augusta Utilities Depariment
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
1 4-1 6
.
14.15 CLEANING AND FLUSHING
Upon completion of installation, the mains shall be flushed and the water disposed of
without creating a nuisance. Flushing must achieve a minimum water velocity of 2.5 fps
in all portions of the pipe. The duration of t'he flushing will be determined by the
Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. If, in the opinion of the Augusta Utilities
Department's Inspector, there is insufficient water available for proper flushing, ~ the
Contractor sball clean the lines by pigging. No flushing or cleaning shall take place
without an Augusta Utilities representative present. The existing mains that the new
mains are connected to may be required to be flushed under the direction of the Augusta
Utilities Department when service is restored.
14.16 TESTING AND DISINFECTION
All water mains shall be leak. tested. The ContractorlDeveloper shall provide all
equipment, materials and labor necessary for pressure and leak testing. This test must be
observed by an Augusta Utilities Department representative and the design engineer. A
pumping pressure of 200 psi must be supplied at the expense of the
ContractorlDeveloper. The main tested shall either be isolated from active potable lines
or protected from leakage by a double valve arrangement. All water used for pressure
testing must be potable water with an adequate chlorine residual. Water lines shall be
tested by valve sections. Maximum allowable leakage shall be as determined in
accordance with current A WW A specifications. The standard duration of test is four (4)
hours. Testing procedures shall meet or exceed A WW A C600 (latest version)
requirements. Any portions of the main which Jail the test shall be replaced or adjusted
until the entire new main passes the test criteria. The pressure and leakage test shall be
done concurrently.
Augusta Utilities shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance to schedule bacteriological
testing of water mains. The Contractor shall replace or adjust components of the pipeline
which fail the test. Clearance is required from the Utilities Department before the
Augusta Utilities Department will allow the main to be put into service.
All piping complete with fittings and appurtenances shall be sterilized as specified in the
applicable sections of A WW A Specification C65l (latest version) "Disinfecting Water
Mains." Piping and appurtenances shall be thoroughly flushed then chlorinated with not
less than fifty parts per million (50 ppm). Calcium hypochlorite can be used. Water from
the existing distribution system or other source of supply should be controlled S9 as to
flow slowly into the newly laid pipeline during the application of chlorine. The solution
should be retained in the pipeline for not less than 24 hours and a chlorine residual of 10
ppm should be available at this time. The system shall then be flushed with potable water
and the sampling program started. Sampling taps and chlorinated water used for
disinfection shall be flushed to a location that will not damage property, persons, etc., and
shall be provided by the Contractor/Developer at the expense of the
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-17
.
ContractorlDeveloper. The provisions of this paragraph apply equally to new pipe and
fittings and to existing pipelines into which connections have been made or which may
have been otherwise disturbed to the extent that contamination J1lay have occurred. All
requirements of the health authorities shall be observed in executing this work. The
disposal of heavily chlorinated water (fo1l6wing disinfection) must be accomplished in
accordance with the latest editions of the A WW A Standard C651 and the EPD's
:Minimum Standards for Public Water Systems.
Two or more successive sets of samples, taken at 24 hour intervals and tested by a State
approved private lab. shall indicate bacteriologically satisfactory water and the results
submitted to the Engineer.
14.17 WATER/SEWER SEPARATION:
A 10 foot horizontal separation shall be maintained between water and sewer lines.
Where the horizontal separation cannot be met or where water and sewer lines must
cross, an 18 inch vertical separation, water over sewer must be maintained. Where the
above conditions cannot be met, water and sewer lines shall be cast iron or ductile iron
pipe with joints staggered such that maximum separation between joints exists. The
water line shall be instaTIed over the sewer line.
14.18 AS-BUILT ORA WINGS:
As the work progresses, record on one set of utility drawings all changes and devi'ations
from the contract drawings in sizes, lines or grade. Record also the exact tinallocation of
water lines by offset distances to surface improvements such as edge of existing
pavement or to property lines, etc. at a maximUJ;n interval of 200 feet. Make sufficient
measurements to locate definitely all water lines etc., to permanent points. The drawings
will show references to all valves, fittings, pipe brand changes, etc; Transfer accurately
all such records in red pencil to white prints of the utility drawings and deliver them to
the Engineer with monthly payment estimate.
14.19 MEASUREMENT AND PAThffiNT:
Payment will be made only for elements in place and tested as follows:
I, Pipelines will be paid for at the unit contract price, per linear foot, for each
size, type and class installed, complete, including fittings. No deduction
will be made for the laying length of valves and fittings installed within
pipelines,
Augusta Utilities Deoartment
September 2000 '
Design Siandards & Construction Specifications
14-18
~.
~
2. Valves will be paid for at the unit contract price for each size and type
installed. Payment therefore will include box or vault as shown on the
plans.
3. Fire hydrants will be paid for at the unitcontract price for each size
installed, complete with the lead piping, valve, and main tee, in place as
shown on the plans.
4. Service lines will be paid for at the unit contract price for each size and type
installed, complete as shown on the plans.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
1 4-1 9
~
~
SECTION 14B
SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
BASIS FOR DESIGN:
A Professional Engineer registered in the State of Georgia must prepare the plans and
specifications. Design must conform to the requirements set forth in "Recommended
Standards for Wastewater Facilities" (latest version) publishe~ by the Great Lakes-Upper
Mississippi River Board of State and Provincial Public Health and Environmental
Managers, and follow EPD guidelines.
Before a sewer is designed, the area to be served should be studied for the purpose of
estimating the type and quantity of flow to be handled. Design should be considered for
the ultimate tributary population. Consideration should be given to the maximum
anticipated capacity of institutions, industrial parks, etc. Where future relief sewers are
planned, economic analysis of alternatives should accompany initial permit application.
Design should be based on peak sewage flows plus the anticipated maximum
infiltration/inflow levels under normal open channel flow conditions.
All food service operations are required to install, operate, clean, and maintain a
sufficiently sized oil and grease separator (grease trap) to prevent obstruction or
interference with the proper operation of the sanitary sewer collection system and
, treatment plants.
All existing waterworks units, including basins, wells, and treatment units, located within
200 feet of a proposed sewer shall be shown on the engineering plans. Soil conditions
within this 200 feet of waterworks shall be determined and shown on the plans.
A professional engineer shall determine force main size, after a study 'has been completed
of the surrounding area with regards to the proposed construction and potential future
construction. A minimum veracity of 2 fps within a force main shall be acceptable for
prevention of solids settling.
No sanitary sewer lines less than eight (8) inches in diameter may be installed. Sanitary
laterals with clean-outs shall be installed at ALL service tie-ins to the system.
During construction when deviations from approved plans affecting capacity, flow, or
operation are desired, the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector shall be notified.
Revised plans shall be submitted as soon as possible to the Augusta Utilities Department
for approval. Minor changes not affecting capacities, flows or operation may be allowed
in the field during construction by the Utilities Department's Inspector. The Inspector
shall have final authority as to what constitutes a minor or major change, An approved
set of Record Drawings clearly showing any changes shall be submitted to the Augusta
Augusta Utilities Depar1ment
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-20
~
~
Utilities Department Inspector at the completion of the work ~nd prior to sign-off of the
final plat.
The Contractor/Developer is responsible for verifying the exact location, size and
material of any existing sewer facility proposed for connection or use by the project.
DESIGN STANDARDS FOR SANITARY SEWER LINES:
14.20 COVER
14.20. 1 Minimum cover to finished grade over sanitary sewer shall be four (4) feet.
14.20.2Maximum cover shall be 20 feet unless otherwise approved by the Augusta
Utilities Department.
14.21HORIZONTAL SEPARATION
14.21.1 Ten (10) feet to water lines an<i storm sewer lines.
14.21.2Fifteen (15) feet to buildings, top of bank of lakes/streams/creeks, other structures
(10 feet absolute minimum - only when unavoidable, and pipe material is
required to be DIP).
14.21.3Ten (10) feet minimum separation to gas mains.
14.21.4Ten (10) feet minimum to underground electric cable.
14.21.5All separation distances above are edge to edge.
14.22VERTICAL SEPARATION
Eighteen (18) inch minimum separation (edge to edge) between all pipes and cables shall
be maintained (6 inch absolute minimum separation with DIP)
14.23LA YOUT
14.23.1 Sanitary sewer easements shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet wide with the
sewer line centered in the easement.
l4,23.2Individual sewer services shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in diameter and
shall extend from the main and terminate with a clean~out constructed at the edge
of right-of-way. If the main is installed outside of the right-of-way, the services
with clean-outs shall terminate at the edge of the permanent easement. All lines
eight (8) inches in diameter and larger shall terminate in a manhole. Sewer lines
installed parallel to lakes/streams/creeks shall be designed to leave a, 25-foot
undisturbed buffer along the edge of the bank, The required service lateral with
Glean-out shall be inspected by the Augusta Utilities Inspector prior to physical
Augusta UtHities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-21
.
tie-in of private service line. The use of donuts or tying into the stack pipe of the
clean-out is strictly prohibited.
l4.23.3Under no circumstances shall house sewer services and water services be laid in
the same trench.
14.23.4All sewers shall be designed and constructed to give a mean velocity of 2.0 feet
per second; when flowing full, based on Manning's formula using an "0' of 0.014.
The following are the minimum slope that should be provided; however, slopes
greater than these are desirable.
Size (inches)
8
10
12
14
15
16
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
39
42
Minimum Slope in Feet
Per 1O() Feet
DAD
0.28
0.22
0.17
0.15
0.14
0.12
0.10
0,08
0,067
0.058
0.052
0.046
0.041
0.037
Where velocities greater than 10 feet per second are attained, special
provision shall be made to protect against displacement by erosion and
impact.
14.23.SThe maximum slope for a sanitary sewer line shall be 20%. Al120% sewers shall
be DIP with concrete collar walls at every joint or alternate restraining system
provided by design engineer. Slopes less than 20% are preferred. Ifsteep slope is
necessary, the Augusta Utilities Pepartment Engineer must approve the design.
14.23.6Buoyancy of sewers shall be considered and flotation of the pipe shall be
prevented with appropriate construction where high groundwater conditions are
anticipated.
14.23,7Manhole spacing shall not exceed 400 LF for sewers 15 inches in diameter or
smaller, and 500 feet for sewers 18 inches to 30 inches.
Augusta Utilities Departmel1l
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Speciflcalions
14.22
ra\
~
14.23.8Manholes shall be located at the junction of sewers and at changes in grade, pipe
size, or alignment. They shall also be installed at all intersections. Sanitary sewer
manholes should not be located where surface water drain into them. When this is
not possible, a watertight cover shall be specified. For this purpose, and also for
assisting in locating manholes across country, the rims shall be set above grade.
14.23.9A drop manhole shall be provided for a sewer entering a manhole at an elevation
of 24 inches or more above the manhole invert. Where the difference in elevation
between the incoming sewer and the manhole invert is less than 24 inches the
invert shall be filleted to prevent solids deposition.
14.23.10Minimum angle between influent and effluent sanitary sewerlines at a manhole
shall be ninety (90) degrees.
14.23.1lBoth vertical and horizontal alignments shall be reviewed with the Augusta
Utilities Department prior to finalization.
14.23.12All pipes crossing proposed sanitary sewer lines shall be shown as conflicts in
plan and profile views on the sanitary sewer plan sheets (not on detail sheets).
Crossings shall be designated by a letter CA, B, C, etc...) and include information
regarding top of pipe and bottom of pipe elevations. Contact the Augusta Utilities
Department for an example. The design engineer is responsible for identifying all
conflicts.
14.23. 13 Where indicated on the plans, pipe stub-outs for the connection of future sewers
shall be provided during the construction of new manholes. Each stub-out shall
be plugged in the bell end of the stub-out with plug approved by Augusta
Utilities.
14.24SANITARY SEWER MATERIAL
Pipe for sanitary sewers shall be polyvinyl chloride (pVC) or ductile iron pipe (DIP) as
outlined below. However, DIP is considered a remedial measure for special applications
only. Standard pipe lengths not greater than 20 feet shall be used. Force main pipe shall
be of approved C900.CL200 water pipe.
PVC pipe shall be manufactured from virgin resin conforming to ASTM D-3034 (latest
version) with minimum classification of SDR-35. DIP shall be epoxy-lined and conform
to AWWA C151/ANSI A21.51 (latest version). Design methods shall conform to
A WW A CISO/ANSI A21.50 (latest version). DIP shall be Class 350 for 12" and smaller.
All fittings shall be of the same quality and material as the pipe to be used. Pipe classes
shall be determined based upon the installation and the use intended. Pipe shall be
, Augusta U1iIities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-23
.---
,..
II.
appropriately labeled on the drawings. WYE fittings shall be utilized. TEE fittings and
saddles shall not be allowed. All DIP fittings shall be ductile iron or cast iron.
Aerial pipe shall be mechanical joint DIP or continuous weld, wrapped and coated steel
pipe. Piers shall be placed at every joint directly behind the bell. Site conditions may
dictate construction utilizing more stringent requirements tban indicated in the standard
detail. Anchor collars shall be constructed on the pipe whenever pipe grade is 20% or
greater. Restrainers may be used in lieu of collars when a particular brand and method
are detennined equivalent. '
14.24.1 DIP shall be required in the following circumstances:
14.24. 1. lWhen sanitary sewer line has less than fC?ur (4) feet of cover. Minimum depth
of DIP is two (2) feet.
14.24.1.2When a sanitary sewer line cross over storm pipe (Must be one joint of DIP
centered on the crossing) .
14.24. L3When a sanitary sewer line passes laterally within one (1) foot of a storm sewer
line (Must be one joint of DIP centered on the crossing).
14.24.1.4When a sanitary sewer line is to have in excess of eighteen (18) feet of ftll.
14.24.1.5When a sanitary sewer line is at the maximum slope of 20%.
14.24.1.6For last joint 9f pipe at all drop manholes greater than three (3) feet.
14.24.1.7When a sanitary sewer is less than six (6) feet under a street.
14.24.1.8The Utilities Director may mandate DIP in any instances of off-site or on-site
construction where future abuse to the line is possible due to location or circumstances,
extensive length under pavement, or in private property away from right-of-way areas.
14.24.2 PVC shall be jointed with a rubber gasket and shall conform to ASTM F477
(latest version) and manufacturer's recommendations. Solvent weld is
prohibited. DIP shall be of the bell and spigot type with push-on joints
confonning to ANSI A21.l1 (latest version) or mechanical joints.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14.24.3 Sewer Pipe Bedding:
Bedding requirements shall apply to sanitary sewer lin,es only. They are
not to be considered minimum bedding requirements and as such, do not
relieve the Engineer/Contractor of the responsibility to provide any
additional bedding necessary for proper construction.
14-24
.
Bedding shall be carefully placed along the full width of the trench so. that
the pipe is true to line and grade of the pipe barrel. Bell holes shall be
provided so as to relieve pipe bells of all load, but small enough to ensure
that support is provided throughout the length of pipe. Crushed stone
embedment material shall conform to ASTM C33, Graduation #67 (3/4"
to #4). Bedding material shall be placed underneath and be carried up the
sides of the pipe as specified below.
Class B Bedding shall be performed by first undercutting the trench an
adequate amount to provide bedding under the pipe belL The trench shall
then be brought to grade with compacted crushed stone as specified above
for the full width of the trench. The bedding material shall be placed ID
the zone four (4) inches below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade
and, backfilled with compacted' crushed stone placed the full width of the
trench up to one-half the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill
placed in six (6) inch layers and compacted shall be the backfill from the
springline of pipe to 18 inches above the pipe. A minimum Class B
Bedding shall be used for 'all plastic pipes.
Class C Bedding shall be performed by fust undercutting the trench an
adequate amount to provide bedding under the pipe belL The trench shall
then be brought to grade with compacted crushed stone as specified above
for the full width of the trench. The bedding material shall be placed in
the zone four (4) inches below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade
and backfilled with compacted crushed ,stone .placed the full width of the
trench up to one-fourth the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill
placed in six (6) inch layers and compacted shall be' the backfill from the
bedding material to 18 inches above the pipe. A minimum Class C
Bedding shall be used for all ductile iron pipes.
14.24.4
Jack and Bore Installations:
Casing pipe used with jack and bore shall be in accordance with requirements of
the Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) or railway specifications.
14.24.5 New sewers shall be tied-in to the existing sewers at locations indicated on
the plans. No lines smaller than six (6) inches shall be tied to a sewer line or
manhole. All tie-ins to existing manholes shall be cored. The Contractor shall be
responsible for maintaining uninterrupted service of the sanitary sewer during tie-
in operations. No connection to existing sanitary sewer shall be allowed until the
proposed sewer line is inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities
Department's Inspector.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-25
.
14;24.6 Side sewers shall be installed where shown on the plans. A side sewer
consists of a sewer extending from a connection to the street or main sewer to its
connection to the house sewer or other point. For new 8" through 12" diameter
sewers, the side sewer connection shall be constructed with a wye fitting in the
street sewer with a 45-degree elbow. , For new 15" and larger pipes, or existing
sewers, the connection shall be made by machine made tap and suitable saddle,
, unless otherwise approved by the Augusta Utilities Department.
Belled pipe shall be laid with the bell end up grade and in general, all pipe laying
shall start and proceed up grade from the point of connection at the street sewer or
other starting point. Pipe shall be laid in a straight line at a uniform grade
between fittings or on a uniform horizontal or vertical curvature achieved by
deflecting the pipe joints within the manufacturer's recommended limits. The
maximum deflection permissible at anyone fitting shall not exceed 45 degrees.
The maximum deflection of any' combination of two adjacent fittings shall not
exceed 45 degrees unless straight pipe not less than 2 V2 feet in length be installed
between such adjacent fittings or unless one of such fittings is a wye branch with
a c1eanout provided ?n the straight leg.
14.24.7 Material for transition (e.g., PVC to DIP) shall be indicated and specified.
Where offset of DIP is required, mechanical joint DIP shall be installed with
mechanical joint heavy body DIP sleeves at the reconnections.
14.24.8
Sanitary Sewer Manholes:
Precast manholes shall conform to the latest edition of ASTM C-478 (five inch
wall thickness). Use six (6) inch wall thickness if manhole exceeds 20 feet in
depth. AIl holes for incoming and outgoing pipe will, whenever possible, be
precast, with pipe tie-in made using PSlO flexible gasket, manufactured by
PressSeal Gasket Corporation, or approved equal. In the event of the necessity of
cutting new holes, the holes shall be machined cored neatly and carefully so as
not to dmp,age the structural integrity of the .manhole and large enough to allow
the insertion of a flexible rubber boot. Precast holes shall be flexible boot fitted.
Barrel joints shall be tongue and groove with performed plastic meeting the
requirements of Federal Specifications SS-S-0021O, "Sealing Compound,
Preformed Plastic Pipe Joints" Type I, rope form, also known as "Ram Neck."
Eccentric manholes cones are required. Inverts shall be constructed of 3,000 psi
plant mix. Manhole steps shall be installed in all sections of each manhole as
indicated on the drawings. Frame and covers shall be cast or ductile iron and set
in a bed of mortar on the top of the manhole and completely grouted outside and
wiped smooth. Ring and cover shall be USF-170 or approved equal. Cover shall
read "Sanitary Sewer." Watertight manhole covers are to be used wherever street
runoff or high water may flood the manhole tops. Locked manhole covers may be
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-26
.
may be desirable in isolated easement locations or where vandalism may be a
problem.
Where corrosive conditions due to septicity or other causes is anticipated,
consideration shall be given to providing corrosion 'protection on the interior of
the manholes.
The minimum diameter of manholes shall be 48 inches; larger diameters are
required for large diameter sewers. A minimum access diameter of 22- 1,4 inches
shall be provided.
Outside drop manholes shall be precast and constructed for incoming lines having
invert 24 inches or more above the invert of the manhole outlet, with DIP and tie
rods per Detail No. 14.08. Shallow manholes shall be precast or Type B slab top
precast and shall be constructed in accordance with ASTM C-478 (latest version).
Drop manholes should be constructed with an outside drop connection. Inside
drop connection (when necessary) shall be secure to the interior wall of the
manhole and provide access for cleaning. Inside drop connections shall be used
only when approved by the Utilities Department Engineering Division.
Due to the unequal earth pressure that may result from the backfilling operation in
the vicinity of the manhole, the entire outside drop connection shall be encased in
concrete.
A bench shall be provided on each side of any manhole channel when the pipe
diameter(s) are less than the manhole diameter. The bench should be sloped no
less than Y2 inch per foot (4 percent). No lateral sewer, service connection, or drop
manhole pipe shall discharge onto the surface ofthe bench.
14.24.11
All construction material shall be first quality, not previously used. Repair
clamps are not acceptable. Damaged or faulty pipe and materials must be
properiy replaced. All gaskets shall be new. When connecting to existing
valves or fittings, gaskets shall be replaced, not reused.
14.24.12
The Engineer shall provide a complete set of shop drawings, which shall
indicate the Augusta Utilities Department's specific material requirements.
In general, material requirements will be guided by the latest versions of
the specifications of A Vv'W A and ASTM.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specificaiions
14.27
~
6
14.25 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM DESIGN
Design requirements are as follows:
14.25.1 Per Capita Flow, Average: 125 gallons per day (gpd)
14.25.2 Minimum velocity in collector sewer: 2.0 feet per second (fps)
14.25.3 Maximum velocity in collector sewer: 10.0 feet per second (fps)
14.25.4 .Minimum collector sewer size: 8 inch
14.25.5 Infiltration Allowance: 25 gpdlin Dialrnile
14.25.6 Ratio of Peak to Average flow: 2.5
14.25.7 Design depth of flow @ Peak Flow: 0.75 of Full
14.25.8 Design Period: 30 Years
14.25.9 Minimum Manning's "n" Factor: 0.014
14.26 LIFT STATION DESIGN
All Eft stations shall be installed underground, unless otherwise directed by the Utilities
Director. Wet well size and pump sizing shall be determined by a professional engineer,
after a comparative study has been done of the area surrounding the proposed
construction. Potential future development of the surro\lnding area should be
incorporated into the design. All' potable water services around sewage pumping
facilities shall be provided with an approved reduced pressure backflowprevention
(RP2) device.
All pipes entering the wet well and discharging from the wet well into the valve pit shall
be mechanical joint DlP. PVC pipe will not be perntitted. Pipes shall be sized per the
design engineer's calculations and pump data.
14.26.1
Pumps, valves, and pipe sizes, shall be designed by a professional
engineer. Calculations for the design shall be submitted to the Augusta
Utilities Department for review and approval. Pump specifications shall
be provided to Augusta Utilities for review. Valves shall have a minimum
of a 18-inch clear zone in all directions.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-28
14.26.2
14.26.3
14.26.4
.
The valve pit shall consist of a precast manhole cone section or a precast
concrete box. The bottom shall have 2-inch diameter pre-drilled holes
filled with gravel for drainage.
A cone section shall be. set on a minimum 4-inch thick concrete slab with
an open bottom and gravel for drainage. For proposed piping, the
manhole shall have cored holes fitted with flexible rubber boots. Standard
ring and cover shall be installed and grouted to the cone section. The top
of the valve pit shall be a minimum of six (6) inches above finished grade.
Electrical systems and components (e.g., motor, lights, cables, conduits,
switch boxes, control circuits, etc.) in raw wastewater wells, or in enclosed
or partially enclosed spaces where hazardous concentrations of flammable
gases or vapors may be present, shall comply with the National and the
City of Augusta Electrical Code requirements, In addition, equipment
located in the wet well shall be $uitable for use under corrosive conditions.
Each flexible cable shall be provided with a watertight seal and sepaiate
strain relief A fused disconnect switch located' above ground shall be .
provided. For the main power feed for all pumping stations. When such
equipment is exposed to weather it shall meet the requirements of
weatherproof equipment. One such equipment such as the control panel
shall be duplex NEMA 4X with audible and visible alarms. Lightning and
surge protection systems should be considered. A 110 volt power
receptacle to facilitate maintenance shall be' provided inside the control
panel for lift stations that have control panels outdoors. Ground fault
interruption protection shall be provided for an outdoor outlets.
Permanently-installed or portable engine-driven generating' equipment
must be available for emergency operation of all lift stations. Generating
unit size shall be adequate to provide power for pump motor starting
current and for lighting, ventilation, and other auxiliary equipment
necessary for safety and proper operation of the lift station. The City of
Augusta must approve allowance for the operation of only one pump
during periods of auxiliary power supply. Special sequencing controls
shall be provided to start pump motors unless the generating equipment
has the capacity to start all pumps simultaneously with auxiliary
equipment operating. Where portable generating equipment or manual
transfer is provided, sufficient storage capacity with an alarm system shall
be provided to allow time for detection of pump station failure and
transportation and connection of generating equipment Special electrical
connections and double throw switches shall be installed at all Lift stations
where emergency power will be provided by portable generating
equipment. Design engineer andlor contractor shall coordinate type and
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-29
~
~
size of all permanent or portable generators with City' of Augusta prior to
lift station construction.
14.26.5
Wastewater pumping stations and portable equipment shall be supplied
with a complete set of operational instructions, including emergency
. procedures, maintenance schedules, tools and spare parts as may be
necessary.
CONSTRUCTION:
14.27 INSTALLATION
Authorization must be obtained from the Augusta Utilities Department to construct, alter
or modify a sanitary sewer line. Construction of sewer infrastructure will be authorized
by the Utilities Department upon approval of submitted plans and notif~cation of the
Augusta Utilities Department at least 24 hours prior to starting construction (706-772-
5503). Where water lines will encroach public right-of-way, a Right-of-Way
Encroachment Permit approved by the Public Works Department is required prior to
construction. A Right-ai-Way Encroachment Permit application is available through the
Public Works Department (706-821-1706).
Installation of sanitary sewer pipe and associated appurtenances shall be in accordance
with curr~nt ASTM specifications and manufacturer's requirements for the specific
,product. Loading or unloading and storage of pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be done
such that to avoid damage. All pipe shall be carefully examined before it is installed in
the trench. Damaged pipe or pipe which does. not meet specification requirements shall
be rejected and removed from the work site. The interior of all pipe, fittings, valves, etc.
shall be kept free of dirt and foreign matter at all times. All piping shall be placed in a
dry trench with a stable bottom. Wet trench installation shall be allowed only upon
written approval of the Utilities Director.
Backfill Shall be free of boulders and debris, and shall conform to Georgia Department of
Transportation Specifications. Sharp or rocky IDaterial encountered in the base shall be
replaced wi~h proper bedding. Pipe shall be laid on line and grade as designed. Pipe
joints, gravity blocks, service connections, and conflicts shall be left exposed until
visually inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector.
All concrete cradles, saddles, or encasements shall be installed as shown on the plans.
These structures shall be constructed in strict accordance to the details shown on the
plans, Concrete shall have a 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi when tested in
accordance with ASTM Specification C-39.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications'
14-30
~
~
All manholes indicated on the plans shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor in
strict accordance with the plan's. The invert channels shall be smooth and accurately
shaped to the semicircular bottom conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer sections
as shown on the plans. Changes in direction of the sewer and entering branches shall
have as long a radius of the true curvature as the size of the manhole will permit.
The top of manholes shall be topped out with brick as indicated on the plans. The
number of courses will depend on the required elevation of the top of the manhole. The
maximum number of brick courses allowed shall be three (3).
New sewer lines shall be inspected through use of camera inspection equipment with an
Augusta Utilities Department Inspector at the time of installation and again before the
one-year warrantyexpires. The Developer is to provide the Augusta Utilities Department
with a color VHS system videotape of the inside of every reach of sanitary sewer
installed. The tape shaH record manhole number to manhole number, date of recording,
and distance from start of run. The tape shall include a distance and location description
of every service line connection installed. The manhole numbering system shall be the
same as shown on the approved development plans.
14.27.1
Installation:
14.27.1.1 Sewer Pipe Laying: The pipe shall be laid with bell or groove end upgrade.
. Pipe shall be tested for soundness, clear interior and satisfactory joint surfaces
before lowering the pipe into the trench. Pipe shall be laid in straight lines and
on uniform grades between points where changes in alignment or grade are
shown. The pipe barrel shall be uniforrnlybedded. The line and invert grade
of each pipe shall be checked from a top line carried on batter boards not over
25 feet apart or by use ofa laser beam target iQserted in each joint. Pipes shall
be laid to form a smooth, uniform invert. A stopper shall be installed in the
pipe mouth when pipe laying is not in progress,
PYC gravity sewer pipe and force main shall be installed in accordance to
ASTM D2321, latest version. Ductile iron force main shall be installed in
accordance with A WW A C600, latest version,
14.27.1.2 Backfilling Around Pipe: As soon as the joint material has set, fine earth shall
be carefully tamped around each joint, and around and over the pipe to a depth
of at least 2 feet above the top of gravity pipelines. In addition, all PVC sewer
pipe shall be bedded in selected material from the pipe centerline down to a
point 3 to 6 inches below the pipe invert. Selected materials for this purpose
shall be Class r or IT soils as specified in ASTM D2321. Reconstruction of any
roadway section or right-of-way shall be in accordance with the Georgia
Department of Transportation and City of Augusta Specifications.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-31
.
14.27.1.3 Sewer Structures: Appurtenant sewer structures shall be constructed according
to one or more of the following methods:
14.27.1.3.1 Masonrv: Brick for manholes and other sewer structures
shall be laid with shove joints completely filled with mortar.
Horizontal joints shall not exceed 2 inch, vertical joints 3 inch on
their interior face. In circular structures, all brick shall be laid as
header with joints broken between courses. Interior joints. shall be
struck or wiped smooth with the face of the wall. The exterior of
sanitary sewer manholes shall be plastered to a thickness of at least
2 inch.
14.27.1.3.2 Laying Brick and Concrete Block Work; Only clean brick
or block shall be used. The brick or block shall be moistened by
suitable means, as directed, until they are neither so dry as to
absorb water from the mortar, nor so wet as to be slippery when
laid.
Each brick or block shall be laid in a full bed and joint of mortar
without repairing subsequent grouti~g, flushing, or filling, and
shall be thorougWy bonded as directed.
14.27.1.3.3 Plastering and Curing Brick or Block Masonry: OutSIde
faces of masonry shall be plastered with mortar from 3 inch to d
inch thick. If required, the masonry shall be properly moistened
prior to application of the mortar. The plaster shall be carefully
spread and troweled so that all cracks are thoroughly worked out.
After hardening, the plaster shall be carefully checked by beinK
tapped for bond and soundness. Unbonded or unsound plaster
shall be removed and replaced.
Masonry and plaster shall be protected from too rapid drying by
the use of burlap kept moist, or by other approved means, and shall
be protected from the weather and frost, all as required.
14.27.1.3.4 Manhole Inverts: Manhole flow channels shall be
constructed of concrete, sewer pipe, brick or precast, and shall be
of semicircular section. Each manhole shall be provided with such
channels for all connecting sewers.
The inverts shall conform accurately to the size of the adjoining
pipes. Side inverts shall be curved and main inverts (where
direction changes) shall be laid out in smooth curves of the longest
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
1 4.32
.
possible radius which is tangent to the centerlines of adjoining
sewers.
14.27.1.3.5 Drop Manholes: Drop inlets shall be provided into
manholes on sanitary sewers for incoming lines having inverts 2
feet or more above the inverts of the manhole outlet lines. Drop
pipe and fittings shall be encased in masonry integral with the
manhole and extending from the manhole base to the top of the
incoming sewer. Diameter of drop manholes to be four feet at a
minimum.
14.27.1.3.6 Setting Manhole Frames and Covers: Manhole frames
shall be set with the tops conforming accurately to the grade of the
pavement or finished concentric with the top of the masonry and in
a full bed of mortar so that the space between the . top of the
manhole maSonry and the bottom flange of the frame shall be
completely filled and made watertight. A thick ring of mortar
extending to the outer edge of the masonry shall be placed all
around the bottom flange. The mortar shall be smoothly finished
to betlush with the top of the flange and have a slight slope to
shed water away from the frame. Manhole covers shall be left in
place in the frames on completion of other work at the manholes.
14.27.1.3.7 Setting Precast Manholes Sections: Precast-reinforced
concrete manhole sections shall be set so as to be vertical and with
sections and steps in true alignment.
All holes in sections, used for their handling, shall be thoroughly
plugged with mortar. The mortar shall be 1 part cement to 12 parts
sand; mixed slightly damp to the touch until it is dense and an
excess of paste appears on the surface; and then finished smooth
and flush with adjoining surfaces.
14.27.1.4
Bulkheads and Bushing: The contractor shall build.a tight bulkhead in the
pipeline where new work enters an existing sewer. The bulkhead shall
remain in place until its removal is authorized by the Engineer.
Care shall be taken to prevent earth, water and other materials from
entering the pipe, and when pipe laying operations are suspended, the
Contractor shall maintain a suitable stopper in the end of the pipe and also
at openings for manholes. All sanitary sewer, except building connections
shall be flushed with water in sufficient volume to obtain free flow
through each line. All obstructions shall be removed and all defects
corrected. As soon as possible after the pipe and manholes are completed
,A,ugusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-33
14.21'.1.5
14.27.1.6
14.27.1.7
14.27.1.8
14.27.1.9
.
on any line, the Contractor shall flush out the pipeline using a rubber ball
ahead of the water. None of the flushing water or debris shall be
permitted to enter any existing sewer.
Temporary Plugs: At all times when pipe laying is not actually in
progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by temporary watertight
plugs or by other approved means. If water is in the trench when work'is
resumed, the plug shall not be removed until all danger of water entering
the pipe has passed.
Joints and Structure RightJ:less: All pipe joints shall be made as nearly
watertight as practicable. There shall be no visible leakage at the joints
and there shall be no sand, silt, clay, or soil of any description entering the
pipelines at the joints.
Leaks in the pipelines which cause infiltration or exfiltration to exceed
limits herein specified shall be repaired by replacing defective pipe.
Grouting andlor caulking to repair pipelines where excessive infiltration or
exfiltration is evident will not be permitted. .
Fittings and Stoppers: Branches and fittings shall be laid by the
Contractor as indicated on the drawings andlor as directed by the
Engineer. Open ends of pipe.and branches shall be closed with premolded
gasket joint stoppers which conform with the same requirements as pipe
being used.
Sewer Line Relation to Water Lines: Sewer lines and sewer force mains
in relation to water lines shall conform to "Ten States Standard" Section
29.3 at a minimum. Sewer lines shall have at least a 10 foot pipe-to-pipe
horizontal separation from known or proposed water mains. When a
sewer crosses under a water main, there shall be at least 18 inches from
the crown of the sewer line to the bottom of the water main,
In all cases where adequate vertical separation as stated above. cannot be
achieved (or whenever sewer lines must be installed to cross above a water
main), both the water and sewer lines shall be constructed of ductile iron
pipe a distance of 10 feet on each side of their intersection with one full
length of water main centered on the sewer line.
Minimum Cover for Sewer Lines: Gravity sewer lines shall have a
minimum of 3 feet of cover at the crown of the pipe. In cases where this
minimum cover cannot be achieved, ductile iron pipe shall be used.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-34
14.27.1.10
14.27.1.11
~.
~
Detectable Tape: Detectable tape as manufactured by Reef Industries of
Houston, Texas, or equal shall be installed during the backfill operation at
a point 1 foot below the final finished grade.
The detectable tape shall be a 5.5 mil composition film containing one
layer of metalized foil laminate between two layers of inert plastic film
specifically formulated for prolonged use underground. The tape shall be
highly resistant to alkalis, acids and other destructive agents found in the
soils.
The detectable. tape shall bear a continuous printed message "Caution
Sanitary Sewer Line Buried Below." The message shall be printed in
permanent ink formulated for prolonged use underground. Letters shall be
clearly legible and have a minimum height of 1.2 inches.
Boring and Jacking: Where required by the drawings, the sanitary sewer
line will be installed in a steel casing, placed by boring and jacking.
Where boring is required under highways, the materials and workmanship
will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of
Transportation or local authority.
Boring and jacking under railroads will be governed by the latest A.R.E.A.
Standards, Part 5, "Pipelines" and those of the railroad involved.
14.27.1.11.1 Casing: Pipe: The casing pipe shall conform to the
materials standards of ASTM Designation A252, with minimum
wall thickness of 0.219 inch. Steel pipe will have a minimum yield
strength of 35,000 psi. Casing pipe shall be joined together with
welded joints.
l4.27 .1.11.2 Carrier Pipe: The carrier pipe shall be ductile lIon as
specified herein.
14.27.1.11.3 Installation: The steel casing shall be installed by the "Dry
Bore and Jack" method. If voids develop or if the bored hole
diameter is greater than the outside diameter of pipe by more than
approximately 1 inch, remedial measures will be taken as approved
by the Engineer.
When installing water lines through casing, the Contractor shall
mechanical joint pipe with retainer glands throughout the length of
the casing. The sanitary sewer line shall be strapped to treated
wooden skids with metal straps throughout the length of the
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
Augusta Uti/itJes Department
September 2000
14-35
.
casing. The empty space shall then b~ filled with sand and the
ends of the casing shall be sealed with brick and mortar.
14.27.1.12
Force Main Installation: In general, sewer force main must be installed in
accordance with the water distribution system specifications.
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) force main must conform to ASTM D-2241,
latest version. .
Ductile iron force main must conform to ASTM A-377 , latest version.
14.27.1.13
Removal and Replacement of Existing Pipe and Equipment: where
indicated on the drawings or required to properly place the work under this
contract, as approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove and
replace such pipe lines and equipment in a manner as approved by the
Engineer.
14.27.2
INSPECTION INFILTRATIONIEXFIL1RATIONLEAKAGE TESTS
Upon completion of a section of the sewer, the Contractor shall dewater it and conduct a
satisfactory test to measure the infiltration 'or exfiltration for at least three consecutive
days. The amount" of infiltration including "Y" branches, and connections shall not
exceed 100 gallons per inch diameter per mile of sewer pipe per 24 hours for gravity
sewer pipe. The amount of 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of sewer per 24 hours
shall not be exceeded for ductile iron pipe. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
satisfactory watertightness of the entire section of sewer.
As required, suitable bulkheads shall be installed to permit the test of the sewer. Where
the ground water level is less than "1 foot above the top of the pipe at its upper end, or as
directed by the Engineer, the sewer shall be subjected to ex filtration testing by plugging
the pipe at the lower end and then filling the pipelines and manholes with clean water to a
height 4. feet above the top of the sewerat its upper end. The leakage out of the sewer,
measured by the volume of the water necessary to maintain meter level in the highest
manhole, shall not exceed 200 gallons per inch diameter per 24 hours per mile of sewer
for gravity sewer pipe. The amount of 50 gallons per inch diameter per 24 hours per mile
of sewer shall not be exceeded for ductile iron pipe.
The sewer shall be tested before any connections are made to buildings or to active
sewers.
The Contractor shall construct such weirs and bulkheads as may be required, shall furnish
all water, labor, test plugs, power, pumps, meters, and other equipment necessary for the
test to be properly made.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
1 4.36
~
~
The Contractor may use a low pressure air test as an option to the hydraulic
infiltrationlexfiltration leakage test for gravity lines provided the Contractor established a
correlation between the air test results and the quantity of infiltrationJexfiltration actually
being experienced by the line and the allowable air pressure drop shall be that
corresponding to the allowable hydraulic leakage specified previously in this section.
Such a correlation is to be established according to a procedure satisfactory to the
Engineer, The low pressure air test shall be performed in accordance with the applicable
sections of the Uni-Bell UNI-B-6-90, latest version.
If the Contractor opts to use the low pressure air test, leakage tests on manholes shall be
conducted independently of the lines by using a hydraulic infiltrationJediltration test as
directed by the Engineer. The allowable infiltration into the manhole over a 24 hour
. period is zero and the allowable exfiltration is also zero when tested by plugging off the
manhole and filling it with water four feet above the top of the sewer and measuring the
water loss over a 24 hour period.
14.27.3
MrnASURENrnNTANDPAYMENT
Payment will be made at the unit contract prices as shown in the bid schedule under
Sanitary Sewer.
Measurement of pipelines shall be the actual number of linear feet of pipe installed,
complete in place and accepted. No deductions in length will be made for manholes.
Measurement of manholes will be the vertical dimension to the nearest tenth of a foot
from the invert of the o1:1tlet pipe to the top of the manhole cover ring casting,
Concrete. encasement will be paid for at the contract unit price, per cubic yard, for the
actual volume of concrete placed, up to the volume of concrete required by the maximum
dimensions for concrete encasement shown on the plans. Concrete in the excess of that
volume will not be paid for.
No separate payment will be made for any special fittings, tie-ins, or connections, nor
will any separate payment be made for normal bedding of sewer pipe.
Service lines will be paid for at the unit contract price as shown in the bid schedule under
Sanitary Sewer, complete as shown on the plans
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-37
~
~
SECTION 14C
EXCAVATION & BACKFILLING
14.28 SCOPE
This section covers all excavation, trenching and backfilling for pipe lines, complete.
14.29 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
The Contractor shall maintain in operating conditio!l and protect from damage all existing
improvements including utilities, roads, streets, sidewalks, drives, power and telephone
lines, gas lines, water lines, sewers, gutters and other drains encountered, and repair to
the satisfaction of the Engineer any aerial, surface or subsurface improvements damaged
during the course of the. work. \\'here and if shown on the plans, the locations and
existence or nonexistence of underground utilities are not guaranteed. The Contractor
shall contact the various utility companies to determine and/or verify such information
prior to proceeding with the work. He shall make reasonable and satisfactory provisions
for the maintenance of traffic on streets, drives, walkways and at street crossings and if
necessary to provide temporary walkways and bridges for crossing of the open trench as
directed. Work shall not commence within Augusta right-of-way until a Right-of-Way
Encroachment Permit is obtained from the Public Works Deparment.
14.30 EXCAVATION
All excavation of every description and of whatever substances encountered shall be
performed to the depths indicated on the drawings or as specified herein, Excavation
shall be made by the open cut method except as otherwise specified or shown on the
drawings, Excavation methods shall generally meet or exceed Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) construction industry standards.
All excavated materials not required for fill or backfill shall be removed and wasted as
directed. The banks of shallow trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as practicable and
where required shall be properly sheeted and braced, Except where otherwise indicated,
trench bottoms shall be not less than 12 inches wider nor more than 16 inches wider than
the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, and shall be excavated true to line, so
that a clear space of not less than 6 inches nor more than 8 inches in width is provided 00
each side of the pipe. The bottom of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide
uniform bearing and support for each section of the pipe on undisturbed soil at every
point along its entire length, except for portions of the pipe sections where it is necessary
to excavate for bell holes and for the proper sealing of pipe joints. Bell holes shall be dug
after the trench bottom has been graded. Bell holes shall be excavated only to an extent
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specmcations
14-38
.
sufficient to permit accurate work in the making of the joints and to insure that the pipe,
for a maximum of its length will rest upon the prepared bottom of the trench.
Depressions for joints other than mechanical shall be made in accordance with the
recommendations of the joint manufacturers for the particular joint used. Excavation for
structures and other accessories shall be sufficient to leave at least 12 inches in the clear
between their quter surfaces and the embankment or timber which may be used to hold
the bank and protect them. Where damage is liable to result from withdrawing sheeting,
the sheeting will be ordered to be left in place. Except at locations where excavation of
rock from the bottoms of trenches is required, care shall be taken not to excavate below
the depths indicated. Where rock excavation is required, the rock shall. be excavated to a
mitlimum overdepthof 4 inches below the normal required trench depth. The overdepth
rock excavation and all excess trench excavation shall be backfilled with loose, moist
earth, thoroughly tamped. Rock is defined as materials which are so hard or cemented
that the excavation of such material requires blasting. The excavation shall proceed in a
conventional manner with satisfactory effort made to remove hard materials before the
Engineer makes a determination of need for blasting. Predrilling and blasting will be
allowed, if the Contractor can provide evidence for the Engineer's review that boring logs
can and will show that the material can or cannot be excavated. Evidence will be
provided for the Engineer's review and approval before predrilling and blasting is
undertaken. The excavation and removal of isolated boulders or rock fragments larger
than one cubic yard in volume encountered in materials of common excavation shall be
classified as rock excavation. Whenever wet or otherwise unstable soil that is incapable
of properly supporting the pipe, as determined by the Engineer or indicated on the
drawings, is encountered in the trench bottom, such soil shall be removed to a depth
required for the lengths designated by the Engineer, and the trench backfilled to trench
bottom grade, as herein specified, with coarse sand, fine gravel, or other suitable material.
Backfill with earth under structures will Dot be pennitted and any unauthorized excess
excavation below the levels indicated for the foundation of such structures. shall be filled
with sand, gravel, or concrete, as directed.
14.30.1 Grading and Stacking: All grading in the vicinity of trench excavation
shall be controlled to prevent surface ground water from flowing into the
trenches. Any water accumulated in the trenches shall be removed by pumping or
by other approved methods. During excavation, material suitable for backfilling
shall be stored in an orderly manner a minimum distance of one and one-half
times the depth of the excavation back from the edges of trenches to avoid
overloading and prevent slides or cave-ins. Material unsuitable for backfilling, as
determined by the Engineer, shall be removed from the job site and disposed of
by the Contractor in a manner as approved by the Engineer.
14.30.2 Shoring and Sheeting: All shoring, sheeting, and bracing required to
perform and protect the excavation and to safeguard employees and the public
shall be performed. The failure of the Engineer to direct the placing of such
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-39
~
~
protection shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for damage
resulting from its omission.
Whenever sheeting is driven to a depth below the elevation of the top of the pipe,
that portion of the sheeting below the elevation of the top of the pipe shall not be
disturbed or removed. Sheeting left in place shall be cut off not less than 1 foot
below fInished grade. No sheeting shall be removed until the excavation is
substantially backfilled as hereinafter specified.
14.30.3 Water Removal: Where water is encountered, it shall be prevented from
accumulating in excavated areas by pumping, well-pointing and pumping, or by
other means approved by the Engineer as to capacity and effectiveness. Water
removed from excavations shall be discharged at .points where it will not cause
injury to public or private property, or the work completed or in progress. All
efforts to prevent sedimentation shall be made. Under no circumstances shall
trench bottoms be prepared, pipes laid, or appurtenances installed in water. Water
shall not be allowed to rise in unbackfilled excavations after pipe or structures
have been placed.
14.30.4 Blasting: Explosives are to used only within legal limitations. . Before
explosives are used, all necessary permits for this work shall be secured and all
precautions taken in the blasting operations to prevent damage to private or public
property or to persons. The Contractor shall assume full liability for any damage
that may occur during the use of explosives. No blast shall be set off within 50
feet of pipe already laid in the trench.
14.30.5 Tree Protection: Care shall be exercised to protect the roots of trees to be
left standing. Within the branch spread of the tree, trench shall be opened only
when the work can be installed irrunediately. Injured roots shall be pruned
cleanly'and backfill placed as soon as possible.
14.31 BACKFILLING
Trenches and other excavations shall not be backfilled until all required tests are
performed and the work has been approved by the Engineer. The trenches shall be
carefully backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling consisting of
earth, loam, sandy clay, sand and gravel, soft shale, or other approved materials. No
material shall be used for backfIlling that contains mulch, other unstable materials,
stones, blasted rock, broken concrete or pavement, or other hard materials having any
dimension greater than 4 inches; or large clods of earth, debris, frozen earth or earth with
an exceptionally high void content. Backfilling within Augusta right-of-way shall
conform to Georgia Department of Transportation and City of Augusta specifications.
Augusta Utilities Depanment
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-40
.
For backfill up to a level 1 foot over the top of pressure pipelines and 2 feet above the top
of gravity pipelines, only selected materials shall be used. Select materials shall be fmely
divided material free from debris, organic. material and stone, and may be suitable job
excavated material or shall be provided by the Contractor from other sources. The
backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth. Each layer
shall be moistened and carefully and uniformly tamped with mechanical tampers or other
suitable tools. Each layer shall be placed and tamped under the pipe haunches with care
and thoroughness so as to eliminate the possibility of voids or lateral displacement.
The remainder of the backfill material shall then be placed and compacted above the level
specified above. In areas' not subject to traffic, the backfill shall be placed in 12 inch
layers and each layer moistened and compacted to a density approximating that of the
surrounding earth. Under roadways, driveways, paved areas, parking lots, along roadway
shoulders and other areas subject to traffic, the backfill shall be placed in 6 inch layers
and each layer moistened and compacted to density at least equal to that of the
surrounding earth so that traffic can be resumed immediately after backfilling is
completed. Any trenches which .are improperly backfilled, or where settlement occurs,
shall be reopened to the depth required for proper compaction, then refilled and.
compacted with the surface restored to the required grade compaction. Along all
portions of the trenches not located in roadways, the ground shall be graded to. a
reasonable uniformity and. the mounding over the trenches left in a neat condition
satisfactory to the Engineer.
Sheeting not specified to be left in place shall be removed as the backfIlling progresses.
Sheeting shall be removed in such a manner as to avoid caving of the trench. Voids left
by the removal of sheeting and shoring shall be carefully filled and compacted. Where,
in the opinion of the Engineer, damage is liable to result from withdrawing sheeting, the
sheeting will be ordered to be left in place.
14.32 BORING AND JACKING
Where required by the drawings, the pipeline will be installed in a steel casing, placed by
boring and jacking. Where boring is required under highways, the materials and
workmanship will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of
Transportation or local authority. Boring and jacking under railroads will be governed by
the latest A.R.E.A. standards and those of the railroad involved. The steel casing shall be
in accordance with ASTM A252 to the thicknesses shown on the drawings.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14.41
..._..u_. ,
..
~
14.33 P A VEl\1ENT REMOV AL AND REPLACEMENT
Where necessary existing pavements shall be removed and replaced, the applicable
specifications of the Georgia Department of Transportation or local authority shall
govern this work. Joints shaH be sawed, unless joints equally uniform in the opinion of
the Engineer result from other means. Refer to Right-of-Way Encroachment Guidelines
for pavement removal and replacement with Augusta right-of-way.'
14.34 .MEASUREMENT ANn PAYMENT
Excavation and backfilling for pipelines and appurtenances, except as hereinafter
provided for, will be considered as incidental to the construction of the various elements
of the instalhition it is associated with, and no separate payment will be made therefor.
When made at the direction of Engineer, overcut, rock excavation and backfill to
compensate for rock will be made at the unit contract price for rock excavation per cubic
yard measured in place.
When made at the d,irection of the Engineer, overcut and backfill to compensate for
inadequate foundation will be paid for at the unit contract price for overcut and clean
stone bedding, per ton of stone.
Sheeting ordered to be left in place will be paid for at the unit contract price for sheeting
left in place, per board foot. -
Joints in pavements will not be paid for separately. Pavement removal and replacement
will be paid for at the unit contra~t price therefor, per square yard.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-42
~
~
SECTION 14D
PLAN SUBMITTAL
Water Construction ,Plans:
Water Construction Plans submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for review must
contain the following at a minimum:
o Project Name
o Developer's name, address, and phone number
DOwner's name, address, and phone number
o Design professional's name, address, and phone number
o Design professional's signed seal
o LocationJVicinity Map
o North arrow on all applicable sheets
o Scale (minimum 1" = 20'; maximum 1" = 100')
o Show subject property information including subdivision name, lot numbers, block
letters, property owners, etc.
o Show adjacent property information including subdivision name, property owners,
etc.
o Show existing conditions, structures, pavement widths, right-af-way widths,
easements, adjoining roads, etc. .
o Show the locations, size and material of existing water mains along with o.ther
appurtenances. Existing water lines shall be shown as dashed lines.
o Show the location, size and,material of proposed water mains, valves, hydrants and
service lines along with all other water aFpurtenances involved with the proposed
project. Proposed water lines shall be shown as solid lines.
o Number all fIre hydrants.
o Show locations, type and size of all backflow prevention devices.
o Label all easements with respect to type and size.
o Show easements shaded-in to be dedicated to the Augusta Utilities Department for
water lines installed outside proposed right-of-ways.
Sanitary Sewer Construction Plans:
Sanitary Sewer Construction Site Plans submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for
review must contain the following at a minimum:
Cl Project Name
o Developer's name, address, and phone number
DOwner's name, address, and phone number
o Design professional's name, address, and phone number
Augusta Ulililies Department
September 200D
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14.43
.
o Design professional's signed seal
o Location/Vicinity Map
o North arrow on all applicable sheets
o Scale (minimum I" = 20'; maximum 1" = 100')
o Show subject property information including subdivision name, lot numbers, block
letters, property owners, etc.
o Show adjacent property information including subdivision name, property owners,
etC.
o Show existing conditions, structures, pavement widths, right-of-way widths,
easements. adjoining roads, etc.
o Show the locations, size and material of existing sanitary sewer lines and force mains
along with other appurtenances. Existing sewer lines shall be shown as dashed lines.
o Show the proposed location, size and material. of sewer mains, force mains, manholes,
service lines with clean-outs and sewerage lift stations involved with the proposed
project. Proposed sewer lines shall be shown as solid lines.
o Creek crossings require full scale details at 1" = 20' scale minimum, including piers.
collars and all other appurtenances. .
o Show easements shaded-in to be dedicated to the Augusta Utilities Department for
. sanitary sewer lines installed outside of proposed rights-of-way.
o Show easements dedicated to the Augusta Utilities Department for sanitary sewer
lines to serve adjacent properties.
Plan and Profile:
Plan and profile sheets shall be provided for all sanitary sewers (except service laterals).
Profiles shall have a horizontal scale of not more than I" :::::: 100' and a vertical scale of
not more than 1" = 1 0'. The plan view should normally be shown on the same sheet as
the profile. Plan and profile view should have line designations, station numbers,
manhole numbers and any other indexing necessary to easily correlate the plan and
profile views.
Plan and Profiles shall show the following:
o Location and names of streets, sewers and drainage easements
D Line of existing and proposed ground surface, the grade of the sewer between each
two adjacent manholes, invert of sewer in and out of each manhole (label as
directional if more than 2 pipes connected to manhole), and surface elevation of each
manhole. All manholes shall be numbered on the plan and correspondingly
numbered on the profile. The station number shall be shown for each manhole.
o The location and elevation of adjacent parallel stream beds and of adjacent water
surfaces shall be shown on the pli;Ul and profile.
D Sizes, locations and inverts of all special features such as connections to elCisting
sewers, wet wells, concrete encasement, collar walls, elevated sewers, piers, special
manhole covers such as vented outfall or sealed covers, etc.
Augusta Utilities Departmsl!l
September 2000
Design Standards & Constructipn Specifications
14.44
~
~
o All structures, both above and below ground, which might interfere with the proposed
construction, particularly water mains, gas mains, storm drains, utility conduits, etc.
Identify pipe crossings with letter, or other, designation on the plan and prof11e.
Specify top of pipe and bottom of pipe elevations at crossings to verify there is no
conflict. See Section 14.21.11.
General Notes:
Notes to be shown on Site Plans include:
1. The Developer and/or Developer's Contractor is responsible for verifying the exact
location, size and material of any existing water or sewer facility proposed for
connection or use by this project.
2. All construction of water and sanitary sewer lines shall be in accordance. to Augusta
Utilities Department's Standards and Specifications.
3. All water lines shall be class 200 PVC meeting A WW A C-900, unless otherwise
shown.
4. All water lines are to be tested, chlorinated, and checked for bacteria.
5. Augusta Utilities Engineering Department shall be notified 24 hours prior to any
construction, tie-ins, or testing of water or sanitary sewer lines. (706-772-5503) If no
answer leave message.
6. Copper Wire (12 gauge, Bare Single Strand) shall be attached along top of all buried
PVC water lines, wrapped around service corporations and stubbed up into all valve
boxes for locating purposes.
7. Per Augusta Utilities Specifications for backflow installations for non-residential
development, a minimum "Double Check" Backflow device shall be installed on the
customer's side of all service lines (domestic, irrigation and fire). Fire lines require a
"Detector Type" backflow device. Backflow Devices shall be tested by a certified
person within 5 working days of installation and the results furnished to the Utilities
Engineering Department within 10 working days of installation prior to any water
use.
8. Per Augusta Utilities Specifications for backflow installations residential.
development shall install a "Dual Check" ~ackflow Device on the customer's side of
service line at the point of tie-in to the water meter.
9. All water valves on the main lines, including hydrant laterals, shall be: open-left if
installed south of Gordon Highway (SR 10); or open-right if installed north Gordon
Highway.
10. The Developer and/or Contractor shall furnish and install an approved meter box
(Rome type 10" x 19" x 10" cast iron or approved equal) at the termination point of
all water services and maintained until such time as meter is installed.
11. All water meters shall be purchased from the August Utilities Department.
12. Maximum sanitary sewer infiltration shall not exceed 100 GPDlinch of pipe diameter
per mile.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards &. Construction Specifications
14-45
.
13. All tie-ins to existing manholes shall be cored. All manholes require "K or N Seal"
or equal rubber boots.
14. No connection to existing sanitary sewer lines until the proposed sewer line is
inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Engineering Department..
15. Sanitary sewer clean-outs shall be ins.taIled at all individual services as shown in
detail and installed as not to be under driveways.
16. Finished floor elevations of all proposed buildings shall be a minimum of five (5) feet
above the invert elevation of the sanitary sewer main! manhole at the point of tie-in
17. Provide 0.1 foot drop across all sanitary sewer manholes.
18. Sewer force main shall be PVC C-900. class 200 or D.I.P. and shall bave 12 gauge
bare single strand wire attached along the top of the main.
19. A minimum 15' Utility Easement Centered over all water lines and a minimum 20'
Utility Easement centered over all sanitary sewer lines shall be deeded to the
Augusta-Richmond County at completio~ and acceptance of said lines.
20. Disturbance to any Survey Markers or Monuments requires re-establishment by a
licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense.
21. For private developments, the Developer/Owner shall be responsible for pavement
patching/replacement and the site restoration whenever Augusta Utilities Department
must repair/replace utilities on the property. The developer shall arrange for access by
the Augusta Utilities Department as required to make the repair/replacement of the
utility
22. Contractor shall contact the Utilities Protection Inc. "Call Before Yon Dig" service in
order to locate utilities prior to starting any excavation or construction.
23. If in the course of construction, a conflict arises between the new work and the
existing water and sewer facilities, it will be the responsibility of the
Owner/Ddeveloper, at ills expense, to correct same as directed by a representative of
Augusta Utilities Department. .
24. A right-oi-way encroachment permit shall be obtained from the Public Works
Department prior to commencing work within Augusta right-of-way.
Details:
The detail drawings at the end of this Section shall be included with the construction
drawings.
Record (As-Built) Drawings:
At the completion of the water and/or sanitary sewer construction and prior to recording
the final plat, the Contractor shall furnish the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector
with Record Drawings of the project. The Record Drawings must show all field changes
made to the approved drawings. Record Drawings shall be prepared by a registered
surveyor and/or professional engineer and submitted in digital format, as well as bard
copy. Acceptable digital formats include ArclInfo, ArclInfo export file, or a DXF file
generated by AutoCad from the DWG file.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-46
.
All Digital Record Drawings submitted must conform to:
Projection: Georgia State Plane East
Datum: NAD83
Units: Feet
A Data Dictionary should be included with each DXP file defining individual layers. The
design engineer shall use GPS to verify 2 or 3 points prior to conversion to state plane
coordinates.
Water record drawings shall be a separate plan from the sewer record drawing.
Maximum plan size shaH be 24" x. 36". Scale shall be no larger than 1" = 20' and no
smaller than I" = 100'. No hand-drawn or marked up construction plans will be accepted
as record drawings. "AS-BUILT DRAWING" shall be stamped in large print on the
plan. If the project is a phase of a subdivision, a location sketch of the entire subdivision
with subject phase outlined shall appear on drawings.
Record drawings shall contain the following information:
o Developer's name, address, and phone number.
o Contractor's name; address, and phone number.
o Lot numbers. .
o Road names and right-of-way widths.
o Water and sanitary. easements.
o All water service locations and distances from both front property comers of serviced
lot. .
o All sanitary sewer services with clean-outs and distances from both property comers
of serviced lot and from nearest manhole.
o Invert and top elevations of aH manholes.
Acceptance of Work:
Once an approved Record Drawing, final inspection and final plat with maintenance
agreement is recorded, the Augusta Utilities Department will accept the new constructed
system: The Developer/Owner shall be responsible for any defects in materials or
workmanship within the subject system for a period of twelve (12) months from the date
of the maintenance agreement.
IMPORTANT: A note stating that Augusta Utilities shall not be responsible for
pavement repair or site restoration associated with repairlreplacernent of a water or sewer
line shall be included on all finalplats for private developments.
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
14-47
Date:
Page 1 of4
Date: August 26, 2002
First Use Date 2001 Specifications: November 1,2002
Revised: January 16,2003
Revised: August 1, 2003
Revised: February 1,2004
Revised October 15, 2005
Revised March 21, 2007
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
STATE OF GEORGIA
SPECIAL PROVISION
Section 167-Water Quality Monitoring
Add the following:
167.1 General Description
This Specification establishes the Contractor's responsibility to meet the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) Infrastructure Permit No. GAR 100002 as it pertains to Part IV. Erosion, Sedimentation and
Pollution Control Plan.
167.1.01 Definitions
Certified Personnel- certified personnel are defined as persons who have successfully completed the Georgia Soil and
Water Conservation Commission Course Level lA, possess a current certification card from the Commission, and have
attended the Department's WECS seminar.
167.1.02 Related References
A, Standard Specifications
Section 16 1 =:Control of Soil Erosion and Sedimentation
B. Referenced Documents
NPDES Infrastructure Permit No. GAR 100002, Part IV
GDOT WECS seminar.
Environmental Protection Divisions Rules and Regulations (Chapter 391-3-26)
Georgia Soil and Water Conservation Commission Certification Level IA course.
OCGA 12-7
167.1.03 Submittals
General Provisions 101 through 150
167.2 Materials
General Provisions 101 through 150.
167.2.01 Delivery, Storage, and Handling
General Provisions 101 through 150.
167.3 Construction Requirements
167.3.01 Personnel
Use certified personnel to perfonn all monitoring, sampling, inspections, and rainfall data collection.
Use the Contractor designated WECS or select a prequalified consultant from the Qualified Consultant List (QCL) to perform
water quality monitoring.
Ensure that monitoring consultants' employees who perform monitoring, sampling, inspections, and rainfall data collection
are GASWCC Certified.
167.3.02 Equipment
Provide equipment necessary to complete the Work or as directed.
Date:
Page 2of4
167.3.03 Preparation
General Provisions 101 through I. 50.
167.3.04 Fabrication
General Provisions 101 through 150.
167.3.05 Construction
A. General
Perfonn.inspections, rainfall data collection, testing of samples, and reporting the test results on the project according to
the reqUIrements in Part IV of the NPDES Infrastructure permit and this Specification.
Take samples manually or with the use of automatic samplers, according to the permit. Analyze all according to the
permit, regardless of the method used to collect the samples.
If samples are analyzed in the field using portable turbidemeters, the monitoring results shall state that they are being
used and a digital readout of NT Us is what is provided.
Submit bench sheets, work sheets, etc., when using portable turbidemeters. There are no exceptions to this requirement.
Perform required inspections and submit all reports required by this Specification within the time frames specified.
Failure to perform the inspections or submit the required reports within the time specified will result in the cessation of
all construction activities with the exception of traffic control and erosion control. Continued failure to perform
inspections or submit the required reports within the times specified will result in non-refundable deductions as specified
in Subsection 161.5.01.8.
B. Inspections
Have the Engineer inspect the installation and condition of each erosion control device required by the erosion control
plan within seven days after initial installation. Have this inspection performed for each stage of construction when new
devices are installed. Correct all deficiencies reported by the Engineer within two business days.
Ensure inspections are conducted by certified personnel on the areas and at the frequencies listed below. Document all
inspections on form DOT -EC-1.
1. Daily:
a. Petroleum product storage, usage and handling areas
b. All locations where vehicles enter/exit the site
2. Weekly and after Rainfall Events:
Conduct inspections on these areas every seven calendar days and within twenty-four hours after the end of a
rainfall event that is 0.5 in (13 mm) or greater:
a. Disturbed areas not permanently stabilized
b. Material storage areas
c. Structural control measures, Best Management Practices (BMPs)
d. Water quality monitoring locations and equipment
3. Month Iy:
Once per month, inspect all areas where fInal stabilization has been completed. Look for evidence of sediments or
pollutants entering the drainage system and or receiving waters. Inspect all erosion control devices that remain in
place to verify the maintenance status and that the devices are functioning properly.
Continue these inspections until the Notice of Termination is submitted.
C. Reports:
I. Inspection Reports:
Summarize the results of inspections noted above in writing on fonn DOT-EC-I. Include the followlng
information:
· Date(s) of inspection
· Name of personnel making inspection
· Status of devices
· Observations
· Action taken
· Signature of personnel making the inspection
· Any incidents of non-compliance
When a rainfall event requires a sample to be taken, submit a report of the monitoring results to the Engineer
within seven working days of the date the sample was obtained. Include the following information:
I) Date of sampling
2) Rainfall amount on sample date (sample date only)
3) NTU of sample & analysis method
4) Location where sample was taken (station number, etc,)
5) Receiving water or outfall sample
6) Project number and county
7) Whether the sample was taken by automatic sampler or manually (grab sample)
Date: Page 3 of 4
The EC-I fonn shall be signed by the project WECS.
Submit all inspection reports to the Engineer within twenty-four hours of the inspection.
The Engineer will review the reports, inspect the project for compliance, and issue concurrence with the submitted
reports provided the inspection reports are satisfactory.
The Engineer will notify the certified personnel of any additional items that should be added to the inspection report.
Correct any items listed in the inspection report requiring routine maintenance or correction within twenty-four
hours of notification.
Assume responsibility for all costs associated with additional sampling as specified in Part IV.D.5 .d.3.( c) and Part
IVD.5.d.3.(c), of the NPDES GAR 100002 permit ifeither of these conditions arise:
· BMPs shown in the Plans are not properly installed and maintained, or
· BMPs designed by the Contractor are not properly designed, installed and maintained.
2. Monitoring Reports
a. Report Requirements
Include in all reports, the following certification statement, signed by the WECS or consultant providing
monitoring on the project:
"1 certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direct
supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and
evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system,
or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information is, to the best of my
knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for
submitting false infonnation, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."
b. Test Results
Provide monitoring test results to the Engineer within 48 hours of the samples being analyzed. This notification
may be verbal or written. This notification does not replace the monitoring summary.
3. Rainfall Data Reports
Record the measurement of rainfall once each twenty-four hour period. Measure rainfalI data at the active phase of
construction on the site.
Project rain gauges and those used to trigger the automatic samplers are to be emptied after every rainfall event. This
will prevent a cumulative effect and prevent automatic samplers from taking samples even though the rainfall event
was not a qualifying event.
Submit a written weekly report, signed by the WECS, to the Engineer showing the rainfall data for each day. The
daily rainfall data supplied by the WECS to the Engineer witt be the official rainfall data for the project.
167.3.06 Quality Acceptance
General Provisions 101 through 150.
167.3.07 Contractor Warranty and Maintenance
General Provisions 101 through 150.
167.4 Measurement
Water Quality Inspections in accordance with the inspection and reports sub-sections will be measured for payment by the
month up to the time the Notice of Termination is submitted or Contract Time expires. Required inspections and reports after
Contract Time has expired will not be measured for payment.
Date:
Page 4 of 4
Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling are measured per each. When the monitoring location is a receiving water, the
upstream and downstream samples constitute one sample. When the monitoring location is an outfall, a single outfall sample
constitutes one sample.
167.4.01 Limits
General Provisions 101 through 150. Submit the report to the Engineer within 7 working days
167.5 Payment
Payment for Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling will be made as follows:
Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling per each is full compensation for meeting the requirements of the monitoring
sections of the NPDES permit and this Specification, obtaining samples, analyzing samples, any and all necessary
incidentals, and providing results of turbidity tests to the Engineer, within the time frame required by the NPDES
Infrastructure pemit, and this Specification.
This item is based on the rainfall events that require sampling as described in Part IV.D.5 of the permit. In the event that no
qualifying event occurs for sampling, payment will be made for report preparation submittal.
The Department will not pay for samples taken and analyzed for rainfall events that are not qualifying events as compared to
the daily rainfall data supplied by the WECS. .
Water Quality Inspections will be paid at the Contract Price per month. This is full compensation for performing the
requirements of the inspection section of the NPOES permit and this Specification, any and all necessary incidentals, and
providing results of inspections to the Engineer, within the time frame required by the NPDES Infrastructure permit, and this
Specification.
Payment will be made under:
litem No. 167
Water quality inspections
per month
Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling will be paid per each.
Payment will be made under: -
Item No. 167
Per each
167.5.01 Adjustments
General Provisions 10\ through 150.